Actions

Work Header

Rating:
Archive Warnings:
Category:
Fandoms:
Relationships:
Characters:
Additional Tags:
Language:
English
Stats:
Published:
2025-09-16
Updated:
2025-12-22
Words:
101,129
Chapters:
7/?
Comments:
166
Kudos:
466
Bookmarks:
248
Hits:
36,172

Shadows of Ice and Fire

Summary:

Two years before King Robert's visit to Winterfell, Jon Snow vanished from Winterfell without a trace. On the eve of King Joffrey’s wedding to Lady Margaery Tyrell, he returns to King’s Landing and reunites with his half-sister Sansa Stark. He is no longer the bastard boy Sansa remembers, but is now something darker, stronger, forged in a world of shadows and monsters. Death cannot claim him, shadows obey his will, and vengeance burns cold in his heart.

With powers that defy reason, Jon swears to free his sister and tear down those who destroyed their house: the Freys, the Boltons, the Greyjoys, the Lannisters. From the Red Keep to the Riverlands, from the North to the Westerlands, his campaign will sweep the Seven Kingdoms in fire and darkness until the debts of House Stark are paid in blood.

Inspired partially by Solo Leveling. Will be a long-form and relatively slow-paced fic. Everyone is aged up by two years.

Notes:

This is kind of a crazy and highly cracky idea I had. I mostly just wrote this to indulge in an extremely OP MC and to depict Stark revenge against the Lannisters, Boltons and Freys (and Greyjoys). I just wanted to write the Starks getting bloody and overwhelming revenge

This was partially inspired by Solo Leveling. If you don't know what that is, it's a South Korean Light Novel-turned Webtoon-turned-Anime that's very popular. Solo Leveling is about Sung Jin-woo, the world's weakest monster-hunting Hunter, who gains a mysterious video game-like System after a near-death experience in a high-level gate. This System grants him the power to "level up" and get stronger by completing quests, similar to a game. The story follows Jin-woo's journey as he grows from the weakest hunter to one of the strongest, uncovering secrets about the dungeons and his newfound powers along the way.

Basically Jon Snow in this fic has the powers of Sung Jin-woo. Imagine if Sung Jinwoo was dropped into the world of ASOIAF and was more ruthless, vicious and ambitious and power-hungry. RIP his enemies.

If you don't like an Insanely Overpowered MC who is essentially undefeatable, unkillable, invincible and all-powerful and dominant and unable to be challenged, this is not for you. There will be very little stakes or conflict or threat for Jon (well, physical harm or conflict anyway). I'm mostly writing this one for fun and to indulge in some mayhem. It's one of those turn off your brains and enjoy type of stories.

Jon in this fanfic is very ruthless, amoral, dark and sinister. He will not sexually assault or rape anyone, but that's the only line he won't cross. Everything else is fair game.

Also, I aged up all the characters by 2. So Sansa is 15. Jon is 18.

There will be smut, but it won't be the focus of the story. Also, this is a harem/multi-wife/concubines fic.

Chapter 1: Prologue Arc: Chapter I (Sansa Stark)

Chapter Text


LADY SANSA STARK


28TH DAY OF THE TWELFTH MOON OF 299 AC


Lady Sansa Stark slipped through the last of the torchlit corridors with her hood drawn up, the Red Keep groaning around her like an old ship at anchor. It was early evening, the sky outside already dimming into a wash of indigo, the torches sputtering against the growing dark. Wind worried the arrow slits, sighing through the stone, and somewhere far below a gate chain clanked, the harbor bells tossing a dull, mournful note across the waters.

She moved quickly, her slippers whispering over cold flagstone, passing two Lannister men-at-arms stationed in the passage. They wore crimson cloaks and the lion brooch at their shoulders; one stifled a yawn while the other’s eyes tracked her too intently, sharp and prying. Sansa lowered her gaze at once, as if the floor might swallow her, and did not lift it until she reached the familiar door: iron-banded, scarred with a shallow gouge near the latch.

Her chamber.

The guards assigned to her were there as always, posted on either side of the door. They shifted their spears as she approached, straightening with precision. Neither spoke, though she felt their eyes follow her as she slipped within and closed the door behind her, shutting out their presence and the weight of the keep alike.

Inside, the air held the faint sweetness of lavender sachets and the cool of stone. The hearth was banked to coals. Brella rose at once from her stool by the fire and Shae turned from the dressing table where she had been setting out combs and a sleep-robe. Both opened their mouths to curtsy and ask after her walk, but Sansa lifted a hand.

“Leave me,” she said. Her voice sounded too small in the room. “I wish be alone tonight.”

Brella’s face softened with worry; Shae leaned her hip upon the table and tilted her head, catlike, as if to tease a smile from Sansa by refusing. But Sansa did not have a smile to give.

Go,” she said again, more gently. “Please.”

They obeyed. Soft-soled steps, a rustle of skirts, the latch whispering shut. The chamber grew very quiet. Only the fire’s tiny breath and the night pushing at the curtains.

She stood there a moment, listening to that hush, to the hollow within her that the godswood had not filled. Then she crossed to the bed and sat upon its edge with the careful grace Septa Mordane had drilled into her, hands laid in her lap, back straight, chin high. The posture lasted for a moment before her shoulders wilted and she folded over them, pressing her face into her palms.

The tears came as they always did, unbidden and hot and somehow still a surprise. She had prayed in the dark grove for them all, whispering the names as if names could summon breath back into cold bodies. Robb. Mother. Bran. Rickon. Arya. Father. The godswood of the Red Keep had no real weirwood - only old oaks and a black pool that took the moonlight and made it colder - but she had knelt beside the water and prayed anyway, because there was nowhere else in this city where the walls did not listen.

Robb, crowned and slaughtered. Mother, her hair unbound and eyes gone to glass. Sansa saw them as she had not seen them: in song’s bright colors, in nightmare’s cruelty. Bran, sweet Bran with the eager smile; Rickon with crumbs on his cheek; Arya skittering like a swift shadow through Winterfell’s courtyards. Theon’s face came with Bran and Rickon, dark eyes over a smile that had once seemed sneering and proud; she could not reconcile that smile with treachery and burning.

Joffrey’s face rose last, pale as milk and sharp as a knife, and she whispered for the Seven to blister him, then caught herself and whispered a softer prayer for mercy on her father’s soul instead. Mercy for Lord Eddard Stark, who had stood upon a scaffold in a city of strangers while the crowd screamed for blood.

Her breath hitched. She pressed her knuckles against her lips to keep the sound in. If she made no sound, perhaps the sorrow would pass through her like a hard wind and leave her standing.

She could not keep it out, though, the thought that came creeping like frost up a windowpane: Jon Snow. Her bastard brother. 

It had been so long since she had let his name into her prayers. Not out of cruelty. Out of hopelessness. Jon Snow, her father’s bastard, who had vanished two years before King Robert’s grand procession rattled through Winterfell’s gate. Vanished as a footprint under fresh snowfall. No trail, no rumor, no bones in a ditch to mourn over.

Father had sent men and more men and come back empty-handed, his mouth set in a line Sansa had not seen before. She had never seen her father look so angry and frustrated and yet so sad and hurt. Arya had wept wild tears and hurled her wooden sword at a post until her hands bled; Robb had trained until he could scarcely lift his arm; Bran had asked too many questions and then gone quiet.

Even Mother, who had held herself colder than ice whenever Jon was near, had grown softer at the edges in those weeks, the way cloth loses shape when soaked, as if a grief not hers had seeped through the household and into her.

Sansa had not known what to do with her own sadness. She was supposed to be a lady. Ladies did not cry after bastards. She had cried anyway, alone, with the coverlet drawn over her head, and afterward had sat very straight at table and practiced smiling until her cheeks ached.

Now, in the red coals’ thin glow, the memories came one after another, bright as beads on a string she could not stop pulling: showing Jon the first figures of a dance in the great hall; his shy, lopsided smile when he asked if he stepped wrong; the way he had worn her blue favor in the yard when he and Robb took up practice swords, and how he had laughed, breathless with victory, when he caught Robb with a touch that would have been a killing stroke in a real melee. Lemon cakes cooling on a tray, the buttery smell of them filling the kitchen passage; Jon’s hand passing one to her and Arya when no one looked.

Don’t tell, he had said with his eyes, solemn as a knight while crumbs dusted his lip. She had not told.

Her throat tightened again. She brushed at her eyes with the heel of her palm, cross with herself. “Fool,” she whispered to no one. “Fool, stop it.”

Is he alive? The thought was a soft, dangerous thing. If he were alive, he would not sit idle. He would not let the world swallow their house without drawing steel. He would ride alone if he must, a single dark rider against a red sky. He would come to her.

She lifted her head and looked across the chamber as if he might be standing there by the hearth, a shadow among shadows. Only the three-legged stool, the dressing table with its scatter of combs, the wine flagon, the narrow casement shuddering in its frame. She drew a breath that shook and let it go.

For a moment, she allowed the fantasy to unfold: the doors of the great hall bursting like rotten wood before a storm, a figure in black striding through the Lannisters’ gold, Joffrey’s mouth opening on a scream too thin to carry, steel singing, the courtiers scattering like frightened birds. She imagined Jon lifting her. No, not lifting; offering his hand, and she taking it with a curtsey, a lady in a song. Winterfell’s cold clean air on her cheeks, smoke from the godswood fires, the wolves howling welcome from the walls.

The picture dissolved like breath on glass. Dreams were for minstrels and little girls. She was a married lady now, caged in a castle that gleamed too brightly, watched by eyes she could not see. Tyrion Lannister, her husband, treated her with courtesy and kept his hands to himself. He made wry jests at supper and sent her books and spoke to her as if she were clever. Sansa was grateful and she was not. Gratefulness was another kind of chain. Courtesy did not make the iron softer. The wedding had made her a Lannister by law, a hostage by truth, and a fool by feeling.

She rose and crossed to the window, pushing the curtains open with numb fingers. Cold air licked her face. Below, King’s Landing sprawled in a black map pricked with orange fires. The Sept of Baelor’s great dome made a darker curve against the sky, and beyond that the harbor showed its scattered lanterns; the river was a dull blade that did not shine. Somewhere out there, men drank and laughed and sharpened knives; somewhere a child cried for a mother who would not come; somewhere, perhaps, Arya darted between barrels like a cat and survived. Sansa’s hands curled against the sill.

“I am the last Stark,” she told the city in the smallest whisper. It felt wicked to say it and wicked not to. Robb gone. Father and Mother gone. Bran, Rickon and Arya too. Even Jon.

The last, the last, the words circled like gulls above the Blackwater. If she were truly the last, then the wolves were all bones and hide.

Behind her, the chamber waited with its rich tapestries of hunts and heroes, its polished chest with lion-head pulls, its bed carved with roses and crowned stags. Lannister red hung everywhere. Their red, their gold, their preening, their power. The colors made her think of fresh blood spilled across straw. She closed the curtains against the night and leaned her brow upon the cool wood.

She had gone to the godswood to pray because there was nowhere else to put the ache in her. The old gods might not hear her in this southern place with its oaks and black pool, but they were the only ones who had ever seemed to listen without asking for something in return. The Maiden gave her tears and the Mother gave her comfort and the Father gave her judgment and none of them had given her back a single soul. Perhaps the gods of the north would remember Winterfell if she whispered hard enough.

She straightened and wiped her cheeks again, the gesture small and stubborn. The mirror caught a pale oval of a girl’s face with eyes too red and too old, the bodice of a gown that felt heavier than steel. She forced her shoulders back and made her mouth into the soft shape that looked most like a smile and least like a plea.

“I will be a brave little bird,” she murmured, hating the word even as she borrowed it from Sandor Clegane. “I will.”

The fire gave a small crack. In the sudden quiet that followed, she heard only her own breath and the slow thud of her heart. Then even that seemed loud, and she moved to the bed again and sat very gently as if not to wake a sleeping beast that might share the room with her.

She folded her hands. She thought of lists Septa Mordane had taught her to recite when fear crept into her bones: the names of the Seven, the great houses and their words, the twelve kinds of stitches that draw one thread into beauty. She named them in her head - running stitch, backstitch, chain, feather, herringbone, satin - and under the litany the ache kept throbbing like a burn that would not cool.

If Jon lives, he will come, she told herself once more, and this time the thought hurt less because she knew it for a lie.

If Jon lives, he cannot come. The city would swallow him, the Lannisters would kill him, and the singers would make a sad song that forgot her name.

She drew her knees up onto the coverlet for an instant like a child and then put them primly down again. Somewhere in the keep a door thudded, a heavy sound rolled through the stones, and a dog barked twice and fell silent. The hour was late. The day had been long. Her eyes burned and her head ached and her hands felt like someone else’s, delicate and useless.

Alone, bereaved, and powerless. That was the shape of her life now, a shape as plain as the frame of the mirror. In the glass she saw her own smallness set among lions: their banners outside, their coins in every purse, their claws sunk deep into the city and into her. She lifted her chin one more time and looked at herself until the red rims of her eyes seemed to fade.

A wolf, she told the glass. The words had almost no voice left in them, but she gave them what she had. A wolf who remembers. A wolf caged in a lion’s den.

Suddenly, a sharp clatter shattered the stillness of the chamber. Sansa jolted upright, her heart leaping into her throat as several of her hairbrushes and small pots of makeup toppled from her dressing table, rolling across the floor as though struck by some unseen hand. The chamber was closed, silent, and yet the disturbance had come without warning. A prickle of unease crawled along her skin.

Startled and bewildered, she rose quickly, skirts whispering around her legs as she hurried to gather the scattered items. Her fingers trembled as she stooped to lift a rouge pot, then a comb, stacking them back upon the table in clumsy haste. It was only as she straightened, her breath shallow and uneven, that her gaze slipped toward the mirror.

And there she saw him.

A tall figure loomed directly behind her, his reflection cutting through the dim candlelight. He was sinewy, his body lean and hard with muscle, with dark-brown hair falling to frame a face both severe and somber. His eyes, grey and shadowed, locked upon hers in the glass, their depth filled with something unreadable yet piercing. The expression he wore was grim, edged with menace, like a specter drawn from her worst fears.

Terror seized her like a vice. Her lungs constricted, her heart hammering against her ribs. A scream clawed its way up her throat, instinct demanding she shriek for help, but before any sound escaped, the man moved. His swiftness was unnatural, unnerving. In an instant he closed the distance, seizing her with unyielding strength. One hand clamped firmly over her mouth, smothering her cry before it could rise, while the other caught her struggling arms with ease.

Panic consumed her. Sansa thrashed wildly, her muffled protests breaking desperately against his palm. Her heels scraped against the floor as she tried to wrench free, fear flooding her veins until she thought she might faint from sheer terror. Yet the man bent close, his breath warm against her ear, and spoke in a voice low and steady. 

“Please, calm down, Sansa. I am not here to harm you. I am here to protect you, little sister. To avenge our family.”

The words froze her. Family? Little sister? What? They cut through her terror, striking deep into her confusion. She stilled instinctively, her ragged breaths shallow against his hand. For a moment, only silence hung between them, heavy and taut. Then, softly, the man spoke again, his voice steady and deliberate.

“I am your brother, Sansa,” he said. “I am Jon Snow.”

The name struck her like a hammer blow, reverberating through her skull until she thought she might collapse beneath the weight of it. Jon. The word echoed in her mind like a prayer and a curse alike. For a heartbeat, she could not breathe. Her lungs locked, her throat constricted, her mind spun out into a dizzy haze where thought and feeling tangled into chaos.

It could not be. It should not be. Jon Snow had vanished, gone as if swallowed by the earth itself. She had grieved him once, long ago, before greater griefs consumed her. She had whispered his name in the godswood, she had prayed for him, she had wondered if he were dead, and yet never, never had she dared to dream he might return like this.

Her eyes dragged back to the mirror, searching desperately for proof that this was all a trick of the candlelight, a phantom born of her loneliness. But the reflection offered no reprieve. He was there, tall and sinewy, his shoulders broad beneath the dark sweep of his cloak, his face severe in its stillness. The features were familiar: dark brown hair, grey eyes cut from the same northern stone as her own Stark blood.

Everything else was altered. The boy she remembered had been plain-faced, almost awkward still, caught on the cusp of manhood. This man was sharpened, honed, as if forged in fire and shadow. His face was carved clean of softness, all hard and solemn planes.

He looked formidable. He looked dangerous and threatening. He looked…very handsome.

The thought startled her, stung her, and heat rushed into her cheeks. Handsome. She recoiled from herself, horrified that such a notion could intrude now, of all times. Jon had been her brother. He was her half-brother. She should have felt nothing but recognition, relief, or fear. Not this confusing, shameful flicker. Not now. She forced it down, scolding herself fiercely, clinging to her doubt instead. Better to think herself mad than to let such wayward thoughts root.

Still, the question gnawed at her: could this stranger truly be Jon? Could the boy she had known in Winterfell’s quiet halls have grown into this? Her heart teetered between disbelief and fragile, desperate hope.

And then he spoke again, his voice lower now, steady as stone, threading through the fog of her fear.

“Do you remember, Sansa? When you were eight. Your mother’s glass birds. The one you dropped, the one you shattered on the floor? You were so frightened she’d be wroth with you. I took the blame. I told her, and Father too, that it had been me, that I had knocked it from the shelf.”

Her breath hitched, caught sharp in her throat. The memory came back with brutal clarity: the delicate shimmer of colored glass exploding across the rushes, the sick lurch of dread in her stomach, her mother’s sharp, rising anger. And Jon - quiet, solemn Jon - stepping forward, his voice calm and steady as he lied without hesitation, shielding her, bearing her lady mother's wrath so she would not have to.

No one else could have known. No one else had been there.

The truth rushed over her like a tide, tearing away the fragile defenses she had clung to. The doubts crumbled, the fear faltered. Whatever else had changed, whatever else he had become, this man was Jon. Her Jon. The boy who had once stood for her when she could not stand for herself. The brother she thought she had lost forever.

Jon’s eyes, steady and intent, held hers in the mirror, dark and unyielding as stone. The heaviness of that gaze rooted her where she stood, every instinct torn between terror and some inexplicable pull of recognition. His hand remained clamped firmly over her mouth, pressing her muffled breaths back into her chest. Her lungs burned with panic, but beneath the thunder of her heart she could hear the calmness in his voice as he spoke again, each word precise and low, meant only for her.

“Do you know me, Sansa?” he asked, his tone almost a command, almost a plea. “Do you recognise who I am, little sister?”

Her heartbeat quickened until it roared in her ears. The name he had spoken still echoed inside her skull, impossible to banish, colliding with the image of the man before her. Jon Snow. Her half-brother, Jon Snow. Her mind screamed that it could not be, that Jon was gone, yet something deeper, buried in her bones, whispered that it was true. Trembling violently, she fought the whirlwind of fear and disbelief, and at last, haltingly, she gave the smallest of nods.

The man’s eyes narrowed, not in suspicion but in confirmation, as if he had expected no less. His voice dropped lower still, a quiet blade against the silence.

“If I take my hand away, Sansa,” he asked, “will you scream?”

The question struck her harder than the first. A war broke out inside her: the urge to cry for help, to summon the guards, to flee this impossibility, pitted against the fragile spark of recognition she dared not smother. Her lips quivered beneath his palm, the muffled sound of her breath quick and shallow. Slowly, with the same dread as one stepping onto thin ice, she gave a faint shake of her head.

His gaze never wavered, searching her face for any sign of deceit. He held her like that for what felt an age, her heart hammering, his presence overwhelming. Then, with a deliberate slowness that seemed to test her resolve, he lifted his hand from her mouth.

The air rushed back into her lungs all at once, a sharp gasp breaking free as she filled herself with breath. She did not cry out. She did not move away. Instead, she stood frozen, staring up at him in a daze, her lips parted, her chest heaving, her mind still tumbling between terror and the fragile, flickering hope that this man truly was the brother she thought lost forever.

Satisfied, Jon’s hand eased away, his touch deliberate, careful. Sansa drew in a sharp, ragged breath, her lips parting as though she had surfaced from deep underwater. She turned toward him, her limbs still taut with shock.

The transformation in his face startled her. The ominous severity that had frightened her before was gone, replaced by warmth, by gentleness. His dark-grey eyes softened, his mouth curved into a smile that was tender, affectionate, almost boyish. For the first time she saw not a stranger, but someone who knew her, someone who belonged.

Her hand rose before she could stop herself, trembling as it brushed his cheek. “Jon?” she whispered, her voice breaking, as if the word alone might summon him back from the shadows. "Is it...gods, is it truly you?" 

His smile deepened. “I am Jon Snow,” he murmured, steady and sure. “Your brother. And I have come to rescue you. To protect you.”

The words shattered her composure. A gasp burst from her lips, sharp and breathless, and then she surged forward, unable to hold back the tide of relief. She flung herself against him, arms locking tight around his neck, clinging as though she might drown if she let go. Jon caught her easily, his strength unyielding, his arms closing around her with a fierce certainty that left no space for doubt. She pressed her face against his chest, her tears soaking into his tunic, while his heartbeat thrummed steady beneath her ear, a rhythm she seized on like a lifeline.

All the grief of the past years poured out in that moment: her father’s execution, her mother’s and Robb’s slaughter at the Red Wedding, Bran and Rickon murdered at Winterfell, Arya lost to the world. The loneliness of her gilded cage in the Red Keep weighed on her afresh, every cruel word from Joffrey, every mocking laugh from courtiers, every hollow courtesy that had sought to mask her despair. It all broke from her at once in sobs, jagged and unrestrained, as if her body could no longer bear to keep it locked within.

Jon said nothing at first. He only held her, steady and immovable, a wall of strength in a world that had stolen every foundation from beneath her. His hand stroked her hair with a tenderness she had thought lost forever, the slow rhythm of his touch as calming as a lullaby. His other arm wrapped firm around her waist, anchoring her, letting her know without words that she would not fall, that she would never again be left to face the world alone.

When at last her sobs began to ease into shuddering breaths, Jon bent his head and pressed a gentle kiss to her brow, lingering there for a moment as if sealing the promise unspoken between them. His voice, when it came, was quiet but resolute, carrying a strength that settled deep into her bones.

“Everything will be all right,” he promised. “I am here now. You are safe. No one will harm you again.”

The words wrapped around her like armour, fragile yet unbreakable, as though he had placed her within the circle of his strength. Relief washed through her in a way she had forgotten was possible, and for the first time in years, she allowed herself to believe.


For a long moment she only breathed him: leather and steel and something colder, like night air on snow. Then, when the worst of the shaking ebbed, she drew back. Her cheeks were wet and hot; her lashes clumped with tears. Jon’s thumb came up, rough and careful, and wiped the damp from beneath each eye.

The small, simple kindness caused something to stir within her, something that felt close to home. To Winterfell. Father had done that, once, when she was very small and had fallen on the steps. The memory struck so hard that the world seemed to tilt, and with it the last fragile doubt. This was Jon.

For a moment, she simply stared at him, wordless, taking him in once more, before the words broke loose all at once. “How...gods, how is this possible? Where have you been? You look so different. You look so much taller, leaner, so much more muscular. How are you here? How are you in my chambers? How did you pass the guards? In King’s Landing, how can-how can you be-” The questions tumbled over one another, breathless and sharp, until Jon lifted a finger to his lips.

“Hush,” he murmured. “Softly now. Make sure to keep your voice low as possible, lest the guards hear us.”

He tilted his head toward the door. Beyond the oak and iron Sansa could almost feel the two Lannister men assigned to watch her chambers, spears grounded, ears ready for any strange sound. She swallowed, nodding fast, and dragged air into her lungs. Her chest still trembled, but the rush in her ears began to fade.

He took her hand. His palm was warm and steady, his grip firm without being tight, and he guided her to the bed as though they were slipping through a crowded hall. They sat side by side on the coverlet, shoulders almost touching, fingers laced. The closeness steadied her; it also sharpened the flood of questions pressing at her tongue.

“Where have you been?” she whispered, keeping her voice so low it was almost a breath. “How did you come back? How did you get into my chamber? I never heard the door-” She broke off, biting her lip, aware of how childlike she sounded and unwilling to care.

Jon listened without a word, eyes on her face. When she had said all she could say without raising her voice, he inclined his head.

“I cannot tell you everything tonight,” he said, gentle but immovable. “Not yet. There is too much to explain. But I can tell you enough to ease your mind. Well, not truly, but it will explain some things. Be patient with me, Sansa. Let me speak, and please, a reminder, make sure to keep your voice low.”

He drew a breath, and in the quiet that followed his next words carried a grave, unadorned heaviness to them. “By the memory of our father Lord Eddard Stark, and by our brother King Robb Stark, I swear what I tell you is true. No matter however strange and unnatural it may sound.”

The oath struck like a bell inside her. Sansa’s fingers tightened on his. He knows, she thought, the realization cutting through her like cold water. He knows about Father. He knows about Robb.

Her face betrayed the thought; she felt it, and saw the answering shadow cross his features.

“I know,” Jon said softly, before she could ask. “I know what has befallen House Stark since I vanished.” His voice roughened on the next words. “I mourn for them. My heart aches for them: for Lord Stark, and for Robb. Even for your mother, I grieve.”

Sansa felt the sting of fresh tears and bit down hard on her lip, as if pain might steady her. “And… Bran?” The name trembled out of her, so fragile it barely reached her own ears. “Rickon? Arya?”

It hurt to string them together, one after the other, as though speaking all three aloud might summon ghosts she could not bear to face. For so long, in whispered prayers and lonely nights, she had counted them as gone. To give them voice now was to reopen wounds she had forced herself to numb.

Jon’s hands closed over hers, warm and firm, steadying. His gaze did not waver. “Bran lives,” he said, iron in his tone. “Rickon lives. Arya lives. They are scattered, hidden, far from you, but not dead.”

The words crashed over her like a wave breaking against stone. For a heartbeat she could not breathe, could not think. Not dead? The thought was too vast, too impossible. She stared at him, wide-eyed, as if he had claimed the sun had fallen from the sky or that the Wall itself had melted into the sea.

“That cannot...that is impossible. No, it cannot be. That...it cannot be. Jon, how can you possibly know that?” Sansa’s voice rose despite herself, brittle and sharp with disbelief. She clamped down on the sound at once, biting it back as she darted a glance toward the door. The muffled scrape of a guard’s boot echoed faintly in the corridor, and her heart gave a wild flutter.

Lowering her voice to a hoarse whisper, she leaned in closer. “How can you know? Theon Greyjoy betrayed Robb and took Winterfell. He killed Bran and Rickon, and burnt Winterfell to the ground. And Arya… Arya vanished before Father’s death and has not been seen again. No one knows where she is, if she lives. Everyone says she cannot be anything but dead, Jon. Everyone.”

Jon’s face did not falter. His grey eyes were unwavering, their gravity so unlike anything she had seen in him before, yet so steady that she felt the weight of them in her bones. “I do not know the exact paths they’ve walked,” he said, his voice quiet but ringing with conviction. “Nor the lies Theon Greyjoy spread, nor the shadows that swallowed Arya. I cannot yet tell you how, but I know. Bran lives. Rickon lives. Arya lives.

"Whatever tales you have heard, whatever bodies Theon showed the people of the north, they were not your brothers. And Arya is not lost in death’s halls.”

Sansa's breath caught, stuttering on the edge of sob and denial. She shook her head as though the motion might beat his words back, yet her heart betrayed her, thudding with a painful, desperate rhythm.

Jon tightened his hold on her hands, his fingers like iron bands, anchoring her to him as if to the only solid thing left in the world. The certainty in his grip steadied her even as her mind skittered at the edges of what he said.

“It is part of my mission now, part of my quest, to find them,” he said, each word measured, as if he were naming a litany. “To bring them home. What remains of our pack will not stay scattered. I swear to you, Sansa, I will not rest until we are together again.” He paused, and for a breath the only sound was the thin hiss of the hearth.

Then he added, softer but no less absolute, “And it will not be long. We will be all together. Reunited. I swear it.”

The promise struck deep, filling her with an ache that was half joy, half fear. For a wild, fragile moment she imagined Winterfell’s gates thrown wide, the courtyard full of returning feet. She could see Bran’s awkward grin, Rickon’s mischievous shove, Arya’s dark brown hair whipping her face as she ran. The image was so bright and clean that it hurt.

Her throat closed. Hope was a dangerous thing; she had locked it away because it broke too easily. Yet here, in the press of his hands and the steady burn in his eyes, the buried root of it quivered and pushed toward the light.

She edged closer without meaning to, as if the nearness might make his words more real, as if proximity could glue the world back into something whole again. The bedspread whispered beneath them. The coals coughed low in the grate. The draft beneath the door sounded suddenly enormous, a small throat of wind that might carry her prayer away if she spoke too loud.

And before she knew what she was doing, her hand lifted, fingers brushing against his cheek. She startled herself, but did not draw back. It was as if her body had moved on its own, desperate to prove he was truly there. His skin was warm beneath her touch, rougher than she remembered, shadowed with the life he had lived apart from her.

“Are you really Jon Snow?” she whispered, the words trembling out of her before she could stop them. “Is this real? Or am I dreaming? Is this simply a sweet dream?” Her voice cracked on the last word, and she hated how small it made her sound, yet she could not help it.

Jon’s eyes softened. He covered her hand with his own, then drew both of her hands into his grip, enclosing them as if they were the most precious things he possessed. He bent and pressed his lips to her knuckles, lingering there.

“I am real, as real as the walls of this chambers or the air that you breathe,” he said against her skin, his voice steady, unyielding. “You are not dreaming. I am Jon Snow. Your brother. I have come back to you.”

Sansa’s breath hitched. For a moment the world swam, not with doubt but with the sheer force of belief breaking through her. She nodded faintly, too overcome for words.

Jon shifted slightly, leaning nearer so his voice would not carry beyond the bedchamber walls. The look he gave her then was not fierce but grave, the face of a man who had seen and borne more than any sister should ask of a brother.

“There is more I must tell you, so much more,” he said, low and grave. “Things you were never meant to know. Things Father kept hidden all his life. Things that no one in the Seven Kingdoms could think possible. They are urgent, Sansa, and they matter to what comes next. For you, for me, for all of us. You must hear me out.”

The words came not as a request but as command: quiet, absolute, heavier than the stone of the Red Keep. Sansa folded her free hand tight in her lap to still its trembling, forcing breath into measured pulls. The chamber drew close around them - the banked coals whispering, the faint draft under the door, the steady thud of her own heart. She nodded once, so small it was almost imperceptible, lips parting to answer but making only a whisper.

“I am listening.”

Jon was silent for a long moment, as if gathering words that did not wish to be spoken. When they finally came, they came slowly, unevenly, each one weighed and measured. “The night I vanished from Winterfell,” he began, “was the night everything I knew was torn from me. It is hard to tell you, Sansa. Harder still to make you understand. What befell me is so far removed from our world that it will sound to you like a child’s tale. Like some bard's fancy, or a fevered dream spun from madness.”

His gaze drifted past her, to the fire dying low in the hearth. “And yet it happened. Every second of it.”

Sansa’s breath hitched, her confusion deepening. His face was grave, unyielding.

Jon’s voice grew quieter, though no less steady. “It is not easy to speak of. You have never seen the like of it. Few could believe it unless they walked where I walked and seen the things I have seen. If I were to show you proof too soon, it would wound you. I must be very careful. I must approach everything carefully and cautiously when it comes to showing you what I am. But...I need to show you. I need to tell you.

"The truth is vast, Sansa. It is so vast it would terrify you. It has teeth sharper than any wolf, and claws that tear deeper than any truth you’ve ever known. I would spare you that pain if I could, but you need to know. You have to know.”

Her mind spun with questions she could not stop. She wondered if he was speaking in riddles, or if grief had hollowed his reason. Had his long absence broken something in him? Her brows knit together, and before she could stop herself, her voice broke through the silence, fragile and urgent. “Jon...what happened to you? Please, tell me.”

His eyes - dark grey, steady, still unreadable - fixed on hers. He let the silence linger a heartbeat longer before answering. “I was taken,” he said at last. “Taken to another place.”

The words struck her with bewilderment. “What place?” she asked, incredulous. “Where could you have gone all these years?” Her voice carried more force than she intended, and she dropped it quickly, casting a nervous glance toward the door where the guards stood. The headiness of her question still hung in the air, sharp as a blade.

Jon shook his head faintly. “Not in the Seven Kingdoms. Not across the Narrow Sea to the east. Not anywhere in this world we know.” His tone was firm, absolute. “I was carried to another world entirely.”

Sansa stared, her lips parting but no words forming. The thought was absurd. Another world? Beyond this one? There was no such thing. Sansa did not know anything else but the Seven Kingdoms. The Seven Kingdoms were the whole of creation in her mind, the Narrow Sea the great divider, the Free Cities the farthest lands of song and story. What else could there be?

“Another… world?” she whispered, as if saying it aloud might make it real. The fire popped in the grate, startling her with its ordinary sound in the midst of such impossibility.

Jon leaned forward, his shadow stretching long across the rushes. “It was not like this world. It was a place of unending night, a realm steeped in darkness and death. Monsters dwelled there. Beasts you cannot imagine, things no maester’s scroll nor bard’s tale has ever captured. They were endless, merciless, and I was the only one of our kind among them. Alone, surrounded, hunted.”

Her head shook slowly, instinctively, as though to ward off his words. This was madness. It had to be. “Jon…” she began, disbelief fraying her voice. But before she could say more, he lifted his hand.

The gesture was simple, yet it stilled her at once. His palm was steady, commanding, as if the movement alone held some strange power. His tone when he spoke again brooked no disobedience. “Do not interrupt me again, Sansa. You asked me to speak, and I will. But you must let me finish.”

There was a command in his voice she had never heard before, an authority so absolute that it pressed down upon her like a hand on her shoulder. Her breath caught, and against her will she nodded. Her lips closed, trembling, and she folded her hands tightly in her lap to keep them from shaking.

Jon’s gaze did not waver. “Good,” he said softly, but with a certainty that brooked no doubt. “Now listen.”

His voice sank lower, deliberate and weighty, as though each syllable carried the press of memory carved into bone. “The place I was taken to… you cannot picture it, Sansa. Even your darkest dreams would pale beside it. It was a realm of endless night, where the sky itself seemed to bleed shadow and the ground was dead stone, cracked and black. No green things grew there. No rivers ran. The air was thick, heavy, tasting of ash and iron. And the creatures that roamed it…”

He paused, his eyes narrowing, his breath tightening as though recalling their stench. “They were horrors no bard’s tongue has ever dared to shape, no maester’s ink has ever dared to scratch upon a page. They had no place in a world meant for men. Their eyes burned, their claws tore, their screams could unmake courage in a heartbeat. And they never ceased coming. Day upon day, night upon night. It was always a battle. A struggle without rest.”

Sansa’s fingers twitched against his, but he held them steady, the pressure of his hand grounding her even as her skin prickled with cold at the thought. She imagined beasts prowling out of darkness, imagined him standing against them alone, but the thought was too vast, too impossible.

“Every day,” Jon went on, his voice grim, “I had to fight. Every step, every breath. I learned quickly that weakness meant death. And still, death was never the end for me. I rose again, torn and broken, to fight once more. The world itself was a crucible, hammering me again and again upon its anvil until all softness, all frailty, was burned away.”

His gaze darkened, not with cruelty but with remembrance. “But it was not by chance I was there. Something greater than I chose me. A force: vast, unfathomable, otherworldly. It set me there, tested me, ground me down, and in the end, raised me up. It had chosen me for its mantle, Sansa. Chosen me to be its champion, its successor. The heir to their throne of shadows. All the pain, all the battles, all the victories. They were not without design. They were shaping me, forging me into what I am now.”

Sansa sat utterly still, her hands clasped so tightly to his that her knuckles whitened. Her mind spun in frantic circles. Another world? Monsters? Chosen? Throne of shadows? 

It was nonsense, yet his words poured with such conviction that she could not simply dismiss them. She felt caught between belief and madness, her heart lurching between awe and fear. Was he broken? Had grief twisted her brother’s mind beyond repair? Or, more terrifying still, was he telling the truth?

Jon’s tone grew quieter, yet heavier, as though each word pressed the air thinner. “I was not merely changed, Sansa. I was reborn and remade. I am not as I was. That world stripped me bare, then clothed me in its power. No sword can cut me now, no spear pierce me. I can lift a fully grown stallion in one hand without exerting any effort. I can run faster than a peregrine can fly at full speed. Death cannot hold me. And the shadows-”

His eyes glimmered, and for an instant, the candlelight seemed to darken around him. “I command them. I do not just fight with them. I raise them as others raise banners, an army born of darkness itself. They answer to me, as surely as Father’s men once answered to him.”

Sansa’s breath snagged in her throat. Her eyes widened, terror creeping like frost through her veins. It was impossible, it had to be. And yet the steady way he spoke, the calmness, the certainty, he did not sound like a man raving. He sounded like one stating a truth as plain as the turning of the seasons.

Still, her mind buckled against it. Strength? Immortality? Armies of shadows? These things belonged in tales sung by fools, not whispered in her chamber.

Inwardly she trembled. Has he gone mad? she thought. Did the years away break him? And yet another voice, quieter but insistent, whispered: Or has he seen truths we cannot bear?

Jon watched her closely, his expression softening as he read the fear and doubt etched upon her face. “I know how this sounds to you. I know that I must sound barking mad, that I have lost my senses,” he said, his voice gentling, though it still carried the iron of conviction. “Words cannot convince you, I understand that. Words alone are too frail to bear such truths. But I swear to you, Sansa, every word I’ve spoken is real. I would not burden you with lies.”

She opened her mouth, but no sound came. The beat of her heart thundered in her ears, torn between dread and desperate curiosity. She wanted to shrink away and beg him to stop, and at the same time lean closer, to hear more, to know the fullness of what he had endured.

Jon’s gaze did not waver. He leaned forward, his dark eyes locking onto hers. “What I am about to show you will unsettle you. It is only the first step, but it may frighten you. But you must trust me, Sansa. You must trust your eyes and your mind, for what you will see is the truth. What you will see is real. You must be strong. For only then will you begin to understand.”

Her chest rose and fell in quick, shallow breaths. She wanted to refuse, to flee the words before they became reality. Yet something in his face - the familiar set of his jaw, the unyielding Stark steadiness in his gaze - anchored her. Slowly, hesitantly, she gave a nod, small but resolute.

Jon’s hand tightened warmly around hers, and he inclined his head, satisfied. “Good,” he murmured, low as a vow. “Then see.”

His request fell like a stone into the quiet chamber. “Fetch your sharpest sewing needle.”

Sansa’s stomach turned to ice. For a heartbeat she could not move, the words striking her like a blow. Her mind rebelled, balking at the command, but Jon’s grey eyes - so steady, so certain - held her fast. He was not jesting. He meant it.

Her legs felt heavy as she rose from the bed, each step toward her work chest slow and halting. The chamber seemed too quiet, the hush broken only by the faint crackle of the fire and the muted shift of the guards’ boots outside her door. She knelt beside the chest, lifting the lid with unsteady fingers, and peered down at its familiar contents: spools of coloured thread, scraps of lace, thimbles and needles, the small tools of her daily tasks.

Her hand hovered, trembling, before she pushed aside the spools. She sifted through the jumble until she found it: a single fine needle gleaming faintly in the candlelight, sharp enough to draw blood at the lightest touch. She picked it up, and it quivered between her fingers as if sharing her fear. For a long moment she only stared at it, her breath shallow, dread knotting tight in her belly.

At last she rose, needle clutched between thumb and forefinger, and crossed back to the bed where Jon sat waiting. She held it out toward him with visible reluctance, her hand trembling so badly she feared she might drop it. When his fingers brushed hers as he took it, the cold in her belly tightened into dread so sharp it almost hurt.

Jon did not waver. He turned his palm upward, steady as stone, and without the faintest hesitation drove the needle point-first into his flesh.

Sansa’s breath strangled in her throat. She expected blood to well at once, to see red beads pool against his skin. Instead, with a sickening resistance, the needle bent, warped, and snapped with a faint ping, the broken shards tumbling to the floor.

She stared, disbelieving, her mouth parting in horror. His skin was unbroken: smooth, flawless, untouched, as though the steel had never been there. Slowly, deliberately, Jon extended his hand toward her.

Sansa’s body quaked as she took his hand. She wanted to recoil, to refuse, but some instinct stronger than fear compelled her. Her hand rose as if drawn by strings. Her fingertips brushed the warm flesh of his palm, searching desperately for some hidden wound, some scratch, some proof that he was still mortal. There was nothing. Smooth. Whole. Perfect. It was wrong. Wrong in a way that made her heart pound against her ribs. She pulled her hand back sharply as if burned, shaking her head, her mind reeling at the impossibility.

Before she could speak, Jon’s voice broke the silence. “Your embroidery scissors,” he said simply. 

Her eyes widened, her breath catching sharp in her throat. “No… please...” The word came out cracked, a thin and trembling plea.

But Jon’s gaze did not soften. His grey eyes held her fast. His voice came again, quiet but resolute, a second command that brooked no refusal. “Bring them to me, Sansa. Now.”

Her breath shuddered, a sob caught at the edge of her throat. “Jon… I cannot…”

“You can,” he said, softer now, but no less firm. “Trust me. Please, Sansa, do as I say.”

Her heart thudded painfully against her ribs. For a long moment she sat frozen, every instinct crying out to resist. Yet some deeper pull - fear, trust, the sheer immovable force of him - drove her up from the bed. Her legs felt brittle beneath her as she crossed the chamber, each step echoing in her ears like a drumbeat.

The little workbox waited on her table, innocent and ordinary. She lifted the lid with fingers that trembled so badly the hinges rattled, and there they lay: her small embroidery scissors, their polished blades glinting cold in the firelight. For a moment she only stared down at them, dread coiling tighter with every heartbeat, until at last she reached in and closed her hand around the steel.

Today, though it did not feel any different than it was usually, they still felt unnatural in her grasp, heavier than such a delicate tool had any right to be. She lingered there, her breath shallow, her thoughts clamouring with protest. But she turned, slowly, and walked back to him, each step as halting as if she were approaching her own doom.

She carried them back to him, each step halting, as though the air itself pressed her back. When she reached him, she placed the scissors in his palm with visible reluctance. Her eyes searched his, pleading silently for him to stop. But Jon’s expression was resolute, calm, as if this were no more than a simple demonstration of fact.

Without pause, he turned the blades against his own forearm. The rasp of steel dragging deeply across flesh tore through the chamber, a sound so sharp and unnatural that Sansa flinched as if the blade had cut her instead. Her hands flew to her mouth, smothering the cry that broke from her.

Yet nothing happened. The blades scraped and skidded as though against stone, leaving not even the faintest mark. His skin remained unmarred, unyielding, seemingly impervious to harm.

A sharp gasp burst from Sansa, her body jerking backward as though struck. The sound of steel against flesh had made her flinch violently, every nerve screaming in expectation of blood. But there was none. Jon sat unmoved beside her, the scissors in his hand sliding harmlessly down his forearm as though scraping against stone.

Her breath caught, ragged and shallow, as the blades slipped from his grasp and fell with a clatter to the floor, spinning before settling into silence. Sansa could not tear her gaze away from his arm. No wound. No blood. Nothing at all.

Her throat tightened until she thought she might choke, her breaths coming shallow and fast, the chamber tilting around her. All her life she had been told that men bled, that steel ruled the fate of lords and kings. She had heard the songs of knights in armour, of warriors slain and heroes broken. All of it crumbled in an instant. Jon stood before her immune to the very truth that had shaped the world. He should bleed as any man. Yet he did not.

Her knees weakened, a tremor running through her whole body as the weight of what she had seen pressed down upon her. Panic clawed at her chest, threatening to undo her entirely.

Jon’s voice cut through the storm, calm and unshaken. “This,” he said softly, “is only the smallest glimpse of my truth. The barest fraction of what I have become.” His eyes held hers, steady as stone. “There is more, Sansa. Much more. And you must steel yourself, for the full truth is greater - and far more frightening - than you can yet imagine.”

The words did nothing to ease her trembling, but the steadiness of his tone wove a fragile thread of control through her panic. She clung to it, swallowing hard, her body taut with fear and disbelief, bracing for whatever came next.

“Do not be afraid,” Jon said softly, though the iron in his tone brooked no question. “What you have seen is a splinter only. A fraction. A tiny glimpse into a truth far more terrifying. If you are to understand, if I am to enact my plan, you must see more.”

Her mouth opened to ask what he meant - how there could be more than steel breaking on flesh - when his fingers closed around her hand.

Darkness overwhelmed them both, and suddenly, before she could make a sound, world vanished around her.


There was no rush of wind, no dizzying lurch as with a fall, no sense of motion at all. One breath she sat upon the bed in the hush of her chamber, the fire whispering low in the grate, the scent of lavender sachets faint on the air; the next, the chamber was gone, as though it had never been. Her skin prickled, her hair lifted, and suddenly cold air lay sharp upon her cheeks. The floor beneath her slippers was no longer woven rushes but frozen grass that bent and crackled with frost.

They stood beneath an open sky.

Moonlight poured down in hard silver, laying a pale road across the land. The city crouched behind them like a great black beast, its walls a jagged seam of stone, torches pricking its battlements like wary eyes. The Sept of Baelor loomed a darker hump, its dome cutting the starlight, and beyond, the Blackwater caught the moon’s glow and gleamed dull and pewter. The faint wash of brine drifted inland, mingling with the smell of dead grass and frost. Before them stretched a barren, fallow field, the stubble rimed white, whispering when the night breeze stirred. Somewhere to their left, a small copse crouched low, its branches rattling together like bones. From the wall came the hollow clank of a watchman’s chain.

Beyond that, there was only silence, vast and unbroken.

Sansa’s stomach turned over. Her breath hitched once, then tore free in a ragged, panicked cry before she could choke it down. Her hands flew to Jon’s arm, clutching at him with frantic strength, her nails digging through his sleeve as though he were the last solid thing left in a dissolving world.

Her voice burst out high and thin, broken into shards. “How-how did-Jon, gods, what is this? What is happening? I was in my room, I was-” She stammered, words tumbling over each other until they tangled into nonsense. “No door, no step, no-no-how can this be? How can this be?” She bit down on her lip so hard she tasted iron, her chest too tight to let the words free.

The enormity of it pressed down all at once. One heartbeat she had been in her chamber, safe within stone walls, the next she stood beneath an endless sky with the city crouching like some lurking beast behind her. It was wrong. It was impossible. It was madness. Her knees buckled. Her body gave way as though her bones had melted, and the world pitched and swam.

She did not fall. Jon’s arms caught her with unerring speed, steady as iron, unyielding yet careful, cradling her as though she weighed no more than a child. Her head struck against his shoulder, her breath stuttering against him in ragged gasps.

“Easy,” he murmured, his breath warm against her hair. “Breathe, little sister.”

“I-I was-I-I-was” Her teeth chattered though the night was no colder than Winterfell’s courtyards. “I was in my room, Jon, I was-” Her voice broke into sobs, thin and shaking.

“You are safe,” Jon said firmly, his tone quiet but unyielding. “Safe, Sansa. No one can hear you here. No one can touch you. Breathe.”

He straightened her, setting her upright once more, but his hands remained firm upon her shoulders, anchoring her against the spin of the world. His thumbs brushed lightly across the hollows of her collarbones, a touch that was not restraint but reassurance. His steadiness radiated into her, a weight she clung to desperately.

“In,” he said, calm and even, as though soothing a frightened horse. “Now out.”

Her lungs convulsed, but she obeyed. In. Out. Her chest burned, but the rhythm gave her something to cling to. Again. In. Out. The roaring in her ears faded from a storm to a steady drum. Her hands, still trembling, slid down to grasp his wrists, holding him as tightly as he held her. She could feel the heat of his pulse beneath her fingers, proof that he was flesh, not phantom.

The night pressed in, stark and terrible. The moonlight made the frost shine like glass, the wind bit sharp on her cheeks, the smell of brine and iron clung to her tongue. It was all too real. Her breath shuddered, her body still quaking, but she found she could stand.

“Good,” Jon said at last. He did not let go immediately, holding her gaze as if to test the strength of her footing. Only when her knees steadied did he ease his grip. He did not release her entirely, though; one of her hands he kept in his own, warm and solid, as if to tether her to the earth itself.

Sansa swallowed hard. The back of her throat stung with blood where she had bitten her tongue. Her eyes darted across the barren field, the looming walls, the dull gleam of the river. Everything looked too sharp, too bright, like a painted dream about to tear apart. She half-expected at any moment to blink and find herself back in her chamber, lavender and firelight returning in a rush. But nothing changed. Only the vast silence remained, immense and unrelenting.

“This alone,” Jon said quietly, “is only the surface.”

Sansa flinched at the word. Only. As though being ripped from her chamber and thrust beneath the open moon were a mere trick, a nothing, a child’s sleight of hand. Her breath rasped out in a tremble. “Only?”

The single word seemed to echo, frail and terrified, in the barren field.

He inclined his head. “You asked for truth. Words will not suffice. It is better if you see. If you see what I have experienced. A glimpse into the trials and tribulations that I have been through. You must see what remade me. What I endured. What I now am.”

Her mouth opened, but no words followed. She wanted to refuse, to beg him to take her back to her chamber, to her bed with its rose-carved posts and silken coverlet, where at least the strangeness was familiar. But some darker pull kept her silent. Her eyes stung with tears, and still she shook her head once, twice, tiny refusals that held no strength.

“Listen to me,” Jon said, the words steady as a vow. “You will not be harmed. Not here, not anywhere I am. You will remain safe in my presence.” His voice thickened, deepened, carrying a load and a burden that pressed like iron upon her shoulders. “I would sooner die than let you come to harm.”

The words landed hard. Not a comfort, but a law. Sansa drew a sharp breath, chest tightening, caught between dread and relief. He spoke not as a brother pleading but as something unbending, immovable. She felt herself steadied more by the certainty in him than by the words themselves.

“Why here?” she managed at last, her voice ragged. “Why bring me outside the walls?”

“Because no ears will overhear us, no guards will interrupt us if we speak above hushed tones,” Jon said. His gaze lifted toward the wide, pale sky, the stars scattered cold as glass shards. “And because the sky is wider here. Easier to remember what is true when no walls crowd us, when no shadows press close enough to echo our fear back at us.”

She stared up at him, searching his face. The frost-stubbled grass hissed faintly around their boots as the wind shifted. A torch on the wall guttered, then was gone, plunging that stretch of battlement into deeper black. Sansa’s heart still beat too fast, but her reason no longer drowned beneath it. She drew another breath, shaky but deeper. And another.

“Tell me what I must see,” she whispered. The words came out small, but they were steady enough. 

Jon nodded once, as though he had expected no less. “Stand with me,” he said. He shifted, placing himself between her and the looming dark line of the wall, as though shielding her from unseen eyes. His tone carried both iron and gentleness. “Remember this: whatever you witness, you are with me. Keep hold of that truth.”

Her legs still trembled, but she trusted the firmness in his voice. She moved closer, until the back of her hand brushed the rough wool of his sleeve. The cold wind kissed her cheeks; the smell of turned earth and distant sea filled her senses. The fear inside her did not vanish, but it curled into a tight coil beneath her breastbone. It was something she could carry, if not yet master.

“Good,” Jon murmured. “Breathe, Sansa.”

She breathed. The night moved with her, vast and strange, as the moon climbed another finger’s breadth above the wall.

Jon lifted his hand and placed it gently against her temple.

The touch was feather-light, almost tender, but the instant his palm met her skin, the world shattered.

Darkness poured into her sight like ink spilled across parchment, swallowing the moonlit field whole. The cold night air was torn from her lungs, replaced by a choking wind thick with ash that scraped her throat raw. Her ears filled with a low, endless roar, as if the world itself were groaning. She staggered, but her eyes were no longer seeing the field. They were seeing his memories. His truth.

A realm unfolded before her. Vast, endless, and terrible. The sky was a vault of pitch, churning with storms of shadow. There were no stars, no moon, only an oppressive pall of darkness, shifting and alive like smoke drawn into endless spirals. Beneath that cursed sky stretched plains of broken stone, fractured and black, jagged mountains clawing upward like the ribs of dead gods, rivers of molten rock carving paths through the desolation and glowing faintly in the gloom. The air stank of iron, sulfur, and blood.

And there, there was Jon. Her brother. Jon Snow.

He strode across the blasted earth, a lone figure in black, his cloak thrashing in the storm’s pull. His face was set in grim determination, his blade glimmering white as frost, an unearthly light against the abyss. All around him poured forth horrors that should not exist: hulking beasts with jaws that split too wide, serrated fangs dripping ichor; serpents made of fire and smoke, scales hissing like bellows; demons with skin like obsidian, their mouths split open from ear to ear, crimson eyes burning with hatred.

They came in tides, shrieking, snarling, thundering across the broken ground. They hurled themselves at him in endless waves.

Jon met them all. His sword flashed, a streak of light in the gloom, cutting with such speed that Sansa’s eyes could scarcely follow. Limbs flew, heads toppled, bodies burst apart into ash and cinders. Each stroke carved ruin, each step crushed another monster beneath his heel. Yet for every one that fell, two more clawed their way from the black stone, as if the very earth itself vomited forth new horrors to meet him.

And then, shadows.

They rose up like smoke given form, torn from the ground at his command. Darkness twisted into shape, into men clad in blackened armour, faceless, silent. They bore swords wreathed in ghostly fire, and their eyes burned violet-blue. Rank upon rank they stood, countless and implacable, answering to him alone. And when Jon lifted his hand, they surged forward in perfect unison, cutting down the tide of monstrosities with ruthless efficiency.

The plain became a battlefield of nightmares: claw against steel, fire against shadow, venom and ichor soaking the ground until it steamed. The sky shook with shrieks. The air rang with the clash of steel and the roar of flame.

Her brother was at the heart of it, always moving, always cutting, tireless. Until he fell.

Sansa cried out as she saw it: monsters tearing through him. A beast’s talons ripped his chest wide; a spear of jagged bone burst through his belly; fire engulfed him, devouring flesh, burning him down to bone. She saw him crumple, broken, lifeless, again and again.

And yet, he rose.

Every time. His body knit itself back together, bones cracking back into place, flesh sealing as if stitched by unseen hands, flames guttering into smoke as his skin reformed. His eyes snapped open, burning with a terrible, unyielding light. He stood taller, stronger, his blade renewed in his hand. Death itself could not claim him.

The cycle repeated, merciless. Fall. Rise. Fight. Again and again, until the field was no longer a battlefield but a graveyard. The carcasses of monsters lay heaped like mountains, rivers of ash drifting on the wind. The shadows Jon commanded still stood in ranks unbroken, their blades dripping ghostfire, silent as tombs.

Sansa whimpered aloud. Her hands flew to her head, nails digging hard into her scalp as if she could rip the visions out by force. The sheer enormity, the endless slaughter, the horrors, the sight of Jon unbroken and unkillable. It was too much. Her heart lurched violently, her chest seized tight, her body trembling as though it no longer belonged to her.

And worse, the thought pressed into her mind, unbidden, cold as the grave: He is not only my brother. He is something else. Something darker.

Her breath shattered into sobs, too fast, too shallow. The visions blurred into streaks of shadow and fire. The plain dissolved into a whirl of black and red. With a strangled cry, she tore herself free, ripping her hand back.

The moonlit field crashed around her once more. Frost bit at her cheeks, the wind hissed in the grass, but her knees gave way. She collapsed, choking on air that would not obey her lungs. Her chest heaved, shallow and frantic, her nails clawing against her own gown as if to tear it open for more breath.

Jon caught her again, steady as stone, his arms holding her fast. But still her terror clamped down like a strangler’s grip, every breath a ragged sob. She could feel her pulse hammering in her throat, a wild drumbeat that threatened to tear her apart from within.

Jon was at her side in an instant. He caught her before she could fall, his arms closing firmly around her. His strength was absolute, his presence immovable, as if the very earth had taken her into its embrace. He held her steady, one hand cupping the back of her head, the other firm against her waist.

“Sansa,” he said, low and urgent, his voice a tether through the storm of her panic. “Hear me. It is me. I am Jon Snow. I am your brother.”

His words washed over her, cutting through the chaos. She clung to the sound of his voice, the warmth of his chest against her cheek. Still trembling violently, she shut her eyes, trying to banish the monstrous visions, to silence the screams that still echoed in her skull.

“All I endured,” Jon whispered, his tone softer now, steady and resolute, “was for you. For Bran, Rickon, Arya. For our family. For House Stark.”

Her gasps slowed by inches. The pounding in her chest eased from frenzy to a rapid drumbeat. The solidity of his arms, the certainty in his voice, anchored her when nothing else could. She forced herself to draw a long breath, then another, and another, each one steadier than the last.

At last she sagged against him, her body still shuddering, but no longer on the edge of collapse. Her mind reeled with terror and disbelief, but beneath it flickered something else. There was an ember of awe, of recognition. This man who held her, who whispered her name like a vow, was Jon. Her Jon. Changed beyond reckoning, made into something vast and terrible, but still him.

And though fear still clawed at her belly, Sansa felt the smallest glimmer of safety in his arms, as if no monster from that nightmare realm could ever reach her while Jon Snow stood between them.

Sansa’s breathing had steadied, ragged sobs giving way to shivering gulps of air. Her face was pale as new snow, her body trembling still, but she forced herself - haltingly, painfully - to raise her eyes to Jon’s. What she saw there rooted her to the earth: the same grey, solemn gaze that had once studied her over sweetmeats in Winterfell’s hall, but now darker, deeper, carrying the depth of something vast.

When he spoke, his voice was calm, low, carrying no hint of triumph or cruelty. Only quiet certainty.

“What you saw,” Jon said, “was a vision. A glimpse. Memories carved into me, shared so you might understand.” He paused, his thumb brushing gently across the back of her hand, steadying her still-shaking fingers. “But if you will it, I can show you more than a vision. Proof. Here and now.”

Sansa’s lips parted, but no words came. She felt cold down to her bones, though sweat dampened her brow. The beat of her heart thundered in her ears, each beat louder than the last. A part of her wanted to scream again, to turn away, to beg him not to. And yet, another part, the part that had watched her father mount the steps to his death with quiet dignity, the part that remembered her mother’s strength, that carried her family’s name, forced her to nod. A small, trembling gesture, but enough.

Jon inclined his head once, as if that was all he required. He stepped back, the frost crunching faintly beneath his boots, and fixed his eyes on the barren ground before them. He lifted his hand, palm outward, and made a motion both subtle and deliberate, like a lord summoning a bannerman, like a king commanding obeisance.

The field stirred.

At first it was only a tremor beneath Sansa’s slippers, a faint shiver through the frozen soil. Then the earth itself rippled, as though it were water struck by a stone. A seam split open, jagged and wet, and from it poured shadow - black, formless, writhing. It rose, thickened, and took shape before her eyes.

A figure emerged.

It was taller than any knight, armored in plates that looked like blackened steel but were not. They looked too thin, too fluid, too unnatural. Its limbs were human in outline, but the edges shifted faintly, as if its body were made of smoke frozen in the moment of curling. It carried no sword, yet its hands ended in claws sharp as glass. Its helm bore no face, only two burning eyes: cold, violet-blue, their glow piercing the night like twin coals.

It stood motionless, utterly still, its presence radiating an aura that made the air heavy. There was no sound but the faint hiss of shadows whispering along its jagged form, as if the darkness itself exhaled around it. It did not move, did not breathe, did not waver. It simply waited, silent and obedient, for Jon’s command.

The sight broke her.

A scream tore itself from her throat, long and ragged, ripping the night open. It echoed across the field, shrill enough to startle birds from a copse and make the distant torches on the city wall flicker in her swimming vision. She could not stop it. Her lungs emptied themselves on terror alone, shrieking until the sound frayed into sobs and gasps.

Her heart hammered violently, each beat a blow against her ribs. Her legs gave way beneath her, silk skirts crumpling into the frost, and the world spun wildly around her. The figure loomed in her sight like a nightmare given flesh, alive in its silence, monstrous in its obedience. The impossibility of it crashed over her in wave after wave until her body could bear no more.

She felt her vision narrow, the edges of the field bleeding into black. The sound of her scream dissolved into a ringing hush. Her breath came in a thin, stuttering thread before it broke altogether. The last thing she saw was the shadow soldier, still and waiting, its burning eyes fixed forward, before darkness swallowed her whole.

Sansa Stark fainted into her brother’s arms, her body limp, her mind fleeing the terror she could not contain.


Sansa woke with a violent start, her breath catching in her throat as though she had been drowning. Cold prickled across her skin despite the cocoon of heavy blankets drawn snug around her shoulders. Her heart thundered, loud and relentless, each beat like a hammer against her ribs. She pressed a trembling hand to her chest as if to quiet it, blinking rapidly in the dimness of her chamber. The fire on the hearth had burned low, only a scatter of faint orange embers left to fight the gloom. Their glow painted long, wavering shadows across the carved bedposts and the tapestries on the walls, making them seem half-alive.

For a moment, she thought she had dreamed it all. The impossible visions clung to her mind like cobwebs: Jon striding alone across a wasteland of ash and black stone, his sword cutting down monsters that no maester’s quill could have imagined; shadows rising out of the earth, twisting into soldiers clad in darkness; a figure with eyes of violet-blue fire climbing from the ground at his command. She remembered her own scream, sharp and ragged, remembered the way terror had clenched her until her body failed her.

She remembered the blackness swallowing her whole. Surely those things could not have been real.

Surely they were fever-born delusions, grief and loneliness conjuring phantoms to torment her.

And yet…

The details would not blur. They were too sharp, too vivid. She could still hear the faint ping of a needle snapping against his skin, the scrape of steel sliding harmlessly over flesh that would not bleed. She could still feel the tremor of the earth parting beneath her feet as the shadow soldier had clawed its way free. Dreams frayed at their edges, faded into mist with the morning light. But this memory remained jagged, too solid, too cruelly real to dismiss.

Her breath hitched as her gaze shifted, and she froze.

Jon sat beside her bed.

His presence struck her like a blow. Silent, unmoving, half-veiled in shadow, his broad frame loomed against the faint glow of the hearth. Firelight caught on his cheekbones, sharpening the angles of his face, darkening his grey eyes into pools of iron. He did not stir, did not speak. He only watched her.

A startled yelp burst from her lips before she could stifle it. At once he moved - swift but careful - and his hand pressed firmly, yet gently, over her mouth.

Shhh,” he murmured, his voice low as falling snow.

Her eyes went wide, locking on his. Panic surged through her, her body trembling beneath the blankets, but his gaze held no menace. It was steady, intent, but laced with warmth, with something achingly familiar. He held her eyes with his, saying nothing, waiting, until her breath began to slow. Only when he felt the worst of her fear ebb did he withdraw his hand, careful and deliberate, as though any sudden movement might shatter her entirely.

The silence thickened, broken only by the faint hiss of the fire. Sansa’s lips parted, but no sound came. The shock rolled through her in waves, stronger each time. He was here. Not a dream. Not a phantom. Her brother. All of it - the visions, the monsters, the soldier of living shadow - had been true.

“Jon…” His name cracked in her throat, raw and trembling, and with it something inside her broke. The realisation crashed over her with dizzying force: her brother lived. He was here.

Jon leaned closer, his voice pitched low, steady as stone. “You fainted in the field,” he said, a firmness in his tone softened by apology. “I brought you back. I carried you through the shadows and laid you in your bed. I made sure you were warm, safe. While you slept, your servants - the two women who are almost always at your side it seems - came and went. They brought your supper, thought you still in slumber, and left again.”

As if tugged by a string, Sansa’s gaze turned toward the table. There it was: her tray of food, the trencher still set, the bread untouched, the wine jug half-filled. Exactly as he said. Her breath caught in her throat.

Fear and confusion tangled with a wild, aching curiosity. Her voice shook when she spoke. “Did they… see you?” The thought of Brella’s horrified face, or Shae’s mocking laughter, twisted in her stomach.

Jon shook his head slowly, deliberately. “No. I hid myself in the shadows. To their eyes, I was never here.”

The words unsettled her more than they soothed. Hidden in the shadows? Watching unseen as her servants moved about her room? The thought sent a cold ripple across her skin, but before she could shape the question rising on her tongue, Jon spoke again.

“I know,” he said softly, “that your mind is torn. That fear grips you. That you are confused, uncertain, drowning in questions. I do not fault you for it. Anyone would feel the same in your place. Frankly, little sister, I am pleasantly surprised that you are able to retain your composure and your sanity.”

Sansa’s mouth opened before she meant it, a small, raw question scraping out on a breath. “The thing...gods, the shadow creature you showed me…was it real?” Her fingers tightened until the blanket creaked. The memory of that rising shape, its violet-blue sockets, the way the air seemed to eat the light around it, pressed at the back of her eyes like a hurt that would not fade.

Jon’s answer was quiet, absolute. “It was.” He watched her closely, as if measuring how much she could bear. “It is bound to me. A servant to my will. It obeys me and does as I command. It will hold itself to the places I bid it, and it will answer when I call.”

 Sansa’s mind snagged on the picture again: the darkness that had peeled itself from the earth, the edges of the figure blurring like smoke caught on a breeze, those small, terrible lights in its face. In the vision she had thought the soldier a thing of nightmare alone; now, recalling the shape in the room, she saw the same contours, the same hollowing where eyes should be. Her heart gave a hard, incredulous beat. She had felt the presence of it all the way down to her bones; she had seen its summoning with her own eyes. 

A confusion like cold water ran through her. Part of her recoiled. This was impossible, a strange and monstrous thing that could not exist beyond fever and tale.

But another part, quieter and more stubborn, leaned forward. She remembered the needle that had bent, the scissors that had skidded away as though struck on stone, the visions that had seized her in the field; their blunt, uncompromising truth pressed against her doubt. Something inside her - some small, tired kernel of trust in her hald-brother - tugged free of the panic and began to believe, however unwillingly.

She forced the thought down and looked at him, searching his face for mockery, for signs of madness, for any hint that he had lied. There was none of it. Only the same unflinching steadiness, an answer to what she had witnessed that left no room for denial. The world still tilted beneath her feet, but the tilt had a line now, a direction. For all the terror, for all the questions, a new, terrible clarity settled over Sansa: the shadow and the visions were not phantom nor dream. They were true, and they belonged to him.

Her fingers tightened on the edge of the blanket, knuckles white. Her voice came low, trembling. “It’s true. I am afraid. I am confused. I scarcely know what to believe. It feels as though the world has turned upside down.”

For a moment, silence held them. When she dared lift her eyes, his expression was changed. Softer now, touched with the solemn warmth that reminded her painfully of the boy she had once known. But the softness gave way quickly to gravity, and his gaze grew firm once more.

“There are questions enough to fill a lifetime,” Jon said, his words deliberate, weighted like stone. “And I will answer them, Sansa. I swear it, by the old gods. But before you ask me anything, before I try to tell you what you burn to know… there is something you must hear first. Something of grave importance.”

His tone carried no plea, no flourish. It was a vow spoken plain, carrying the certainty of law. “What I will tell you,” he continued, his voice low and solemn, “will change everything. For you, for me, for the entire realm in the days to come.” 

The words fell between them heavy as the silence of the godswood, and Sansa felt her breath catch, bracing herself as though for a blow. Slowly, with a sense of dread in her chest, she gave a single, trembling nod.

Sansa’s wide, tear-rimmed blue eyes stayed fixed on him. She nodded faintly, as if the motion alone might brace her for whatever truth Jon was about to speak.

He drew in a long breath, the rise and fall of his chest deliberate, steadying. When he spoke, his voice was calm, but there was weight in every syllable, the kind  that seemed to settle into the bones of the listener.

“When I was in that other world, the first day that I was taken there,” he began, “I learned a truth that had been hidden from me all my life. A truth your...no, our father carried to his grave.”

The words struck Sansa like a chill wind, prickling her skin. She leaned forward unconsciously, her fingers clutching the edge of her blanket, her breath caught halfway between dread and desperate need to know.

Jon’s eyes, grey as storm clouds, did not leave hers. “The truth is this: I am not the bastard son of Lord Eddard Stark. I am not even the son of Lord Eddard Stark.”

For a moment, she could only stare. Her lips parted, but no sound came, as if her body itself resisted forming words. Then she shook her head quickly, fiercely, like a child denying something too cruel to be real. “No. No, that cannot be. You are. You are Father’s son. You are his bastard son. Everyone knows it. Why would it not be the truth? Father would never lie. It has always been so.”

Jon only shook his head, slow and grave. “It was never so. That was the lie he wove, the mask he made me wear. A lie to shield me, to keep me alive.” His voice softened, though the iron beneath it did not bend. “It was the only way.”

Her mind reeled, the chamber tilting around her. She clutched at the blanket, her knuckles white, as he drew another deep breath and spoke the words that shattered the ground beneath her.

“My true father was not Eddard Stark,” Jon said quietly, each word heavy as a hammer blow. “My father was Prince Rhaegar Targaryen. And my mother… was your aunt. The woman who I believed to by my aunt for so many years. My mother is Lord Eddard’s sister: Lady Lyanna Stark. I am not your half-brother by blood, Sansa. I am your cousin.”

The air seemed to collapse out of the chamber. Sansa felt it leave her lungs in a rush, leaving her hollow and reeling. She shook her head once, twice, as though she could deny the sound itself, deny the syllables that had spilled from his mouth.

No,” Sansa whispered. “No, that is madness. You are Jon Snow. You are Father’s son. His bastard. He would never...he would never lie. Not about you. Not to us. Not to my mother. Not to you. Not about something so… so…”

Her voice broke.

The man before her did not flinch. His eyes stayed fixed on her, steady, unyielding. He bore her denial as though he had expected it.

Sansa pressed her hands to her face, the world spinning. Her father - the most honourable man in the realm, who had died to the truth and to protect his family - could never have borne such a deception. Could never have lied to his children, to Winterfell, to the North. It was unthinkable. Impossible. Every scrap of her childhood, every whispered word in Winterfell’s halls, every servant’s gossip in the kitchens had held Jon’s name paired with bastard. That had been truth. That had been unshakable. To tear it away now felt like treachery against memory itself.

She dropped her hands and searched Jon’s face desperately, looking for some flicker of jest, some softening that would tell her he had not meant it, that this was some cruel riddle. But there was nothing. Only calm certainty, hard as stone.

Her voice came in a rush, tight and breaking. “If this is true, if Father lied all those years, then why? Who was he protecting you from?”

Jon’s jaw tightened, a scowl distorting over his mouth, and for a long moment he was silent, as if weighing the answer.

When he spoke, his voice was low yet filled with disgust and bitterness. “From his best-friend: King Robert Baratheon. Our dearly departed king. And from the Lannisters. Robert hated every Targaryen with a fire that would never die. And he hated Prince Rhaegar most of all. If he had known I was Rhaegar’s son, he would not stop until I was dead at his feet.

"And the Lannisters… they would have done no less, once they knew what I was. A living son of Rhaegar was too great a threat to our glorious Queen Cersei and her brood of lions. Lord Tywin would not wish for anyone that could threaten his grandchildren's ascension to the Iron Throne to remain capable of living. My life was a danger to me from the moment I was born.”

The words sank into her like ice. Robert Baratheon: the fat, red-faced king who had feasted in Winterfell’s hall, who had laughed and roared beside Father. The Lannisters - her husband’s kin, her captors, their golden claws seemingly in every corner of the realm. To think of them turning their gaze upon Jon as an infant, a child, made her stomach twist with sickness.

Her mind fought to cling instead to the Jon she remembered, the quiet, solemn boy with grey eyes and a half-smile, sparring with Robb in the yard, wearing her favour tied to his arm, slipping her lemon cakes when she was sad. That Jon had been her half-brother, Ned Stark’s bastard, her blood if not her name.

But the man before her - taller, harder, remade by shadows and another world, claiming to be her cousin and that Rhaegar Targaryen and her aunt Lyanna was his parents - felt like a stranger wearing Jon’s face. Her stomach clenched as though the ground itself had shifted beneath her.

And yet… she could not forget what he had already shown her. The needle snapping against his skin, the scissors sliding harmlessly down his arm. The visions pressed into her mind until they seared. The shadow soldier clawing its way from the earth at his command. Those had not been lies. Those had not been dreams. They were real. Too real.

And if those were real… then so might be this.

Her heart trembled, torn in two. It was torn between the brother she had always known and the truth he had just laid bare. The world tilted, her certainties crumbled, and she felt herself swaying under the weight of it.

But Jon did not waver. His presence beside her was steady, his hand closing around hers with a warmth that anchored her even as her mind spun. His voice came again, quiet but unshakable.

Whoever my parents may be,” he said, “whatever truths have been hidden, Sansa, none of it changes what I am to you. I am Jon Snow. I have always been. I will always be. Your brother.”

The words, plain and unadorned, wrapped around her like a cloak. Her eyes burned with fresh tears. She could not trust the ground beneath her, nor the truths she had once held as stone. But she could trust the hand that held hers, the gaze that met hers without wavering.

Her brother. Still. Always.

The silence stretched until it seemed to fill the chamber entire, heavy as stone. It seemed like hours passed as silence pervaded the room. Sansa felt her heartbeat hammering in her ears, her thoughts still reeling from the revelation of her father’s secret. The truth of Jon’s birth pressed down on her chest until she could scarcely draw breath.

At last, she forced herself upright, her trembling hands tightening over the blanket as though she might bind herself back into composure. Her chin lifted, her voice breaking the hush.

“What do you mean to do now, Jon?” she asked. Her words were thin, yet edged with necessity. “With all of this, with what you are, what you’ve become, what comes next?”

His answer came at once, cold and resolute, the certainty of iron.

“I will save you from this place,” Jon said, his dark-grey eyes fixed unblinkingly on hers. “I will not leave you here, caged among lions. You are a Stark of Winterfell, my sister, my blood. No chains will hold you while I draw breath.”

His hand curled into a fist, and his voice deepened, gaining heftiness with each word. “And when you are safe, I will restore our house. I will save our lost siblings. I will avenge our father. I will avenge Robb. I will avenge your mother, Lady Catelyn. For all who have fallen, for every wolf whose blood was spilled, I will be the answer.”

The shadows in the chamber seemed to gather to him as he spoke, drawn to the grim fire in his eyes. His voice dropped lower, rougher, each syllable falling like a curse.

“The Boltons.” His jaw tightened. “For their treachery and the Red Wedding, for skinning their foes and taking our home, they will be flayed in truth by my hand. Their line will end.”

“The Freys.” His mouth curled with disgust. “For the slaughter at the feast, for the desecration of guest right, they will choke on their own blood. Their towers will burn.”

“The Greyjoys.” His tone dropped to a growl. “For seizing Winterfell, for murdering and boasting of the deaths of children they never killed, I will break their ships and drown their kin until their name is salt and memory.”

“And the Lannisters,” His eyes darkened further, colder than winter stone. “For Father. For your mother. For Robb. For every wound they dealt us, every cruelty you have borne, every lie they set upon the realm. They will be crushed. Their lions will have their teeth pulled, their claws torn, their skins turned to rags.”

The names fell from his lips like strokes of a headsman’s sword. There was no plea or cry for balance or mercy. There was only the finality of judgment, ruin promised as absolute fact.

Sansa shuddered. The ruthless certainty in his voice left no room for hesitation, no possibility of forgiveness. He spoke as though their doom were not only inevitable but already written into the marrow of the world. A part of her recoiled. This was not the solemn boy who had once smiled shyly when she tied her favor to his arm. This was a man remade, relentless as iron.

And yet… beneath her trembling, something else stirred.

A spark.

She had dreamed of justice, whispered it in her prayers, longed for it in secret. She had imagined the Freys slaughtered, the Boltons skinned, the Greyjoys broken, the Lannisters humbled. But she had never dared hope. Justice had always been a dream, vengeance a song sung by singers to make maids weep. Yet here was Jon, her brother, speaking of it not as dream or wish but as fact. As certainty.

Her heart thudded painfully. Fear tangled with a guilty, hidden gladness. There was a delight, even pride. The Boltons, the Freys, the Greyjoys, the Lannisters… to see them fall, to see them punished, would be a balm deeper than any prayer could grant. That her brother might have the strength to make it so stirred a fierce heat inside her that she tried and failed to quench.

She thought of stories she had heard of the Red Wedding from the whispers of court. Robb’s mutilated body, of her mother's scream cut short. She thought of the image of her father's head set upon the spikes. She thought of Theon’s betrayal, of Bolton knives, of Frey treachery, of Lannister gold woven through every strand of their ruin. Her heart clenched with grief, then surged with a guilty, savage satisfaction. She too longed to see them punished. To see their banners fall. To see their blood repay the blood of wolves.

And now Jon, her brother, spoke of it not as dream, not as singer’s fancy, but as fact. As certainty.

Her mind clawed back to the visions he had pressed into her: Jon striding unbroken through endless fields of ash and blood, shadows surging at his command to form legions clad in black steel. Armies beyond counting, faceless and tireless, marching wherever he willed. She had seen him pierced and broken, only to rise again and again, deathless, inexorable. She knew, with an unshakable certainty that rooted deep into her bones, that no mortal host could withstand him. Not knights in shining steel. Not banners raised by the tens of thousands. Against Jon and the legions he commanded, the realm itself would crumble like sand before the tide.

A long silence stretched between them, broken only by the hiss of the dying fire. At last, her lips parted, the words soft but edged with both dread and curiosity.

“And, what comes after?” she whispered. “If you destroy them… if you bring them all low… will you take the throne? Do you mean to claim it for yourself?”

Jon did not falter. His gaze held hers, dark and unyielding. “I will. It is my destiny to be King, to unite the realm under my banner,” he said simply. “But not as Jon Targaryen. Not as Jon Stark. Despite my true parentage, I am still a bastard. I will claim it as Jon Snow.”

The words struck her like a tolling bell, deep and inexorable. Not Rhaegar’s son. Not Ned Stark’s bastard. Not wolf or dragon. Snow.

Sansa’s breath caught. Her body stilled beneath the weight of his words. He was not boasting. He was not imagining. He was declaring what would be. Sansa’s heart raced. She looked at him - her brother, yet not the boy she had once known, - and in her heart she knew it to be true.

She had seen his strength, his shadows, his deathless endurance. If Jon willed it, he could sweep the Seven Kingdoms in days, crushing all who stood against him.

And as the truth sank deeper, she felt her heartbeat quicken. Not with terror alone, but with awe.

The chamber was silent but for the faint crackle of the dying fire. Sansa’s heartbeat still throbbed in her ears, her body trembling beneath the blankets, when Jon’s voice broke the hush.

“I must confess, I did not return to this world tonight,” he said, his tone measured, low, yet edged. “I have been back in this world for a little over a week.”

Her breath caught. The words startled her more than she could show. A week? Her mind balked at it. She stared at him, wide-eyed, but he pressed on before she could speak.

“When I was cast back from that other place, it was to King’s Landing that I was sent. Not Winterfell where I was taken out of this world. If that had been the case...well, the Boltons shall be dealt with soon, regardless. I was brought here, to the heart of the realm.” His eyes darkened. “And since that moment I have walked these streets unseen, gathering whispers, watching, deciding my next steps.”

There was no boast in his tone, no hint of pride. There was only cold fact. Yet the truth of it unsettled her: Jon, moving through the same streets she had walked, breathing the same air, close enough to touch, while she never knew.

“When I first learned what befell our house,” he continued, the muscle in his jaw tightening, “my rage near consumed me. I would have set out that very night. I would have flown north to the Twins, to kill every Frey I could lay hands on, and then to Winterfell, to flay Roose Bolton and his bastard upon their own crosses.”

The venom in his voice made her shiver despite the warmth of the blankets. His words were quiet, yet they burned with such restrained fury that she feared what might happen if he loosed it unchecked. His hand curled into a fist upon his knee, the knuckles stark in the firelight. “I thought to let vengeance guide me, to answer blood with blood until the rivers ran red.”

Sansa’s throat tightened. She pictured him storming the Twins, shadows swarming like a tide, Freys screaming, Boltons begging. The image chilled her even as it stirred a dark, secret satisfaction.

Jon drew a steadying breath, and when he spoke again, his voice had cooled to iron. “But I mastered that rage. I knew I could not act in haste. Vengeance will come, but everything must be done in an ordered and controlled fashion. The wolf that lunges too soon often will end up starving before the hunt is won. So I chose to bide my time. I chose King’s Landing first.”

He leaned forward, his grey eyes catching hers with unwavering force. “For if I am to bring ruin to our enemies, if I am to unmake those who wronged us, I must first secure the heart of their power. The Iron Throne. The city of kings.”

Sansa swallowed, her lips parting, but no sound came. Jon continued.

“This past week, I have walked the streets of the city. Sometimes cloaked in shadow, sometimes not. I have listened to the people in their cups, to merchants on their stools, to whispers in alleys and markets. I have used coin I have swiped from nobles and Lannister guards to pay traders, wenches, whores and sailors and all sorts of people to tell me the things I need to know.  I have learned the mood of the city, the weakness in its walls, the pride in its heart. I have learnt the happenings of the realm over the past few years. The war that the Lannisters submerged the realm in.

"And I have walked the Red Keep itself. I have passed through its halls unseen, ghosted through its passages, stood in its chambers with none the wiser. I have seen places in the palace that the vast majority of people have no idea exist. No eye has marked me. No ear has heard me.”

The matter-of-fact certainty in his voice made her skin prickle.

“And from the first day,” he said, his tone deepening, “I set one of mine to watch over you.”

Her head snapped up. “What?”

Jon inclined his head. “One of my shadows. The first I placed within these walls. I named it Winter.” His voice grew quieter. “For days, Sansa, I have looked upon you through its eyes. In the godswood, in this chamber, at table with your maids. You have never been alone. Not truly. Winter has been your guardian. Your shield.”

Her blood ran cold. Her eyes flicked wildly about the chamber, searching the corners, the shadows pooled near the tapestries, the dimness by the hearth. She saw nothing.

Jon’s hand came to rest lightly upon hers, steadying. “You will not see it,” he said, calm, almost gentle. “Winter will not appear to you unless you are in danger. It cannot be perceived by human senses while hidden. Not by you. Not by anyone.”

Sansa’s heart pounded in her chest. The thought that something had been near her - something monstrous and unseen - for days without her knowing made her breath falter. Her skin prickled as though a thousand unseen eyes watched from the dark. And yet… Jon’s words carried no cruelty, no malice. He had set this Winter not to haunt her, but to guard her.

Her voice quavered. “Even here? In my chamber? When I knelt in the godswood? When Shae or Brella-”

Jon nodded once, his face grave. “Always. You were never unguarded. Even if you thought yourself utterly alone.”

The shudder that wracked her was both dread and reluctant relief. The idea was terrifying, yet also… strangely comforting.

Jon drew back slightly, his tone sharpening once more. “And Winter is not the only one. In these past days I have sown shadows through the city. Several dozen now, hidden in the streets, in the walls, in the hidden veins of this palace. They wait in silence, in darkness, loyal and tireless. When the hour comes, they will seal King’s Landing in night. No man, woman or child will leave. No person will enter. The city will belong to me.”

The words fell cold as the grave. Sansa’s breath stilled, her heart hammering in her chest.

Tomorrow night.

The world shifted beneath her once more, tilting into a future darker and stranger than any dream she had ever dared imagine.

The silence stretched heavy, pressing against the chamber walls until Sansa could bear it no longer. Her voice came trembling, scarcely louder than a whisper, yet the question felt like it shattered the air between them.

“What… what do you mean to do, Jon?”

His reply was immediate, cold, and certain, as though the answer had long been forged in his heart.

“Tomorrow night,” Jon said, his words measured and unyielding, “I will take the palace and the city in a single stroke. It will be swift. Final. A simultaneous strike across every hall, every corridor, every chamber. By the time the sun rises, the lions who reside in this city will be no more.”

Sansa’s breath faltered. Her fingers curled tight into the blankets as she stared at him, unblinking, her heart skipping as his words unfurled. “The lions?” she whispered.

Jon’s grey eyes fixed on hers, unblinking. “Every Lannister. Every close ally who has bound themselves to their cause. I have walked these halls in silence, listened in shadow, and I know who must live and who must die.”

Jon’s voice did not soften. “I have spent these days walking the Keep unseen, listening, watching, learning. I know who must be spared and who must die.” His gaze hardened, and he began to name them. Each syllable like a tolling bell, each name a judgment.

“Joffrey Baratheon, the false king who delights in cruelty,” His tone was sharp as a blade. “Tommen, his brother. Too young, but still of their blood. Their mother, Queen Cersei, the lioness whose malice runs as deep as her vanity. Tywin Lannister, the hand behind so much blood, and his brother Kevan, who serves him as shadow and echo. Lancel, Kevan’s son, steeped in the family’s sins. Grand Maester Pycelle, who bends wisdom into poison for their cause, who is a lackey of House Lannister. Varys, the spider, who weaves lies to ensnare kings, and who has his own plots and games. The Kettleback brothers - Oswell, Osfryd, Osney - who sell their swords and their bodies alike to Lannister gold and body.”

He paused only briefly before speaking the last name. His eyes fixed on her, unflinching. “And Tyrion Lannister, your husband.”

Sansa’s breath caught in her chest. Several names, several lives, carved away in a single night. The words landed like a blow to her chest. The enormity of it unfurled in her mind like a storm. The whole house of lions and their allies brought down in a single night, by Jon’s hand alone. It was too vast to comprehend, too terrible to grasp.

Her lips trembled. “You mean… to kill all of them?”

“I do.” Jon’s reply was simple, stripped bare of hesitation, the words cold as winter stone.

Her thoughts snagged, not on Cersei, nor on Joffrey - both names made her heart leap with dark, guilty delight - but on Tommen. Sweet, gentle Tommen, little more than a boy, soft where Joffrey was cruel, timid where Cersei was venomous. Her voice faltered, her throat tight. 

Her lips parted, her voice unsteady. “All of them?” she whispered. “Even… even Tommen?”

Jon’s eyes did not waver. “Yes.”

Her heart clenched. Tommen’s soft, round face rose unbidden in her mind. The boy who had smiled at her shyly, who had stroked his kittens with tender hands, who lacked the cruel sharpness that defined Joffrey and Cersei. “But he is only a child. Jon, gods, he is only a child,” she protested, her voice breaking. “He is gentle, harmless. He has done nothing.”

Jon did not look away. His face was carved in shadow, his voice edged with steel. “And were Aegon and Rhaenys not children? My half-siblings, Elia Martell's children, they were younger than Tommen. Aegon was only a babe. My half-siblings, slaughtered though their only crime was their blood. Rhaenys dragged screaming from beneath her bed, stabbed again and again until the floor ran red. Aegon's head dashed against a wall, his skull shattered in the hands of the man who then raped their mother with her infant’s blood still on him. The lions called it victory.”

His eyes darkened, the words falling like stones. “Tommen’s death will be the balance. A debt long owed. And his end will be swift, gentle, merciful. Far kinder than what was given to my siblings.”

The question cut her to the bone. She shivered, her blood turning cold at the merciless truth in his words. She wanted to deny it, to cling to her protest, but the history of the realm weighed too heavily. Justice, vengeance, whatever Jon named it, it had always been written in blood.

Her gaze dropped, her hands trembling against the quilt. She could not answer.

Jon leaned closer, his voice steady, implacable. “Tommen’s blood is lion’s blood, despite the last name he carries. His death will be half the recompense for the children slain, a balance demanded. There can be no exceptions, no cracks in the judgment. If the line of lions is not ended root and branch, the wound they have carved in this world will fester anew. I will kill him and his brother in front of his mother and grandfather, and then kill them too.”

Sansa pressed her lips together, her chest aching. She did not want to hear it, yet she could not unhear it. The ruthlessness in Jon frightened her, but so too did the truth of what he said.

Her mind clung to the only name she could bear to raise. “And… Tyrion?” The word slipped from her lips halting, fragile. She swallowed hard, forcing herself to continue. “He has been… kind. Not like the others. He has treated me with courtesy. He has never… forced himself on me. Never forced me to consummate our marriage. I am still a maiden as such. Must he die as well?”

Jon’s eyes searched hers, steady, unreadable. “Do you wish him spared?”

The question struck her like a blow, rooting her in place. She faltered, her thoughts scattering as panic clawed at her chest. Did she? The very fact that the choice seemed to rest in her hands filled her with dread. She turned inward, sifting through her heart for the truth.

She found no hatred for Tyrion. She did not feel the seething venom and disgust she harboured for Joffrey, nor the icy loathing that filled her when she thought of Cersei. Tyrion had never mocked her cruelties in the hall, had never raised a hand to her, had never sought to use her body as a weapon or a plaything. He had spoken to her with gentleness, even respect, and there had been moments - brief, bewildering moments - when she had almost pitied him.

But pity was not love. Courtesy was not loyalty. She felt no warmth when she thought of him, no spark of kinship, no bond of blood or heart. He was not friend, nor enemy, but something in between. He was a figure who had spared her suffering yet could never cleanse himself of the lion’s shadow. He was still a Lannister. Still a son of the house that had butchered her kin, toppled her home, and caged her in a marriage she had never wanted.

Her breath quavered, her throat tight, as the realisation struck her with cruel clarity. She did not care. She did not care if Tyrion lived or died. His death would not wound her; his survival would not comfort her. He was a chain fastened to her against her will, and chains were meant to be broken.

“I…” Her lips trembled, horror curling in her gut at the words she knew she must speak. “I do not care,” she whispered, her voice hoarse, fragile, but certain. “If he lives or dies...it matters little to me.”

Jon inclined his head, accepting her answer without judgment. “Then he dies. Along with all the other lions. And with him dies the chain that binds you to that house. His death will free you from their name, their hold, their marriage. You will be Sansa Stark again.”

Her throat tightened, tears stinging her eyes. Relief warred with guilt inside her breast. It was relief at the thought of being free, guilt at the coldness of her apathy. Yet Jon’s words, so certain, so final, pressed down with the force of destiny.

Tomorrow night, he would bring ruin to House Lannister. Tomorrow night, the lions would fall.

And Sansa, trembling in her bed, could not decide if she was more terrified, or if she was more glad.

Jon’s voice, low and deliberate, carried on without pause. “Once the lions and those bound closest to them are ended, the others will be contained. The Tyrells, the other lords of the Reach such as Lord Rowan, Lord Redwyne, the Merryweathers. There is also Lord Ardrian Celtigar, Lady Tanda Stokeworth and her daughters, Prince Oberyn and the Dornish who have come with him. All will be gathered together and confined within the Maidenvault. It is large and spacious enough to hold the nobles now crowding the palace for this grand wedding. And the Tyrells are already staying there.”

His eyes darkened with a glint of grim satisfaction. “The timing could not be more opportune. The palace is preoccupied, its every hall and chamber filled with servants rushing to and fro, preparations for feast and ceremony consuming their thoughts. Seamstresses fret over stitches, cooks quarrel over spice, guards grow lax as they watch silks and jewels paraded past them. They are blind to all else. In their distraction, I will strike. Before vows are spoken, before feasts are laid. While they ready themselves for revels, they will be caught unawares.”

Sansa’s brow furrowed. The Maidenvault, she knew it well. It was a relic of Targaryen rule, long unused save for whispers of queens once cloistered within its walls. It was a fair prison compared to the black cells below, with chambers fit for ladies of rank and air enough to breathe. Still, the thought of so many great lords and ladies herded behind locked doors unsettled her.

Jon’s expression did not shift. “I hold no grievance against their houses,” he said. “But I cannot leave them free while I take the city. Power untethered is a weapon waiting for a hand. I will not permit daggers in the dark while I set the realm to order. They will remain in the Maidenvault until I decide how best they may serve me. And as hostages, their worth will be greater still.”

Sansa sat still, her hands clasped tight in her lap. She imagined Lady Olenna Tyrell railing at her confinement, Prince Oberyn pacing like a caged panther, proud lords of the Reach forced to share walls meant for discarded queens. Yet she could not deny that it was practical. The Maidenvault was secure, spacious, and close to the Red Keep.

The Maidenvault was place that was easy to watch, and impossible to leave without leave granted.

“How will you gather them all, the ones you mean to spare, all at once?” she asked quietly, curiosity and dread twining together. “So many… at once?”

Jon’s eyes flickered to hers, steady as winter stone. “There are more to my army of shadows that merely grunts. I have a plan.”

He did not elaborate. The finality in his voice told her he would say no more, and Sansa felt the chill of it run through her. She lowered her gaze, choosing not to press him.

Jon moved on, his tone colder still. “The Goldcloaks will fall. Every man of the City Watch, within the city and beyond the gates, will be slaughtered. The rot runs deep within the City Watch. They are not needed. I have no need of them when I have my shadows. Shadows already wait in their barracks, in the watch houses, at the gates. They will rise at my word, and when they do, no gold cloak will stand by dawn.”

Sansa’s breath caught. The City Watch numbered thousands. She had seen them patrol the streets, swaggering in their half-armor, bullying smallfolk at the wharves and taverns. To hear Jon speak of their end as if it were nothing - an afterthought, a task already done - sent a shiver along her spine.

“And the palace guards?” she asked, her voice smaller.

“They will die as well,” Jon said without hesitation. “The shadows placed within the Red Keep will see to them. When the blood is spilled, shadows will take their posts: at the gates, the granaries, the armories. There will be no fire, no riot, no flight. The city will wake to silence.”

Sansa pressed her lips together, unsettled by the sheer enormity of it. Thousands of men, gone in a night. She thought of the women and children who would wait for them at home, never to see them return. Fear knotted in her chest. Yet she also thought of those same men dragging her through the halls of the Red Keep at Joffrey’s command, laughing at her tears, beating her when the boy-king demanded it. Her throat tightened. She could not pity them. 

Jon’s voice grew quieter, but no less firm. “There are two exceptions: Ser Balon Swann and Ser Loras Tyrell. They will be spared.”

The words startled her. “Why them?”

“Balon has shown honour, from what I have seen of him. He is not like the rest of his brothers in the Kingsguard,” Jon said, his tone even, certain. “He will be given the chance to bend the knee."

"And Ser Loras, he is beloved of his house. To slay him would mean to earn the emnity of the Tyrells and the Reach before my hand is firmly upon the realm. I have no quarrel with them, no wish to strip their lands or titles. The Reach will remain theirs, as it has always been. It is not like there is a better alternative after all. Still, my mercy will not be without cost.”

His gaze sharpened, hard as a drawn blade. “Both Ser Balon and Ser Loras will live because their lives serve me more than their deaths. Understand this, Sansa. You might think me a monster due to what I have planned, and perhaps I am, but I am no mindless butcher, no wild beast loosed upon the city. I do not kill for the sake of blood. I kill only my enemies, those who brought ruin upon House Stark, those who could be a threat to my reign and to my family. Balon Swann and Loras Tyrell are none of these.”

Relief, unexpected and sharp, washed through Sansa. She had always thought kindly of Ser Balon; he had spoken gently to her in moments when others turned cruel. To know he would not be butchered with the rest eased something in her chest.

And Loras, beautiful, proud Loras, she knew him less well, but she had seen the adoration in Margaery’s eyes, the pride in Lord Mace’s booming voice whenever his son was named. To kill him would be to wound the Reach too deeply, perhaps beyond mending. That Jon had chosen restraint brought her a strange comfort.

Yet even as the relief settled, another thought gnawed at her. Jon had no need of restraint. He had shown her what he was, what shadows bent to his will. If he wished, he could sweep away House Tyrell in less than an hour, break the power of Highgarden as easily as snapping a dry branch. Pragmatism guided him, not necessity. That alone chilled her as much as it steadied her.

She shivered, her skin prickling. He was not wholly bloodthirsty. That much was true. But his mercy, his restraint, was a choice. And choice, she knew, could change as swiftly as the wind.

Sansa gathered what little courage still lingered in her, and her voice came small but steady. “And… what of me? When you do this...when you strike...what will happen to me?”

Jon’s gaze shifted to her, dark-grey eyes steady as stone. “I will move at the hour of the wolf,” he said, his tone calm, unyielding. “In the deepest dark, when the palace and the city lie deepest in slumber. Until that moment, you must act as though nothing is amiss. Tomorrow morning, tomorrow afternoon, tomorrow evening, you will do as you have always done. You will eat with your attendants. You will walk if you must. You will smile if you are forced. You will give them no reason to suspect that nightfall will bring their ruin.”

Sansa’s lips parted, then closed. She nodded faintly, uncertain she could muster even a feigned smile with such knowledge pressed upon her, but knowing too that he would accept nothing less.

Jon’s voice hardened, though it did not rise. “The servants will be spared. Many are innocents, and I will need them to tend to the keep when the lions are gone. But spared or not, they will not leave these walls. No word will fly beyond King’s Landing until I will it.”

Sansa found herself exhaling, relieved despite her unease. It was wise, she thought, to let the servants live. Wise, and merciful. At least mercy had not entirely fled him.

But then his gaze fixed on her, and his words struck like iron. “As for you, Sansa, there is but one command. You will remain in your chambers. No matter what you hear, no matter what you think is happening beyond your door, you will not set foot outside until I come for you myself. Only then will you be safe. Do you understand?”

Her heart pounded. The thought of waiting alone, listening to whatever terrors the night would bring, chilled her to her marrow. Yet she saw the immovable resolve in his eyes, and she knew resistance would mean nothing. “Yes,” she whispered at last, her voice quaking. “I will obey.”

Jon inclined his head, satisfied, and rose to his full height. The shadows seemed to bend with him.

Still trembling, Sansa forced the question that gnawed at her. “And when it is done, when the city is yours, what then? What will you do?”

His answer came at once, with the same ruthless certainty as all his vows. “I will hold the city as a conqueror does a fortress taken in war. My shadows will command every street, every gate, every hall. None will resist. None will escape. I have over one thousand shadows at my call now, and one is enough to scatter an army of tens of thousands of trained knights in an hour. With such force, the capital will be secure before dawn.”

Her stomach twisted. A thousand? With one being able to kill tens of thousands in an hour? The numbers rang in her ears like a tolling bell.

Jon continued, inexorable. “When King’s Landing is mine, I will spend several days consolidating my hold, and then turn outward. To the riverlands, where the Freys will be destroyed root and stem. I will restore your mother's family, the Tullys,  to rulership of Riverrun and the riverlands.

"I will then go to the North, to our home, where the Boltons will be flayed and erased from memory. I will restore the banner of the grey direwolf over the North. And before I return to the capitol, I will go to the Iron Isles, where the Greyjoys will be broken and drowned. And then finally, to the westerlands, where the lions will be dragged from their dens and silenced forever.”

The words poured from him like cold fire, each house named as if already consigned to the grave.

Her throat tightened, but she forced herself to ask. “And… do you mean to end them all? Every name, every child, every branch?”

Jon did not flinch. His face was shadow and steel. “There will be as many Boltons, Freys, Greyjoys, and Lannisters left in the Seven Kingdoms as there are Casterlys or Greystarks. None at all.”

The chamber seemed to grow colder. Sansa’s blood ran ice. The calm way he spoke - without rage, without fire, only with inevitability - was more frightening than any scream of wrath could have been. It was annihilation pronounced as fact, as certain as winter’s snows.

Her heart quailed, memories tumbling through her. She recalled the Jon who had smiled shyly in Winterfell’s yard, who had once pressed a lemon cake into her hand, who had shielded her from their mother’s sharp gaze.

That boy was gone. In his place stood something harder, darker, forged in another world.

Gods, what is happening? Is this truly real? Is this truly happening? 

Fear coiled within her like a snake. And yet, beneath the dread, she could not banish the terrible truth: Jon was her only hope. Whatever he had become, whatever darkness clung to him now, he alone could shatter the lions’ hold on her. He alone could set her free.

Jon’s voice softened, though the heaviness of it did not lessen. “There is more you must hear, Sansa. In the days to come, I will need you. Once the lions are struck down and the palace secured, I cannot linger here. My vengeance does not end at these walls. The Freys must fall, the Boltons must burn, the Greyjoys must drown, and the Lannisters must be torn out root and branch. That work will demand me abroad.”

Sansa’s breath caught. She stared at him, her hands tightening in the folds of her blanket. “Abroad?” she whispered, scarcely daring the word.

Jon inclined his head. “My campaigns will not take long. A week, two at most. What mortal house can stand against me? Much of my time will be spent securing my conquests. But while I cleanse the realm of traitors, someone must hold this city in my name. And that someone will be you.”

The words struck her harder than any blow. Her heart gave a violent jolt, her mind spinning. She was to rule? The Red Keep, King’s Landing, the very seat of the realm? Bewilderment surged through her, followed swiftly by a strange, soaring pride. Jon trusted her to guard what he conquered, to sit in his stead while he bent the realm to justice.

For a moment she felt taller, as though her back straightened of its own accord, as though she wore an invisible crown of her own, proclaiming her to be queen.

But just as swiftly came fear, sharp and cold. “Jon, I…” Her voice faltered. “I have no experience. I am only ten-and-five. I have no power, no soldiers, no… no authority of my own. How can I rule a city?”

Jon’s gaze steadied her, his tone certain, implacable. “You will not stand alone. A portion of my shadows will remain, bound to your service. They will obey your word as they obey mine. They will guard these halls, patrol the streets, and crush any who dare test your authority. None will dare defy you. Not when they know the cost. And they will come to know.”

Her throat tightened. To command shadows… the very thought turned her stomach, yet the promise of such power was undeniable.

“And more,” Jon continued. “As I said, the servants will live. They will keep the palace running, as they always have. And they will answer to you. They will be too afraid to not obey your every command. Their hands will mend what breaks, their tongues will carry your words, their eyes will lower when you pass. I will make it clear to everyone in the palace and the city that you are mistress of the Red Keep, and the city beyond. Fear of me will bind them, but their obedience will be yours.”

Sansa’s lips parted, but no sound came. The enormity of it pressed down on her chest, threatening to crush her, yet at the same time a quiet flame stirred within. To rule in his name. To be trusted above all others. For the first time since her father’s death, she felt the shadow of her family’s greatness stir around her.

Jon’s hand closed gently around hers, anchoring her. “Do not worry. I will not leave until all is in place and you are well secured. And I will not be gone long. As well, if anything befalls you and is beyond your strength, I can return in an instant. I can swap with one of my shadows in the city to appear instantaneously here. Remember that.”

She drew a shaky breath and gave a slow nod. The level of his trust, the burden of his demand, settled on her shoulders like a cloak heavy with jewels and thorns. It terrified her. It awed her. And yet, she resolved that she would not falter. Not if Jon asked it of her. Not if it meant standing for their family.

In her mind she already saw the morning ahead, shaping itself like a play she must perform: a quiet breakfast, her hands steady on the spoon; a measured walk to the godswood, her eyes lowered, her lips whispering prayers no different from yesterday’s; a few words exchanged with Brella and Shae, careful, casual, giving nothing away. She would play the part she had been forced to learn: obedient, composed, harmless, while beneath the mask, she held tight to Jon’s command.

Normalcy. Until nightfall brought the storm.

Jon’s hand remained warm around hers, his dark-grey eyes holding her with quiet certainty. “From this night forward, everything will be different,” he said, his voice low but resolute, a promise forged in steel. “You will never again be in danger, never again left helpless or alone. No harm will touch you while I draw breath. No man will ever force you, no chain will ever bind you. You will be shielded, always. All I ask in return is for you place your trust in me.”

Sansa’s lips parted, but no sound came at first. The chamber seemed to sway around her, as though the heaviness of the night’s revelations pressed upon its very stones. Her father’s secret, Jon’s terrifying and overwhelming power, the vengeance he swore to unleash. The truths were too vast, too impossible. And yet here he was, her brother, the boy she had mourned, the man remade, returned to her against every prayer unanswered.

Her chest rose and fell in shallow breaths. She wanted to refuse, to say she could not, that trust was too fragile a thing after all she had endured. But when she looked into his eyes, steady as the Wall, unyielding as Winterfell’s stones, a fragile certainty kindled within her.

“I will,” she whispered, her voice tremulous but true. “I will trust you.”

Jon’s gaze softened, and he inclined his head, bowing it slightly as though her words had weight enough to humble even him. “Then I will trust you in return,” he murmured. “For I cannot do what lies ahead without you. We will stand together, Sansa. Wolf beside wolf.”

He let the silence hang for a moment, steady as stone, then added, his voice quiet but firm with promise, “And we will not be alone for long. Arya, Bran, Rickon, like I said, they live. I will find them. One by one, I will bring them back to us. I will retake Winterfell from the Boltons and the Starks shall be restored to the North. The wolf pack will be whole again.”

He rose then, slow and deliberate, his shadow falling long across the chamber floor. “You should rest. The hour is late, and your face wears the strain of all you have endured. Sleep now. Tomorrow evening, I will come again, once all is prepared.”

A sudden pang of dread seized her, sharp as a knife. The thought of him vanishing back into the dark, leaving her alone with all she had learned, with the echoes of shadow soldiers and vows of annihilation, filled her with quiet panic. “Jon,” she said quickly, her voice small but urgent. “Stay. Please, Jon, stay with me. At least...at least until I sleep.”

His answer came without hesitation, gentle but absolute. “Of course.”

Relief washed through her in a trembling breath. She shifted back beneath the heavy blankets, her body still humming with fear and wonder, and laid her head lightly upon his lap. Jon adjusted carefully, one hand resting with quiet steadiness against her shoulder. His presence was solid, unyielding, a wall of warmth and strength.

And yet, some part of her mind reeled at itself. How could she be calm? How could she accept any of what he had told her: the visions, the shadows, the vow of vengeance spoken like holy writ, as if they were not madness? She should be screaming still, weeping, clawing at the walls in terror. Any other girl would have. Yet here she lay, her body trembling but her mind strangely still, strangely willing to believe.

But it was not only the impossible that she found herself accepting. It was the ruthlessness. The darkness. He had spoken of slaughter with such cold certainty. Joffrey, Cersei, Lord Tywin, Pycelle, Ser Kevan and his son, the whole brood of them, even Tommen. Sweet Tommen, so young, so innocent and gentle, guilty of nothing but his name and who he was related to. Jon had spoken of his death as if it were not cruelty but necessity, a debt to be balanced, a wrong to be set right with blood.

The words should have horrified her. They should have frozen her marrow, made her recoil from him in loathing. And yes, there was dread, there was fright, a chill that coiled in her belly at the sound of his merciless voice. Yet to her shock, to her shame, she had not been as aghast as she thought she should be. Some part of her had listened, had nodded inwardly, had whispered that Joffrey’s screams would be a balm, that Cersei’s downfall would be justice. Even Tywin’s end had lit a spark of satisfaction.

And when Jon spoke of Tommen… she had felt horror, yes, but it was a muted thing, dulled at the edges. Not the sharp, piercing grief she might once have felt. Instead there had been only a hollow unease, a whisper of protest drowned out by the louder chorus of vengeance that his words had stirred in her.

She could not understand it. Had King’s Landing twisted her so deeply? Had her time among lions turned her heart harder than she knew? She remembered praying once for mercy, for kindness, for songs to soothe the wounded world. Now she found herself listening to her brother speak of annihilation and thinking only of how calm he sounded, how assured, how certain.

And worse still, how part of her longed for it.

She wondered, dimly, when that change had taken root. Was it the first time Joffrey had had her struck? The day her father’s head fell? The nights when her cries went unheard, when her only company was silence and fear? Had grief and cruelty hollowed her so much that she could take horror in stride, could bow her head to impossible truths and find them easier to hold than lies?

The thought unsettled her, but there was no denying it. She was not the girl who had left Winterfell dreaming of golden knights and songs. She was something else now, someone else. She was tempered, scarred, reshaped by King’s Landing’s pitiless fires.

Maybe that is why Jon is trusting me with all this, she thought. Maybe he can sense that I am not the little girl he once knew.

The chamber was hushed, the fire little more than a glow of embers. Beyond the curtained window, the city slumbered, ignorant of the storm that would soon descend. But here, in this small space, Sansa felt something she had not known in years: safety. Her eyes fluttered closed, her breaths slowing, exhaustion pulling her down at last.

Jon did not move. He sat as a sentinel in the gloom, his gaze fixed upon the dark, the promise of his watch as sure as winter. And in the steady rise and fall of her breath, in the quiet surrender of her body to sleep, Sansa Stark, for the first time since her father had been killed, slept without fear.


 

Chapter 2: Prologue Arc: Chapter II (Tyrion Lannister)

Notes:

Thank you everyone for the kind feedback from the opening chapter. Glad people are enjoying it and also happy people are providing constructive criticism of my writing. Always appreciate seeing what I need to improve as a writer, especially in regards to repetition. Will try my hardest to avoid being so repetitive from now on. Even I'll admit it was way too much, but whatever, what's done is done.

This chapter contains disturbing and dark content.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text


TYRION LANNISTER


29TH DAY OF THE TWELFTH MOON OF 299 AC


The cellars beneath the Red Keep breathed dust and silence. Cobwebs hung from the arches like tattered funeral veils, and the air was close, dry, and thick with the scent of age, of stone, old ash, and the faint ghost of smoke from fires long extinguished. The darkness pressed down like a weight, broken only by the trembling light of a single torch that hissed in its sconce.

On a carpet faded to the colour of grave dust, Tyrion Lannister lay on his back, chest rising and falling in the heavy stillness after their lovemaking. Beside him, Shae twisted away, muttering as she brushed grit from her bare shoulder. Her skin gleamed in the dim light, a pale sheen against the gloom.

He watched her turn from him and thought, not for the first time, that warmth was always the first thing to leave him once the fire was out.

“Seven hells, it stinks down here,” his lover said, wrinkling her nose. Her fingers brushed something smooth and curved. A bone. One belonging to a dragon. She turned it over and froze, staring into the hollow sockets of a dragon’s skull that loomed above them. Its teeth, yellowed and cracked with age, jutted like knives from its cavernous jaw. With a sigh, she shoved it aside. “Why always here, my lion? Why always among bones?”

Tyrion smiled faintly, the expression weary rather than amused. “Because, my sweet, the skulls do not gossip. They do not whisper my name to my father or my sister or the guards in the next hall.” He reached for her, but she had already drawn her shift over her shoulders, shaking the dust from it as though to rid herself of the place itself.

“I’d sooner have feathers and a door that locks,” she said. “At least pillows don’t stare.”

Tyrion propped himself on an elbow, his eyes lingering on the skull she’d pushed aside. The flicker of torchlight danced in its empty sockets, as though some echo of dragonfire still smouldered within. Its jaws gaped in a perpetual roar, and Tyrion wondered whether the Targaryens had felt smaller standing before them than he did now. “Pillows are soft,” he said, “but they betray. These stones are loyal, if nothing else.”

Shae tied her gown, snorting. “You talk too much of your sister.”

“She talks enough of me,” he replied lightly, though a familiar bitterness lingered beneath the words. He rose, reaching for his breeches, the torchlight playing across the uneven stone. Around him, the dragon skulls loomed in uneven rows, their black hollows watching like blind judges. Once, they had inspired awe and terror; now they gathered dust while petty kings and cruel children played at rule above them.

The quiet pressed in until his thoughts filled it. The Red Keep above was anything but quiet. It was a nest of clattering servants, hammering carpenters, and fretting stewards, all consumed by the coming wedding. The twelfth moon’s end had brought a fever to King’s Landing: banners to be sewn, doves to be fattened, jewels to be set in crowns.

Tyrion pictured it all: a thousand golden coins spent for a day’s delight, a hundred men labouring to please a boy king he despised. One that happened to be his nephew. 

The only mercy of such chaos was distraction. In the whirl of silk and song, no one had time to watch the Imp too closely. No one, save his father. Tywin’s gaze missed nothing, and the old lion had ears in every corridor.

Even the walls above whispered unease. Servants spoke of coins vanishing from coffers, of vaults lightened in the night without sound or touch. Reports had already reached Tyrion of coin gone missing. Nobles robbed without doors forced or locks broken. A whisper of vaults lightened overnight. Ghosts, some called it.

Tyrion doubted ghosts had any use for gold, but he knew his father's displeasure well enough to dread the summons when it came. The Master of Coin’s duties might not extend to theft, but Tywin Lannister would make them his concern all the same.

His mouth tightened. And over it all hung the marriage, the union between Joffrey and the Tyrell girl. The thought of it was bile in his throat.

It is only a matter of time before Loras Tyrell follows my brother’s example. Tyrion thought to himself, a wry smile slowly unfurling over his mouth. If Joffrey does what Joffrey always does, Margaery will suffer, and the Knight of Flowers will need little encouragement to earn the title of kingslayer.

Shae was combing her hair with her fingers in the reflection of a dented breastplate, her expression distracted. He watched her in the flickering light - lovely, sullen, and distant - and felt the hollow ache of a man too clever to believe his own illusions.

To break it, he asked, “And Sansa? How fares my lady wife today?”

Shae rolled her eyes, all derision. “That little lady? The same. She prays in the sept. She prays in the godswood. She eats alone in her chambers. She stares at flowers like she’s waiting for one to speak to her. Tedious.”

But she hesitated, frowning faintly. “Though today… something was different.”

Tyrion arched a brow. “Different?”

“She smiled,” Shae said, almost grudgingly. “All day. First time I've seen her smile in a long time. Walking through the gardens as if she’d swallowed the sun itself. Floating about as if she’d forgotten she was in this wretched city.”

Tyrion frowned. “Smiling, you say? That hardly seems likely.”

Shae shrugged. “Perhaps she has a lover. You, her husband, do not seek her bed, and even dull girls like her have needs.”

He gave a short, humourless laugh. “If so, the gods have a cruel sense of humour. Still… no. She is too broken for that.” His voice softened. “Smiling. Curious indeed.”

The thought unsettled him. Smiling, in King’s Landing, for a girl who had suffered as much as she had. It was as unnatural as snow in summer. Yet part of him wanted it to be true, if only so that something in this wretched city could cause her to remember joy.

Shae brushed invisible dust from her sleeve. “What does it matter? She is no flavour, no heat. I grow tired of tending to her.”

Tyrion said nothing. He could see Sansa’s pale, grief-hollowed face in his mind.Tthe tremor in her hands, the quiet endurance that reminded him more of a statue than a girl. If she smiled now, there was reason for it. And reason, in this city, was rarely kind.

He rubbed his temple. Poor child. She belonged anywhere but here. She needed to be away from Joffrey’s spite, away from Cersei’s poison. Somewhere she might breathe again, see the world not as a cage but a garden.

He thought fleetingly of Casterly Rock: the sea below, the endless halls of pale stone, the air cool and salt-sweet. Perhaps she could walk there without fear. Perhaps Tommen too, soft, gentle Tommen, might find safety far from his brother’s shadow. He knew that Sansa would enjoy Tommen's company. Certainly more than she enjoyed his. 

Of course, his father would have to permit it. And Lord Tywin Lannister allowed nothing without purpose.

Shae broke his reverie with a brittle laugh. “You pity her,” she said. “Always pity. But what of me, my lion?” Her tone turned honeyed, but her eyes gleamed like cut glass. “Am I not the one who warms your bed?”

He looked at her - her beauty, her defiance, the hardness creeping into her gaze - and forced a smile. “You are,” he said softly, drawing her close again. Her breath was warm against his cheek, but the air around them stayed cold.

As he kissed her, the dragon skulls loomed in the dark, vast, unblinking, eternal. In their hollow sockets, the torchlight flickered like living flame, and for a heartbeat, Tyrion thought he saw movement there. Not light, but something deeper. A shadow taking shape. He blinked it away, and when his eyes opened, the darkness was only darkness once more.

Yet even as Shae’s laughter brushed his ear, he could not shake the thought of the shadow, and also of the girl who smiled in secret, in a city where smiles were rarer than mercy.


30TH DAY OF OF THE TWELFTH MOON OF 300 AC


Several hours had passed since Tyrion’s secret tryst with Shae in the bowels of the Red Keep. The memory of the dusty carpet, the stench of age, and the rows of dragon skulls now seemed as distant and harmless as a childhood nightmare. In his bedchamber in the Kitchen Keep, the night pressed down like a shroud. The stones bled cold through the walls, the air still and heavy. Sleep had claimed him quickly, wine still warm in his belly, dreams dissolving into the black quiet of the hour of the wolf.

A scream shattered the silence.

It came from far off, a shrill echo dulled by stone, but sharp enough to carve through his sleep. Then another - louder, closer - followed by a chaos of voices, shouts, and crashing metal. Tyrion jerked upright, heart pounding, eyes blinking into the murk. The sound seemed to come from everywhere at once. Tyrion could hear women wailing, men screaming, boots clattering, a door slammed open or broken down. He swung his legs from the bed, the floor biting cold against his bare feet.

“Sansa?” His voice cracked. He meant to shout louder, but his throat failed him. “Sansa!” The word fell dead in the dark. There was no answer, only the echo of another scream, this one cut short midway, like breath stopped by a knife.

Then the darkness around him moved.

Something vast loomed by the far wall. Deeper than shadow, swallowing the faint gleam of dying coals. At first, he thought his eyes deceived him, that he was still dreaming. But the dark had weight, shape, motion. It uncoiled, stretching upward until it brushed the ceiling, a silhouette of shifting smoke and armored density. Its edges rippled as if its flesh was made of shadow and steel, each breath distorting its outline.

Tyrion froze. His mouth opened, but no sound came. Then the fear broke through, raw and animal. He tried to think, but his mind would not obey. The world had narrowed to heartbeat and breath, both too loud, both wrong. His own body felt borrowed, something wearing him from the inside out.

So did the only thing he could do. He screamed. The sound tore through the dark. Thin, childlike. It did not sound like him.

The sound ripped from him, high and ragged, bouncing off the walls like a child’s cry in a crypt. His hands flew for the dagger beside his bed, his fingers fumbling, knocking it loose, the blade clattering uselessly to the floor. He lurched after it, but his eyes had already found the second figure.

A hooded thing stood beside the giant, motionless as carved stone. The space beneath its cowl was not a face but a void lit from within -  a smooth, glowing oval of violet-blue, glasslike and depthless, pulsing faintly like the heart of a dying ember. The light painted the chamber in eerie hues, throwing Tyrion’s shadow up long and thin across the wall.

A hand emerged from beneath the hood, impossibly pale, its movements slow and deliberate. It rose, fingers curling as if plucking a thread from the air.

Tyrion’s body locked.

It was not the stiffness of fear or the stupor of shock. It was as if the marrow in his bones had turned to iron. Every muscle seized, his breath the only thing left to him, shallow and frantic. He tried to shout again, but the sound died in his throat. His heartbeat pounded in his ears, wild, trapped, frantic, a drumbeat inside a coffin.

It was then that the great shadow bent and took him.

The motion was soundless. One moment it loomed, the next it was upon him. The air went cold where it passed. Tyrion felt its arms close around him. He could not flesh, nor could he feel armor. It felt as if it was something between. They were cold as the grave, rigid as ironwood, yet alive in a way that made his skin crawl. Its grip was unyielding, a clamp of darkness and death. Beneath its form, black mist seethed and coiled, licking the edges of its shape like a living thing. He dangled helplessly, limbs useless, breath wheezing through clenched teeth.

The hooded figure flickered. Not stepping away, not walking, but simply vanishing. One instant it was there, the next there was only air, and a faint scent of cold smoke. The violet-blue light winked out, leaving only the faint, unnatural glow that bled from the monster holding him.

The shadow turned for the door.

The heavy oak latch slid open of its own accord. The door yawned like a mouth and let them pass. The creature’s stride was long and soundless, yet each motion sent tremors up through Tyrion’s chest, as though the world itself recoiled from its touch.

The corridor was death.

The torches had all guttered out, leaving only the faint phosphorescence that bled from the shadow’s body. That thin light crawled across the stones, revealing what the dark had hidden. Blood streaked the floor in long arcs and splashes, black-red and glistening. The walls, once clean whitewash, were smeared with handprints and streaks of gore. The smell hit him next. It was thick, coppery, and sickly sweet, mingled with the stench of excrement and bile. The odor of slaughter.

The first body lay sprawled on its back, throat to ceiling, fingers still curled around the hilt of a sheathed sword. Its head was gone. The cut was too clean, the wound cauterized by something that was not fire. A few feet away, the head itself rested against the wall, face twisted mid-shout, mouth open in a final cry. Its eyes had rolled up white. Tyrion could see where the pooling blood had begun to thicken, already clotting in the chill.

Another, and another. A trail of corpses led down the passage - redcloaks, goldcloaks, even kitchen guards in quilted jerkins - every one of them headless. The cuts were perfect, surgical. Blood sprayed across the walls in high arcs, dotting a tapestry of the Lannister lion with a hundred dark spots that gleamed like rusted gold. A guard slumped against the wall, his hand still raised as though to ward off a blow. His fingers were gone, five little stumps that ended in bone and tendon, the digits scattered across the floor like white beetles in a pool of red.

He gagged. The motion made no sound, his stomach heaving against frozen muscles. The stench was unbearable -  hot metal, sweat, the sour tang of voided bowels. His eyes watered. If he could have retched, he would have. The shadow’s grip did not loosen.

Movement flickered ahead. A small, shuddering sound. Two servants huddled in a corner, clinging to one another. A scullion boy in a filthy nightshirt stared at the creature through eyes wide and bloodshot, mouth opening and closing like a fish gasping on the dock. The older woman beside him had both hands clasped over her mouth, her fingers trembling. When the creature passed, she let out a strangled noise and sank to her knees. The boy broke then, screaming once before choking on it, his body convulsing as if the sound itself had struck him down. The woman shook, teeth chattering audibly, and a dark stain spread beneath her skirts.

Another shadow crossed the corridor ahead, a hulking shape dragging a redcloak by one arm. The guard’s head lolled loosely in the crook of its other hand, his face slack and pale. The creature moved past without pause, its outline rippling like smoke, vanishing around the turn.

Tyrion’s eyes darted wildly. This cannot be real. No man moves so. No sword cuts so cleanly. He tried to breathe slow, to think. This is a dream. A spell. Madness.

But the blood was too real, the smell too heavy, the corpses too solid to deny. Somewhere inside him, his mind began to splinter.

He wondered if he was still dreaming, or if he had finally gone mad. It didn’t matter. Madness would have been kinder.

They reached the stairwell. The shadow’s stride was relentless, each step noiseless but felt in Tyrion’s bone, a vibration through stone and flesh. Down they went, past the kitchens, past open doors where food had spilled across the floors: overturned bowls, broken bread, spilled wine pooling like old blood. The air grew thicker, fouler, reeking of smoke and gore. Even the shadows here seemed darker, heavier.

When they exited the Keep and emerged into the outer courtyard, Tyrion’s mind gave up pretending.

The air was alive with screams. So many, each one was thick with agony. Blood slicked the cobblestones, pooling beneath bodies and running in rivulets toward the drains. Dozens lay sprawled across the yard: goldcloaks in half armor, redcloaks with their crimson cloaks darkened to black, knights still in their nightshirts. None had their heads. The heads were scattered. Some had rolled to the walls, some had been arranged neatly in rows by unseen hands. The pale faces of the dead looked up at the sky like an audience of ghosts.

The torches along the walls had been snuffed out, yet the yard glowed faintly with the unearthly light that bled from the shadow creatures stalking through it. They moved like phantoms, long-limbed and tireless. One bent to lift a corpse; another dragged two men by their ankles, leaving twin streaks of red in their wake. The silence between screams was worse than the screams themselves, heavy, suffocating, unnatural.

A man - a gate guard, judging by his half-sword and tabard - gurgled nearby, trying to crawl. His neck was half-severed, head hanging by a strip of flesh. He tried to speak and produced only a wet hiss before the shadow nearest him turned, pressed a hand to his back, and finished it with one soundless twist. The body went still.

Tyrion’s eyes found the barbican. The great bronze gates were barred and bolted, the beams sealed fast. A dozen men lay before it, or parts of them. One head rested upright against the door, eyes open and staring toward the sky as though begging the gods. Blood streaked the bronze where the warmth of it had met cold metal and steamed.

Beyond the walls, King’s Landing slept on, unaware. No bells. No horns. No watchmen shouting alarm. The silence of the city pressed in around the slaughter, making it all the more monstrous.

“Why?” The word tore from Tyrion’s throat in a rasp of disbelief, so faint he barely heard it himself. He did not know if he meant it for the gods, or for whatever hand commanded these horrors. "Gods, seven hells, what is this-what in the gods is this?"

No one answered. The wind moaned through the yard, tugging at cloaks, stirring the dead men’s hair. The shadows marched on, their cold light flickering against the Red Keep’s high walls like torchlight reflected in black water.

And in the arms of the monster that carried him, Tyrion Lannister could do nothing but stare and pray that the darkness did not turn its head his way.

The shadow that bore Tyrion did not falter. Its stride remained impossibly smooth, each step silent and steady as it carried him deeper into the heart of the Red Keep. The air grew heavier with every turn, thick with the copper stench of blood and the suffocating weight of dread. He strained against the unseen power that held him rigid, but his body was no longer his own. His limbs were dead things, his tongue useless meat in his mouth. He dangled like a child’s doll in the arms of something that was not a man.

The motion of the creature’s stride was too fluid, too balanced. Each step rippled faintly through the floor, a vibration Tyrion could feel in his teeth. The rhythm of it was steady, almost gentle, but wrong in a way he could not name, as though the thing carried him through a world that was no longer bound by the same rules of flesh and air.

From the adjoining corridors, other shadows emerged, great black shapes gliding soundlessly from the gloom. Each carried a captive limp and paralysed in its arms. At first, Tyrion’s blurred, terrified eyes could not make out the faces, only the pale shapes of nightclothes, the slack limbs. His heart hammered against his ribs, begging for reason, but reason had no place here. The dead walked these halls, or something worse.

The procession grew. One by one, the monstrous sentinels converged upon the vast bronze doors of the throne room, now gaping open like the maw of some slumbering beast.

The sound of dripping reached him then. The sound soft and constant, the slow fall of liquid onto stone. It took him a moment to realise it was blood. The air grew thicker as they neared, cloying with iron and heat, and every breath rasped dry in his throat. Somewhere above, a faint vibration hummed through the Keep’s bones, as if the very castle were holding its breath.

And as the lightless chamber beyond loomed, recognition struck Tyrion like a sword thrust to the gut. 

His father.

Lord Tywin Lannister’s bald head caught the faint light like polished ivory, gleaming against the blackness that bore him. He was dressed in plain linens, the garments of a man dragged from sleep, yet his face - that mask of command and control - was broken. His eyes darted wildly, flickering from shadow to corpse to the great doors ahead. The Lord of Casterly Rock, who once ruled rooms with silence alone, now looked small, frail. 

Tyrion had never seen his father bowed. Not before a king, nor council, nor god. Yet here he was, bent beneath the weight of something unseen, like a monument beginning to crack.

Beside him hung Cersei, her long golden hair loose about her shoulders, a crimson nightgown clinging to her body. Her mouth opened and closed in breathless gasps; her emerald-green eyes were wide, unfocused, glinting with tears that had not yet fallen. She tried to speak - Tyrion could see her lips form words - but no sound escaped. Her hands trembled helplessly against the cold, implacable arms that pinned her. She looked as though the world she ruled had shattered before her eyes.

For all his bitterness, for all the hatred they had traded since birth, Tyrion felt a strange, hollow ache for her. Cersei had always believed herself untouchable, wrapped in gold and cruelty. To see her like this - helpless, wordless, stripped of her throne and her mask - was to see her human for the first time.

And then his nephews.

Joffrey’s pale face was drained of all colour. His usual sneer, that twisted expression of cruelty and spite that was a near constant fixture on his face, was completely gone. He trembled violently, eyes darting from corpse to corpse, breath coming in rapid bursts. His jaw worked soundlessly, like a fish out of water, as though he still tried to command, to order, to rule, but no one obeyed. His crownless head bowed beneath the weight of his own terror.

Tommen clung to him in the creature’s grasp, sobbing openly, his chubby cheeks slick with tears. “Mother,” he mouthed over and over, the word bubbling voicelessly from trembling lips. His body shook with every breath.

Tyrion wanted to reach for him, to comfort him - the gentlest of his blood, the only true innocent among them - but he could not move, could not speak. The sight of the boy’s terror hollowed him out more thoroughly than any blade.

His uncle Kevan was there too. Solid, loyal Kevan, though his usual steadiness had fled him. He twitched within the iron hold of his shadow jailer, his face ashen, eyes wide with disbelief. Beside him, Kevan's son Lancel shook uncontrollably, his teeth clattering, his gaze glassy. The boy looked moments from fainting.

And Tyrion, the last of them, trailed behind, carried like a sack of grain in the arms of his nightmare, unable even to scream.

They entered the throne room.

The great doors yawned open, revealing a hall transformed into a slaughterhouse. The Red Keep’s finest lay butchered across the floor. The guards that had once flanked the Iron Throne, proud in polished armor, were now strewn like broken dolls. Their swords remained sheathed, their spears still upright where they had fallen. Every man was beheaded. The heads themselves were scattered like stones across the floor. Their eyes glassy, mouths frozen in mid-shout, or in mid-prayer. The blood pooled thick, black-red in the dim light, glistening around the feet of the shadows as they stepped through it without a sound.

The smell was unbearable - iron, filth, the sweet rot of opened bodies. The only sound was the slow, wet drip of blood, the faint grind of metal shifting under unseen weight. Each breath tasted of decay. Tyrion could feel the stickiness of the air on his tongue, thick with copper and smoke, as though the Red Keep itself had begun to rot from within.

Tyrion gagged behind clenched teeth. His eyes watered, but he could not even turn his head away. The Iron Throne loomed over it all, a black mountain of jagged blades rising out of a sea of death. Its shadow stretched long across the floor, cutting through the pools of blood like the mark of a god’s hand.

The shadow monsters halted.

The silence that followed was monstrous. Only Tommen’s muffled sobs filled the space, small, pitiful, human. The boy’s lips quivered as he gasped for breath, his eyes fixed on the floor. His small hands twitched in the air as though searching for someone to hold. The sound of his crying seemed to echo through the vast chamber, bouncing off stone and steel. 

Joffrey, beside him, was utterly still. His chest rose and fell too fast, his pupils dilated to black wells. Tyrion could see the tremor in his fingers, the frantic twitch of his throat as he swallowed. The boy who had ordered men whipped and women beaten now stood frozen as a child caught in some cosmic judgment. All his titles, all his cruelty, stripped away. There remained only a frightened son.

And Cersei, Tyrion's proud and haughty and cruel older sister, was weeping. Quietly, at first. Her breath hitched, her chest quivered, her tears glimmering in the lightless air. Her voice, when it came, was hoarse and strangled. “Joffrey...Tommen,” she whispered. “My sweet beautiful boys.”

But it was his father's who broke Tyrion’s heart.

The old lion’s face had lost its colour. His eyes - pale green, cold and calculating - now darted like trapped birds, searching for reason in the impossible. His mouth tightened, a muscle jumping in his jaw.

For the first time in Tyrion’s life, Tywin Lannister looked not composed, not commanding, but afraid. The sheer sight of it was wrong, obscene, like seeing a mountain bend or the sun bleed black. If Tywin could fear, then there was no order left in the world. 

One by one, the shadows positioned their prisoners. None were thrown down or bound. Their captors simply held them upright, presenting them like offerings before an unseen god.

Tyrion found himself placed beside Lancel, their shoulders touching. He could feel the boy’s tremors through the thin linen of his nightshirt. The shadow that held him stood behind, its cold presence pressing against his back, heavy and inhuman. Its grip did not tighten, but he could feel the threat in it, a stillness that promised death in a heartbeat.

To his left, Cersei stood in the grip of another giant shadow, her crimson gown torn and streaked with grime. She had gone silent now, her breathing quick and shallow. Her fingers twitched at her sides, as though she still sought her sons’ hands. The boys stood not far away, Joffrey trembling, Tommen sobbing in little gasps. The creature that held them seemed almost tender - one vast, clawed hand steadying each small shoulder, as if mocking the posture of a parent.

Kevan stood next to his son. The older man’s lips moved soundlessly. Prayer, perhaps, though Tyrion could not imagine which god would listen tonight.

And then, before the Iron Throne, stood the fifth shadow.

It was larger than the others. It was taller, its form clearer, its edges sharper. It did not carry a captive. It stood alone, a sentry before the blades of the throne, silent and waiting. Its faint, violet-blue light bled across the steps, painting the steel in ghostly hues. It did not move. It did not breathe. Yet Tyrion felt its attention like a weight upon the room,  a presence vast and cold, the stillness of something that waited for command.

Tyrion’s breath quickened. There was something about this one. Not its size, not its glow, but the weight of its stillness. It did not simply stand; it watched. Though it had no eyes, he felt its gaze upon him, heavy as judgment. And somewhere, deep inside the trembling pit of his heart, he knew that this was no beast at all. This was will. This was purpose.

The air itself seemed to hold its breath.

Tyrion’s heart hammered so hard he thought his ribs would crack. His mouth was dry, his throat raw, his mind clawing for explanation, for any rational thought that could survive this madness. But there was nothing rational left. There was only fear. Thick, suffocating, absolute fear. 

The fifth shadow stood utterly still before the Iron Throne. It did not shift, did not breathe. It was a colossal, inky spectre, its faint violet glow casting long, warped silhouettes across the jagged blades of steel behind it. The others loomed like statues, holding their captives fast. But this one was different. It waited.

The air seemed to thicken around it. A faint vibration rippled through the stones beneath Tyrion’s feet, so slight he thought it imagination, yet he felt it in his teeth, in his chest. The torches nearest the dais guttered and dimmed, their flames bending inward toward the dark as if drawn by some unseen breath. The silence grew taut, alive, waiting to snap.

And then it began to die.

It happened all at once. The vast shape unravelled, its black mass shredding apart like torn silk. The air shimmered where it stood, as though the darkness itself were being peeled away. Wisps of shadow curled upward, writhing tendrils that twisted and dissolved into smoke. The towering figure disintegrated in silence, its outline breaking into drifting ribbons of black fog that slithered across the floor and vanished.

Tyrion’s pulse thundered in his ears. Something was inside the shadow, something emerging. His mind clawed for reason - some trick of the eyes, some nightmare of drink and fear - but no reason would come. His body strained against its invisible bonds, trembling as if the air itself carried power. 

A man stepped from the mist.

For a moment, the sight made no sense. He seemed too small, too human, to have been born of that monstrous darkness. Yet as he moved forward, the room itself seemed to contract around him. He looked scarcely older than twenty, but there was nothing of youth in his bearing.

Thick, dark-brown hair fell in untamed waves across his brow, its colour almost black in the gloom. His face was pale but strong, its lines hard-cut and lean. His eyes were grey, but not the cool, misty grey of northern skies. They were the grey of steel being forged, of metal that had tasted flame and still held the heat of it. When they passed over Tyrion, his breath caught. It felt like being seen and judged in the same instant, as though those eyes could flay a man’s soul bare.

He was dressed in black from throat to heel, no crown, no sigil, no armour. His garments were plain but immaculate, the fabric seeming to swallow the light. He was not armed, but he did not need to be. Power hung about him like a shroud, vast and silent.

The air wavered faintly around him, as though the room itself bent toward him. The torches flared, their flames drawn higher for a heartbeat before bowing low again. Even the shadows cast by the corpses seemed to stretch in his direction, thin and reverent. Tyrion felt the pull of it in his bones, a force both magnetic and repulsive, divine and monstrous all at once.

The young man said nothing.

Instead, he walked among them with an unnerving calm. His steps and movement measured, deliberate, predatory. His boots made no sound as he moved across the blood-slick floor. The silence magnified everything: the faint, wet drag of blood against the soles; the rasp of his sleeve brushing fabric; the low, shuddering breaths of those who dared to look upon him. He circled before the line of prisoners slowly, eyes gliding from one Lannister to the next like a wolf taking stock of his prey.

His father met that gaze and faltered. For the first time in Tyrion’s life, his father’s composure broke entirely. His breath came shallow, his throat working, and his eyes, once sharp as razors,  trembled with disbelief. His lips parted as if to speak, but no words came.

Even Cersei crumbled under that stare; her chin dropped, her hand gripping at the shadow’s arm as if its unnatural solidity might somehow anchor her in this nightmare. Her eyes darted between the young man and the throne behind him, as though the two were pieces of the same impossible dream.

His uncle whispered something - a prayer, perhaps - but his voice came out cracked and small, lost beneath the weight of silence. Lancel’s tears streamed unchecked, his mouth open in a silent sob, his knees trembling in the shadow’s grasp. Joffrey’s breath hitched audibly; his whole frame quivered, sweat glistening across his temple. Tommen had buried his face in his mother’s sleeve, whimpering into the crimson silk.

Then the stranger’s eyes found Tyrion.

For a heartbeat, he could not breathe. The gaze fixed upon him was cold, impersonal, dissecting. There was no recognition there, only appraisal, as though Tyrion were not a man but a piece of meat being weighed. The stranger’s lips moved faintly, the barest curl that was neither smile nor sneer, a ghost of expression that made Tyrion’s heart lurch with dread and awe. He had seen kings rage, lords beg, but this quiet, this composure, terrified him more than all of it. There was no madness in this man’s eyes, no joy in cruelty. Only intent. Cold, perfect intent.

And then the man turned.

He bent his knees, and before Tyrion could register what he was seeing, he leapt. The movement was fluid, effortless. Impossibly high, impossibly fast. He soared upward, cloak whipping in the air, and came down upon the dais before the Iron Throne with a heavy, echoing thud that made the torches shudder in their sconces. The air seemed to ripple outward from where he landed, stirring the thin veils of smoke that hung above the corpses.

He stood before the Iron Throne for a long moment, regarding it in silence. The monstrous seat rose above him, its blades glinting faintly, forged to wound, to scar, to remind all men that kingship was a torment. It had cut the Mad King, pierced Maegor the Cruel, drawn the blood of every man foolish enough to claim it.

But not this one.

The stranger ascended the dais without hesitation and seated himself upon the throne. The iron did not pierce him. The blades seemed to soften beneath his weight, as though the throne itself recognized its master. He sat tall and still, the dark folds of his cloak pooling like liquid shadow around him. One hand rested on the armrest, the other draped idly across his knee. His eyes were cast forward, calm and cold.

No one spoke. No one moved. Even Tommen’s whimpers had died into hiccupped silence.

The faint flicker of torchlight danced across the man’s face, and for an instant Tyrion thought the steel points of the throne behind him looked less like swords and more like wings that were black, serrated and half-unfurled.

The hall held its breath. No one dared shift or whisper. Even the shadows seemed frozen, their faint glows dimmed, waiting for his command. When he finally blinked, it felt like the first movement in an age. The world itself seemed to exhale, trembling under the weight of the truth that had taken form before them.

Tyrion’s heart beat so hard it hurt. His body screamed for air, but terror locked his lungs. Every part of him rebelled against what he saw, against the sheer wrongness of it. This young, nameless man, seated where kings bled and burned. Yet beneath that terror, another thought crept in, unwelcome but impossible to deny.

He looked right there.

Regal. Commanding. Inevitable.

The Iron Throne, bane and curse of so many, did not reject him. It embraced him. As though it had been waiting for him all along. 

The throne room seemed to fall out of time. Even the torches dared not crackle. The air hung still, thick with the reek of iron and blood, as though the very stones of Maegor’s Holdfast were listening. Upon the Iron Throne, the young man sat in shadow. He appeared motionless, statuesque, the faint light glinting along the edges of steel behind him. His eyes, pale grey and cold as a winter sea, swept across the room. When he finally spoke, the sound did not merely echo; it filled the space.

“My name is Jon Snow,” The words thundered like a storm breaking over the castle. They rolled from the vaults, crashed against the blades of the throne, and came back again, multiplied, until his voice seemed to pour from the walls, the ceiling, the corpses at their feet.

“I was once thought to be the bastard son of Lord Eddard Stark, the boy who vanished from Winterfell and never returned.”

The hall swallowed the sound, but its echo lingered, heavy and cold.

Tyrion’s mind spun backward, dragged to memories of another age. He recalled the royal visit to the North, only a year or so ago, when Robert Baratheon had still lived and the realm still called itself whole. He had not met this Jon Snow, no, but the name had lingered like a footnote in some half-forgotten tale. He remembered whispers among the servants at Winterfell: the Stark bastard, gone without trace.

He remembered the haunted stillness of the Starks, the way Lady Catelyn’s mouth had drawn tight at the mention of the boy, the way Lord Stark himself had stared into the flames too long, saying nothing.

It had been one small sorrow among a thousand northern silences. Tyrion had pitied them then, distantly, with wine in hand. A lost boy in the snow, what of it?

And now that boy, if he was who he said he was, supposedly sat upon the Iron Throne.

No, not a boy. This man who claimed to be Jon Snow's face bore the unmistakable stamp of House Stark. The long, solemn visage, the unflinching eyes, the stillness that could silence a hall. He remembered Lord Eddard's trueborn sons, and this man had more of the North in his features that Lord Stark's trueborn sons had, who had favoured their lady mother in look. This man looked like a Stark of Winterfell.

Yet there was something more, something beyond mortal endurance. The shadows clung to him not as to a man but as to a crown. Even seated, he radiated command.

He leaned forward, and his voice rose again, deeper, resonant, carrying the weight of judgment. “I have been gone from these kingdoms for years. Beyond your sight, beyond your reach, beyond your gods. And now I have returned. Returned with power none in this realm can withstand. Returned to claim what was stolen. To repay the debts owed in blood. To pass judgment on those who tore honour from the world and called it victory.”

Each word struck like the toll of a great iron bell. The sound of it throbbed in Tyrion’s skull. The speech was not loud, not truly, yet it pressed upon the senses like thunder rolling endlessly just beyond sight.

This was no raving madman. No usurper boasting. The voice was steady, absolute, a declaration from something that knew its own right.

Tyrion felt the fear seep into him like cold water through cracks in stone. The shadows that held him had been dreadful enough, but this man, this Jon Snow, was worse. There was intellect in his eyes, calm and terrifying. A controlled fury. The kind that made monsters of men who believed they were just.

He wanted to turn his head, to read the faces of his kin, to find in them some reflection of his own disbelief. But his body remained fixed, his neck locked, his gaze pinned forward. He could only listen.

Cersei gasped. The sound was not dainty, but sharp, animal. Her breath came fast, uneven, a queen stripped of her crown. Kevan muttered something under his breath before the words died in a broken whisper. Lancel whimpered. Joffrey’s high, cracking voice burst into the silence, trembling between fear and fury: “Who are you to, monster, abomination, do you know who I am-?” The rest dissolved into frantic babble, swallowed by his own panic.

And Tommen - poor, tender Tommen - sobbed softly, his voice small and wet and helpless. The boy’s words were incoherent, broken pleas for his mother, for the gods, for anything at all.

But through it all came no sound from Tyrion's lord father.

Tyrion could almost feel his father near him - the heat of him, the rigid stillness - but the Lord of Casterly Rock did not speak. Not a curse. Not a command. Not even a question. His silence was worse than all the screaming.

Tyrion imagined his father’s eyes - darting, cold, calculating - weighing this apparition on the throne and finding, for once, no advantage to claim, no path to survival.

Tywin Lannister, the man who had broken Houses, silenced kings, and bent the realm to his will, stood mute as a boy before the gods.

The young man’s voice filled the hall again. The sound of his voice was immense, echoing, impossible to escape. It seemed to rise not just from his throat but from the very walls, the pillars, the steel of the Iron Throne itself, vibrating through every inch of the Red Keep until it became the voice of the castle, of judgment itself.

“Eddard Stark named me as his son only to shield me, shield me from Robert Baratheon, and from you, the Lannisters,” he declared, his mouth twisting into a scowl. “But in truth, I was his sister’s child. My father was Prince Rhaegar Targaryen. My mother, Lyanna Stark. I am the son of ice and fire, and I am here to claim the throne of my ancestors.”

The words seemed to hang suspended in the air, as though the world itself hesitated to accept them. Even the flicker of torchlight faltered, casting the throne room into a wavering half-darkness. The silence that followed was not peace. No, it was pressure, a terrible, suffocating stillness that pressed upon every living soul in the room.

Tyrion’s mind buckled beneath it. He thought, for one desperate heartbeat, that he had misheard. That the voice had played tricks upon the air. That he was still dreaming in the Kitchen Keep, drunk and fevered, trapped in some wine-born nightmare.

But then he heard it. His uncle's sharp, involuntary breath; the startled rasp of air from a throat too shocked to form words. Then Cersei’s hiss, low and serpentine, thick with disbelief and fury.

Joffrey’s voice followed, shrill and cracking. “Lies! Monster! Traitor! Lies and sorcery!” he cried, his words spilling over one another in panic. “A bastard of a traitor dares-” His tirade crumbled mid-breath, his voice splintering into something that was almost a sob. The boy-king’s bravado wilted like paper in the rain. His pale face glistened with sweat; his trembling hands clutched at the air as though grasping for something solid to hold onto.

Tommen's small body was shaking, his sobs high and keening. He did not understand the words, but Tyrion was sure that he could feel them, the way a horse feels the lightning before the thunder. The boy’s cries were raw, animal sounds, terrified and helpless.

Even his uncle, ever the steady one, looked unmoored. His lips moved soundlessly, eyes darting between the stranger on the throne and the blood-slick floor beneath their feet. His father's deathly silence only deepened the madness of it.

Tyrion wanted to laugh. He wanted to call it absurd, to spit some quip sharp enough to cut through this insanity, but no sound came. His tongue was a stone in his mouth. He could not even draw full breath; the air felt thick, resisting him.

Rhaegar’s son? Lyanna’s son? ImpossibleIt cannot be possible. 

The thought spun in his mind, refusing to take root. Lyanna Stark had died. She had not birthed any child of Rhaegar before her death. This man could not be her son by Rhaegar.

And the man upon the Iron Throne looked nothing like a Targaryen. No silver or gold hair, no amethyst eyes, no trace of the blood of the dragon in his colouring. Only the cold, bleak Stark look. 

But then Tyrion’s gaze slid to the shadows. To the silent, towering forms that had carried them here, who still loomed above their captives, black as the night that birthed them. He remembered the lifeless guards in the halls, their heads sheared clean from their bodies. The servants who had dropped to their knees, shuddering and screaming as though the air itself had turned to knives. The suffocating dread that clung to every stone of the Keep.

He remembered the paralysis, how his body was bound by what appeared to be unseen chains. Chains that he could not break, no matter how hard he tried. 

After witnessing such things, what was impossible anymore?

The air in the throne room was frigid now. It seemed to creep into Tyrion’s bones, slowing his heart. He wanted to speak. Gods, he wanted to speak. He wanted to cry out that it was madness, that the boy must be lying. But he was no longer sure. And the man’s calm, terrible certainty made denial seem childish.

Across the line of captives, Cersei’s voice broke through the silence, ragged, desperate, “You lie!” she spat. “You’re no Targaryen! You are not Rhaegar's son! You are some demon’s bastard wearing a dead boy’s face!” But even as she shrieked, her voice quavered. Her eyes were wide, fixed on the man who did not flinch, did not even look at her.

He did not need to. His presence alone silenced her.

The throne room felt smaller now, the air colder, the world narrower. Tyrion could hear the faintest sounds. He could hear the drip of blood from a blade, the hitch of his own breathing, the distant flutter of cloth against steel, magnified into deafening clarity. Every heartbeat felt like the toll of doom.

His mind clawed for reason, for wit, for anything to anchor him. But all he found was terror.

He had spent a lifetime finding humour in horror, comfort in irony, but now even that deserted him. The wit that had always been his shield failed him utterly.

He could only stare at the figure on the throne, this young man in black, still as a stone wall, eyes like storm clouds. 

Before Tyrion could make sense of what he had just heard, of Rhaegar, Lyanna, the blood of dragon and wolf, the world shifted again.

The man on the Iron Throne vanished.

There was no movement, no blur of speed, no step or sound. One heartbeat he sat upon the throne of swords, and in the next, he stood before them at the foot of the dais. The intervening distance simply ceased to exist. The air where he had been shimmered faintly, like heat over stone.

Tyrion’s stomach lurched. His mind scrabbled for sense, for any framework of reason that could hold such an impossibility. Even the shadows that bound them obeyed physical laws. They had moved, lifted, struck. But this… this was something else. The space between had folded. The man had stepped through the world itself.

His heart hammered against his ribs, a rabbit’s panic in a lion’s cage. Every hair on his arms stood on end. The torchlight dimmed as though the flames themselves recoiled from him.

When the man - Jon Snow, if such a name still meant anything - spoke, the sound was not loud, yet it filled every hollow of the chamber. It was as if the air itself bent to carry his words, amplifying them, echoing them through the marrow of the living and the dead alike.

“None of you will leave this hall alive. House Lannister will answer for its crimes. Against House Stark, against House Targaryen, against the blood of the innocent. When I am finished, there shall be as many Lannisters in this world as there are Casterlys.”

The voice carried no rage, no passion. It was cold and final, an executioner’s tone.

The meaning struck Tyrion like a mace to the chest. His lungs seized. His breath caught and escaped in a strangled gasp that he could not suppress. The sound of it was echoed by others -  the quick intake of Kevan’s breath, the trembling whimper from Lancel, the stifled sob from Tommen.

And then Cersei screamed.

“No!” she shrieked, voice raw and cracking. “No-you dare not! Bastard! Not Rhaegar’s-never his! You’re some northern whelp, a whore’s get! You dare-” The rest broke into strangled sobs, half curse, half plea. Whatever spell had dulled her limbs seemed to slacken; she writhed uselessly in the shadow’s hold, golden hair snarled across her face, green eyes wild and blown with panic.

It was Joffrey broke next.

The boy-king’s fear twisted into fury, brittle and shrill. “Monster!” he screamed, his voice high, cracking with hysteria. “You think you can threaten me? I am your king! I will have you torn apart, I shall have your head-” His threats devolved into incoherent rage, his words tumbling over themselves. Spittle flew from his mouth. “Traitor! Bastard! You are nothing! You are nothing!

The man before him did not react. He stood utterly still, the faint flicker of torchlight tracing the hard lines of his face. His expression did not shift. There was no anger, nor amusement, until, at last, one corner of his mouth lifted. A faint, almost absent smirk. It was as though he regarded Joffrey’s fury the way one might watch a child scream at a storm.

Tyrion waited for his father to speak. He waited for the cutting voice, the command that would slice through chaos as it always had. The iron calm of Tywin Lannister, Lord of Casterly Rock, Warden of the West, Hand of the King, whose will had bent armies and kings alike.

But there was nothing. No order. No word. No sound. His father's silence was worse than any scream.

The only sounds in the throne room now was the flicker of torches and the ragged, broken cries of Tommen. The boy’s tears streamed freely, his sobs small and helpless. He clutched at his nightshirt, his small fists trembling, looking not at the figure before them but at the floor, as though he thought, foolishly, that if he did not meet its gaze, he might be spared.

Tyrion’s heart twisted painfully. Tommen was only a child. Soft, kind, guileless. He did not understand what doom had fallen over them. Even Tyrion was only beginning to understand. 

The words Jon Snow had spoken - the calm, absolute finality of them - left no doubt. This was not conquest. This was not vengeance as men knew it. This was erasure.

House Lannister - the golden lions of the Rock, whose wealth had bought thrones, whose name had been whispered in awe and fear for generations - was to be extinguished, struck from history, ground into dust.

It could not be. No single man could unmake a house so vast, so rooted, so powerful. And yet Tyrion could not convince himself of that lie.

Had not one man already slaughtered their guards like cattle? Tyrion had no doubt that this man commanded the shadows that held him and his family, that had slaughtered the guards. Had not shadows borne them like dolls through the Red Keep’s halls? Had not the impossible already become real?

He felt madness creeping at the edges of his thoughts. He felt a numb, dissociative haze. The throne room, with its pools of blood and flickering lights, felt unreal, like a painting half-seen through fog.

He thought suddenly of the Blackwater, of fire raining from the sky, of green flame devouring men alive. He remembered the agony, the taste of his own blood, the moment he had fallen beneath the chaos.

What if he had never risen again? What if this - the shadows, the slaughter, the man born of smoke and vengeance - was not life at all, but death? The fevered dream of a dying mind, the Crone’s final vision as she weighed his soul in her wrinkled hand?

His heart pounded against his ribs, fast and uneven. His mouth filled with the taste of metal. No, not dream. Not madness. The pain, the terror, they were too real. The man standing before them was real. His voice, low and terrible, still reverberated through the air like an echo of judgment.

And though Tyrion’s reason rebelled, his heart knew one thing beyond doubt: they were already dead. They had simply not yet been made to die.

It happened too quickly for Tyrion’s mind to comprehend, too suddenly for reason to keep pace with terror.

One moment the man stood motionless at the base of the Iron Throne - a dark figure framed in steel and shadow - and the next, he was gone. There was no sound, no stir of air, only a flicker, as if the world itself had blinked. When sight returned, he was standing again in the very same place, only now Tommen was before him, small and trembling, his head caught beneath the man’s hand.

The boy’s golden hair was flattened under the iron weight of that palm, his body rigid in terror. In the other hand, the man held a dagger - long, narrow, and curved like a serpent’s fang - its edge glinting in the torchlight, scattering it into a thousand cold, merciless shards.

Tyrion’s stomach dropped. His heart hammered once, twice, then seemed to forget how. He had not seen movement. Not the blur of speed, not even a shift of shadow. It was as though time itself had fractured, as though one heartbeat had been stolen from the world, and in its absence, doom had descended.

Cersei’s scream came first.

It tore through the throne room, ragged and raw, rising from deep within her like a wound given voice. The sound was not merely loud. No, it was unnatural, piercing the air like glass shattering against stone. Kevan bellowed Tommen's name, his voice hoarse with horror, while Lancel cried out wordlessly, the strangled sound of a child-man too terrified to pray.

And then came the sound Tyrion had never imagined he would hear: his father panicked shouting.

“Stop!” Tywin’s voice, once the command of kings and armies, broke in the air, harsh and cracked with panic. No calculation, no control. There was only naked fear. The sound of it froze Tyrion’s blood where it flowed. "Stop this madness! Release the boy! Release him now!" 

If Tywin Lannister could sound afraid, then the world had lost all meaning.

Tyrion felt his own voice escape him. A strangled cry, part plea, part curse, part incoherent denial. His body remained rigid in the unyielding grasp of the shadow, muscles locked, tongue thick and useless, but the sound tore free anyway, some primal instinct forcing it out. He wanted to shout No, to beg, to threaten, to do something. Anything.

But there was nothing left to do.

The man’s voice rolled through the hall like thunder over a grave. Cold. Final. Inevitable.

“The blood debt must be paid,” he said. “For my half-siblings, Rhaenys and Aegon, babes slaughtered. For their mother, Princess Elia Martell, raped and murdered. For the Starks who were betrayed and butchered. For my father. For my brother, for the King in the North, the Young Wolf. Their deaths will be repaid, with usury.”

The words fell heavy as tombstones. And then the dagger moved.

It was not a strike. It was an execution. One instant the blade glimmered above the child’s head; in the next, it swept in a single, perfect arc. No wasted motion, no flourish, no hesitation. The sound was soft, followed by the wet crack of bone parting and the rush of blood.

Tyrion watched as Tommen’s small body folded upon itself. For a moment it seemed to kneel, as though in supplication, before collapsing lifeless to the floor. A gout of blood fountained upward, warm and bright, splattering across the stone and the hem of the man’s black cloak.

In his left hand, the man held his nephew's severed head aloft. It was small, pale, and still. Eyes wide, mouth parted as if to speak a final plea that never came. The sight of it cleaved something inside Tyrion that could never mend.

The throne room erupted into chaos.

Cersei’s wails drowned the air. Her voice tore itself to shreds with every scream, rising higher and higher until it seemed to splinter against the vaults above. It seemed the paralysis had broken for her now. She strained against the arms of her captor, her hair tangled, her face contorted in grief so total it defied humanity. The sound of her anguish seemed to claw at the stones themselves.

Kevan’s cry joined hers, deep and broken. Lancel choked out a sob. Even Joffrey’s shrill bravado dissolved into hysterical noise. He shrieked denials, curses, threats, the voice of a boy-king stripped of crown and courage alike. His knees buckled, his limbs shook, and the words tumbled out of him like gibberish, a cascade of terror disguised as fury.

Tyrion could not move. Could not look away. The horror fixed him as surely as the shadow’s hand.

Tommen’s body lay crumpled at the stranger’s feet, his blood spreading in a widening pool that crept toward the dais in sluggish rivers. The rich red turned black where it met the cold flagstones. The smell hit Tyrion. It was copper, salt, something sharp and animal that filled his lungs and clung to his throat. He wanted to retch, but even that small mercy was denied him.

He had seen death before, more than most men. He had seen soldiers torn apart on the Blackwater, seen men crushed, burned, drowned, mutilated. But this… this was different. Those men had died as soldiers, as enemies in battle. Tommen had been a child. His only crime had been his birth.

And still the sound came.

Cersei’s screams clawed at his ears, echoing until it seemed the whole of the Red Keep was wailing with her. They rose and fell, broke and rose again, endless, relentless, each one sharper, more desperate than the last. The walls carried it, the iron of the throne drank it, until the very air seemed alive with grief.

No mortal voice should have been able to scream so long, so loud. Tyrion half-believed the sound was some kind of wicked sorcery - the mother’s agony twisted into an eternal dirge that would haunt the keep until the end of days.

His reason tried to resist. It whispered that this was illusion, some fever dream. That no boy’s blood could spill so much, no man could move like that, no woman could scream so endlessly. But the smell of iron, the slick of blood beneath the man’s boots, the chill crawling up Tyrion’s spine told him otherwise.

It was real. And the man - Jon Snow, or whatever he had become - stood unmoved amid the carnage, the boy’s head still in his hand, his expression as cold and pitiless as the grave.

For a long, unbearable moment he simply regarded it - the small, lifeless face, the wide eyes frozen in terror - before lowering himself to one knee. With a motion almost gentle, almost reverent, he set the head upon the blood-slick floor, as though returning it to the world it no longer belonged to. It was the kind of tenderness that belonged to septons and executioners, a perverse sanctity in the way he handled death, as though this act, too, was part of some holy reckoning.

The light caught the steel of the dagger again, glinting red with blood.

Tyrion felt his heart break. He could not even close his eyes. He could not look away. 

Before Tyrion could even wrestle sense from madness, the man moved again, or rather, the air folded around him once more, breaking and reforming as if time itself had blinked.

One instant, he stood still at the foot of the Iron Throne. The next, Joffrey was no longer clutched in the grip of the shadow that had restrained him. He was in the man’s hands, seized as effortlessly as if plucked from the air. One hand locked cruelly around the golden-haired boy’s skull, forcing his head back, while the other held the dagger that had slain Tommen. Its blade, long and narrow, glinted wickedly in the light of the scattered torches, catching every reflection of blood already staining its edge.

Tyrion’s mind could not process the transition. There had been no movement. No stride, no flash, not even the faintest blur of speed. The man had simply appeared, his arm poised for slaughter, the weapon already raised. It was not the speed of a killer but the power of something unbound by mortal constraint.

Joffrey screamed.

All the fury and arrogance that had once filled the boy-king’s voice dissolved into pure, undiluted panic. His threats collapsed into gasping, incoherent pleas. “No, wait, no, I am the King, I am your-” His words shattered into sobs before they could form. The sound was high and pitiful, like a child begging a storm to spare him. His limbs twitched against invisible restraints, muscles jerking uselessly as he struggled to free himself from the paralysis that gripped them all.

He could do nothing - none of them could - save tremble in the face of the impossible.

The man leaned close, his voice low but vast, cutting through Joffrey’s cries with terrible clarity.

“You murdered my father,” he said, each word measured and heavy, as if carved into stone. “You ordered Lord Eddard Stark’s death and called it justice. You named his a traitor. You mocked him as his head fell before your court. You made my sister watch, and you had her beaten for your pleasure.”

He paused, his grey eyes glinting like cold steel in the torchlight. “I did not enjoy killing your brother, and I will not enjoy killing your sister, but I will enjoy this far more than you enjoyed Sansa's pain.”

The dagger flashed.

A wet, slicing sound cut through the air, impossibly soft and yet deafening in the silence that followed. Blood spurted in a bright red fan, pattering against the stone steps. The man lifted the head high into the torchlight. The face was still frozen in disbelief - eyes wide, mouth parted as if still trying to form the word no.

The body crumpled beside Tommen’s, pale limbs folding limply atop one another, nightclothes darkening as the blood spread beneath them. The smell of it hit Tyrion in waves: copper and salt and something else, something sharp and burnt, like metal left too long in a forge.

Cersei’s screams tore the world apart.

They were louder than before. Louder than any human voice should ever have been. The pitch climbed higher, sharper, until Tyrion thought the sound might split his skull. It echoed and re-echoed through the hall, bouncing from the iron blades of the throne, turning the great chamber into a cage of grief. Her voice cracked and bled, yet still she screamed, each cry more desperate than the last, the agony of a mother transformed into something inhuman, the howl of a creature being torn from her own flesh.

The paralysis that had gripped the others seemed to have broken. His uncle was roaring. His father was yelling and screaming and thrashing against the grip of the shadow monster that held him and Cersei. Lancel sobbed uncontrollably, his voice breaking into gasps. Joffrey’s severed head swung from the stranger’s grasp, droplets of blood trailing through the air. 

The sound of Cersei's screams and wails became unbearable. Tyrion’s ears rang, his skull pounding as if struck from within. His vision blurred at the edges. He wanted to cover his ears, to shut out that endless wail, but his body remained bound in the unyielding grasp of the shadow.

Still the man did not stop.

The world blinked.

It was that same terrible stillness between moments, that silent dislocation that bent the laws of the world. One heartbeat he stood motionless amid the carnage -  a dark figure framed in shadow and steel - and in the next, he was gone. The air did not stir. Then, just as suddenly, he was there again, standing in the very same place, only now Cersei knelt before him.

Her body trembled, held upright by unseen force, her golden hair dishevelled and matted with blood. His hand was splayed across the top of her head, fingers threading through her hair, pressing down with terrible calm. In his other hand gleamed the dagger, its curved edge still wet with her sons’ blood.

She screamed even as he appeared, her voice breaking into a shriek that scraped the limits of sound. Her eyes were wide and wild, teeth bared like an animal’s. Her mouth worked soundlessly now, hoarse from terror.

Tyrion could not comprehend what he was seeing. His mind rebelled, denying what his eyes insisted upon. This could not be real. This could not be happening. And yet the moment stretched, terrible and eternal, until the blade fell.

A sharp hiss, a single motion,  too quick for the mind to follow.

Blood spattered across the tiles in a dark arc. The body that had once been Cersei Lannister crumpled gracelessly to the floor beside her sons, the crimson of her nightgown blending into the spreading pool beneath them. Her golden head rolled a short distance, its hair dragging through blood, eyes glassy and unseeing.

But her screams did not stop.

They lingered. Not from her throat, but within Tyrion’s skull. He could hear them still, echoing faint and distorted, as if her final cry had been branded onto the air itself. The silence that followed was somehow worse. It was vast, suffocating, crushing the breath from his lungs.

Tyrion strained for his father’s voice. Any sound, whether it be command, rage, defiance. He wanted to hear anything. But there was only quiet. 

The man did not relent. There was no hesitation, no mercy, no pause for breath between deaths.

One blink, and Kevan Lannister was gone. A crimson arc split the air, and his body folded without grace, collapsing amid the blood-slick tiles. Another heartbeat, another flicker, and Lancel followed, his young face frozen in terror as his lifeless form toppled forward.

The two fell together into the spreading mire, their limbs tangled with his nephews and his sister, a grotesque tapestry of gold and red. Blood pooled thick around them, joining in sluggish rivers that crept toward the foot of the throne.

It had taken less than a minute.

Tyrion's family butchered at the stranger’s feet. The Iron Throne loomed above it all, black and jagged, its blades gleaming faintly in the torchlight as though savouring the offering laid before it.

Tyrion’s stomach twisted. His mind rebelled, clawing for reason, for any explanation that could make sense of what his eyes beheld.

This cannot be real, he told himself again and again. No man can move like that. No man can kill so fast. 

Yet denial brought no comfort. The evidence was all around him. It was in the blood, in the silence, in the hollow echo of his sister’s final scream that still seemed to reverberate through the chamber.

The air was heavy with the stench of death. Iron and smoke and something fouler still. The smell of fear, of ruin. It clung to his throat, to his tongue, until he could taste it. He wanted to retch, but even that small release was denied to him. The spell that bound his limbs made him a spectator to his own nightmare.

Now, of all the Lannisters who had stood so proudly in this hall, only two remained.

Himself. And his father.

It was as though the paralysis gripping Tyrion had loosened, if only slightly. He could move his head now. Just enough to turn it, though every inch cost him. His eyes found his father.

Lord Tywin Lannister stood rigid, drained of all colour, the iron mask of composure stripped away. The pale green of his eyes gleamed dully in the torchlight, not with tears, but with shock so profound it appeared to hollow him. His jaw was clenched tight, lips bloodless, breath shallow. Yet for all his stillness, Tyrion saw the faint tremor at the edge of his father’s hand, heard the unsteady catch in his breathing, the smallest cracks in the armour of a man who had never allowed himself to break.

He had never seen his father afraid before. But there was no mistaking it now. Fear lived in Tywin’s face.

The sight terrified Tyrion more than all the blood and death that had come before.

He tried to speak, to plead, to say something, but no sound came. Only the rush of blood in his ears, the hammering of his heart, and the low drip of blood. 

He thought of Casterly Rock. He thought of its golden halls, its endless wealth, its songs of lions roaring through the ages. He thought of the pride that had been their birthright, of the arrogance that had built them into the mightiest house in Westeros.

All the gold, all the armies, all the power, all the cunning and cruelty in the world would not save them.

At last, the man turned to Tyrion’s father.

There was no hesitation, no pause to savour the slaughter. One blink, and he was before Tywin Lannister. The air shivered with his movement, the torchlight bending, as though the very world recoiled from him. His hand came down like a vice upon the Lord of Casterly Rock’s head, forcing him to his knees. The motion was deliberate, merciless. 

Tywin was made to look. The stranger’s grip twisted, turning his father’s face toward the horror sprawled across the floor. The lifeless corpses of his blood: his grandsons Joffrey and Tommen, pale and slack with death; his daughter Cersei, her golden hair matted dark with blood; his brother Kevan lying like a butchered ox; his nephew Lancel collapsed beside him. Blood soaked their silks, pooled beneath them, streaked the stones of the throne room like the veins of some diseased heart. The Iron Throne loomed behind, black and pitiless, its shadow stretching long over their bodies.

Still, his father said nothing.

He did not plead, did not snarl. His lips pressed thin, his jaw clenched, but his eyes betrayed him. Naked, unguarded terror. The iron will that had broken bannermen and crushed houses seemed to crumble all at once. In that moment, he was not the Lord of Casterly Rock, not the Warden of the West. He was only a man. 

The stranger leaned close. His voice filled the hall; his voice was cold, resonant and steeped in venom.

“House Lannister,” he said softly, and the words seemed to shiver through the very air, “will be nothing more than a memory when I am done." 

He drew closer still. “No longer will your house remain. Your line will die, and once I am done, so will your name. You will not be remembered for power or triumph, but for ruin. For treachery. For a legacy written in blood and greed. The Rock will fall, and no man will sing your name except in curses.”

Lord Tywin's jaw trembled. For an instant, Tyrion thought he might speak. He saw the flicker of words forming, a breath drawn through clenched teeth, some last final defiance. But before the sound could come, the stranger spoke again.

“I was going to kill you slowly, Lord Tywin. Slowly, and painfully. But watching your blood die screaming before your eyes… that will suffice. You have reaped your harvest. I only collect the debt.”

His eyes burned with cold light. It was not rage nor madness that flickered in his eyes, but judgement. “I will find your son Jaime,” he went on. “He is out there somewhere. The Kingslayer will not escape me. He will die knowing you failed to save even him. After him, I will kill every man, woman and child that bears the name Lannister. And when all the lions are gone, when your lands lie silent and your house is naught but bones, the world will remember you not as the mightiest of lords, but as the architect of your own ruin.”

The dagger gleamed.

There was no ceremony to the act. No flourish. One swift, fluid motion, and the blade opened Tywin Lannister's throat with a clean, terrible finality. The cut was so precise, so effortless, that for a heartbeat Tyrion thought nothing had happened. Then his father’s head rolled from his shoulders, and the blood that followed came in a torrent, spilling across the floor to mingle with that of his kin.

The stranger lifted the severed head, holding it high. His eyes studied it with the cold scrutiny of a judge appraising a verdict. Whatever he saw there seemed to please him, for a faint smile touched his lips. Then, with a flick of his wrist, he let it fall among the others.

The thud echoed like a closing door.

Something in Tyrion broke. His thoughts fractured into silence, his mind hollowed by what his eyes could no longer deny. He tried to think, to reason, to comprehend, but reason had abandoned him. The mighty lions of Lannister, reduced to carcasses on a blood-slick floor.

The man turned to him.

Tyrion barely registered the movement, only the sudden presence before him. His mind and senses was numb to everything now. The stranger’s eyes met his, grey and merciless, the colour of storm clouds before the breaking. His shadow fell across Tyrion like a shroud.

The dagger rose.

Up close, the blade gleamed red, slick with the blood of every one of his kin that had come before him. Tyrion wanted to sspit in defiance, but he could not. His tongue was dead in his mouth.

The man tilted his head slightly, studying him. When he spoke, it was almost gentle.

“You were the clever and kind one, according to Sansa,” he said softly. “You treated her well. For that, I thank you. But still, it is not enough to spare your life. You are still a Lannister after all.”

The dagger plunged. Pain flared white-hot, cutting through his throat like liquid fire. He tried to cry out, but only a wet gurgle came. His vision blurred. The world tilted and spun. Blood flooded his mouth, warm and metallic.

In the heartbeat before the darkness swallowed him, he thought of Shae, of his brother Jaime, of Tommen and Myrcella, and finally, he thought of Tysha. 

The world faded. And then there was nothing.


 

Notes:

I hope you enjoyed this chapter. Probably not, because it was pretty disturbing. Poor poor Tommen. I feel so bad for him. He didn't need to die. But this Jon...well, this Jon isn't truly Jon Snow. Canon Jon would never kill an innocent child like this. But this Jon has very few morals that he won't cross, as you will find out.

This was hard for me to write, especially the reactions of Tywin and Cersei and the other Lannisters to Jon and the shadows. But I was thinking that this situation is so unexpected and extremely shocking and terrifying and traumatic they would be completely blindsided and stunned and unable to properly speak and react. It might've have even been unrealistic for them to remain conscious. Their minds would be so overwhelmed that they would've all fainted. Especially Tommen.

I therefore understand if people are disappointed Tywin and the others didn't speak that much in response to Jon.

This isn't it for the shadow capture of King's Landing. There'll be a few more chapters detailing different perspectives of the capture.

Also I used this for the map of the Red Keep. Dunno if it's fully accurate but from what I've seen on the ASOIAF Reddit post concerning it it seems pretty accurate. https://joannalannister.tumblr.com/post/32515128229/map-of-the-red-keep-shamelessly-taken-from/amp.

Haven't written the next chapter yet so don't know when it will be published. I just know in the next few chapters we will return to Sansa as well as get some perspectives from within the city as well as from the spared nobles.

Chapter 3: Prologue Arc: Chapter III (Snapshots of King's Landing)

Notes:

Just a few snapshots of King's Landing as the shadows of Jon descend upon the city and make their presence known.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text


30TH DAY OF THE TWELFTH MOON OF 299 AC


The lantern above the door swayed in the wind like a temptress, its scarlet glass spilling a slow array of colour across the cobbles of the Street of Silk. Each gust set the chains creaking softly, so the light seemed to breathe, a languid heartbeat above the most perfumed lane in King’s Landing.

Within, the house glowed warm and red as a heart freshly cut from flesh. Perfume and spice hung thick in the air: amber, myrrh, and the faint trace of cinnamon oil. Cloying and sweet, as though even the walls exhaled desire.

Beneath the lazy hum of the pipes came the murmur of laughter, the rustle of silk, and the clink of glass and coin. The lullaby of sin.

Chataya sat beside a carved Myrish screen, its golden blossoms gleaming in the lanternlight, and watched her girls at work. The mosaic beneath her feet - two women intertwined in an endless embrace - shimmered like living skin in the red glow. She had chosen that piece herself, when the brothel was still a dream and she nothing more than a Summer Islander with a plan and a smile sharp enough to cut.

A house of pleasure, yes, but also of grace, of art, of power wrapped in silk and laughter.

She took pride in that. A whore in King’s Landing could be desperate, broken, or discarded, but never under her roof. Her brothel was sanctuary, a world apart from the stink of the gutters and the cruelty of men. Here, even sin could be beautiful.

Across the room, Dancy and Jayde fluttered about two young knights reeking of Arbor wine and arrogance. Ser Colwen Kidwell, red-faced and round as a blood orange, laughed too loudly at his own jests, slapping his thigh each time as if the noise might make them clever. Beside him, Ser Hobber Redwyne leaned close to whisper something lewd in Jayde’s ear, his breath thick with wine, his hand already wandering beneath the silk of her skirts.

Jayde’s giggle - light, musical, well-rehearsed - rippled through the perfumed air. Her dark curls tumbled forward, veiling her expression but not her intent. She caught Hobber’s hand, feigning coyness, then laced her fingers through his and tugged gently toward the stairs. Dancy followed suit with Brax, teasing him with a backward glance that made the pudgy knight nearly trip over his own boots.

Marei, the quietest but most beautiful of the three, lingered by the stairway, her smile soft as candlelight, a promise half-kept. When the knights reached her, she took each by the wrist and guided them upward, her perfume trailing behind like a lure. Their laughter echoed faintly on the steps - one that sounded brash, foolish, certain - until it was swallowed by the hush of the upper rooms.

Chataya watched them go, her expression unreadable but her mind quietly tallying the night’s earnings.

In the far corner, Yanelle and Sharra poured wine for a trio of Goldcloaks too far gone to remember their vows. Their laughter was brash, graceless, the sound of men drunk on both drink and comfort, but the girls handled them with artful ease. A hand at a shoulder here, a murmured jest there, movements measured as a dance. For a few coins, the weary could feel mighty again.

Six guards watched the walls. Thick-necked, broad-shouldered men in boiled leather, swords and cudgels gleaming at their sides. They were dull-eyed and patient, but dangerous all the same. Chataya had paid them well. No man disturbed the peace of her house. Not while she drew breath.

Her gaze, dark and sharp as polished onyx, drifted to the dais by the hearth, where her daughter sat upon the lap of Lord Inchfield. The Reachman’s cheeks glowed crimson beneath his powder, jewels winking from the sausage-thick fingers that stroked Alayaya’s thigh. Her daughter’s laughter - light, musical, and false - mingled with his in a concord of deceit.

“You are a treasure, sweetling,” Inchfield slurred, his lips slick with wine.

“And you are kind to say so, my lord,” Alayaya purred, brushing his cheek with practiced gentleness. Her voice was a melody born of habit, her smile a weapon honed to perfection.

Chataya watched with something like pride. That smile was her legacy. It was a smile that could melt coin from a miser’s hand, make a man forget his vows, his wife, even his name. Desire was a trade, pleasure a craft. Men did not pay for truth. They paid for the shape of their dreams.

So much of a whore’s work, she thought, was in performance, in illusion. The girls she trained were actresses as fine as any who graced the mummers’ stage. Each gesture, each sigh, each glance was a line rehearsed until it seemed effortless. To the untrained eye, their laughter was genuine, their longing real. That was the art of it. The trick was never letting the lie look like one.

Men came here seeking honesty in falsehood. They sought a place where their lies could be believed, if only for an hour. And the women who gave them that mercy were the finest performers in the city. A true courtesan could read a man as a bard reads a song: she learned his rhythm, his weaknesses, his hidden wants, and played them like strings.

That was her house’s pride. It was not the perfume, nor the silks, nor the gilded screens from Myr, but the theatre of it all. Every sigh, every whispered confession, every tremor of feigned affection was a kind of sorcery.

And none wielded that magic better than Alayaya.

And yet, as she watched her daughter work, her thoughts drifted elsewhere, back to the stranger who had darkened her door three nights past.

He had come late, cloaked and hooded, saying little. Tall, broad-shouldered, he carried himself with the unmistakable bearing of a man who had known war, yet he moved with a restraint no sellsword ever learned. His manner was quiet, but there was something in him that made the air itself seem to bend toward him. A gravity, invisible yet absolute, that drew the eye and held it fast.

Even before he threw back his hood, Chataya had known he was no common man.

When the light found his face, her breath caught. He was young, though not soft. Very handsome, so handsome that she had wondered why he was seeking the services of her establishment, but his handsomeness was one that possessed a kind of severity that made the word seem too small. His hair was dark brown and wavy, his mouth firm, his eyes a grey so dark they looked like storm clouds. 

There was something noble in him, not only in the sharpness of his features or the richness of his voice, but in the way he looked at the world, as if it all belonged to him and he simply had not yet decided what to claim first.

He looked, she thought, like a king out of the old songs, the sort who fought his wars himself and did not kneel even before gods. Regal, commanding, terrible in quiet.

She had known lords, knights, even kings in her time. This one was different. There was no perfume of privilege about him, no lazy arrogance. His power was not borrowed from name or birth. It was his by nature, the way fire belongs to flame.

She had not asked his house or his name, though she had wondered. His speech was too clean for the gutters, too measured, too formal. A northern noble, perhaps, from the look of him, though she wondered why a northern noble would be in the capitol following Lord Eddard Stark's execution and Red Wedding. 

In fact, the stranger had looked somewhat like Lord Stark, from what the little she had remembered of the man, when Lord Petyr Baelish had brought him to her establishment to speak with Mhaegan. He had similiar colouring, though whereas Lord Stark had been rather unremarkable in look, the stranger was anything but. 

When he spoke, his voice was low and steady, the kind of voice that carried further than it should, that filled a room without rising. Even his words seemed to leave an echo behind them, faint and dark.

He had chosen Alayaya and Marei, as many men did, but then he had chosen Chataya too. She had been been surprised. His coin pouch, which seemed to materialise out of thin air, had been heavy enough to make her pause, yet it was not just the gold that swayed her. Curiosity did. No, something more, something she could not name. His gaze stirred both wonder and unease in equal measure, and when he met her eyes, she felt the same strange pull that her girls must have felt before their first act of love: fear and fascination intertwined.

There had been other men, hundreds, but none who made the air feel alive.

He had looked at her, and in that gaze, she had felt small, mortal, and, perhaps most importantly, utterly seen.

When Chataya and her girls had taken him to the special room, when they had stripped him of his clothes, she remembered the way the candlelight had kissed his light skin, drawing gold from shadow. He had looked as though the gods themselves had shaped him from the clay of war and storm, a body sculpted for battle, lean yet powerful, muscled like a maiden’s fantasy.

There had not been an ounce of fat or softness on him, not a line that did not speak of strength held in check. His shoulders were broad, his chest hard beneath the touch, his stomach ridged and taut. His manhood had stood tall and proud when Marei and Alayaya had pulled his trousers down, so long and thick and heavy, one of the largest she had ever seen. 

Yet for all that perfection, it was his scars that held her gaze. Dozens of them, pale against the bronze of his skin. They were thin, silvery traces across his arms and ribs, the long, jagged memory of a blade at his side, another along his shoulder. They told the truth his face would not: this was no idle noble come to play at danger. This was a man who had lived with death and learned to master it.

He had been young. Not much older than Alayaya, from what she could tell. He looked far too young to bear such marks, and yet they suited him. They gave his beauty a kind of gravity, a mortal edge to the godlike form.

The air had seemed to hum where he passed, the stillness between his movements charged with something she could not name. His touch had been sure but unhurried, every gesture deliberate, as though he knew the power of restraint. His gaze - dark, searching, unreadable - had stripped her of her practiced poise, leaving her feeling raw and breathless.

There had been moments when she could not tell whether it was she or he who held the power between them.

The night had been long, full of heat and breath and half-spoken words and choruses of pleasure that lingered after sound had died. He had been tireless, but it was not the tirelessness of youth or hunger. It was something else, an endurance that felt unnatural, inexhaustible, as if what moved within him was not mere flesh and blood but the will of something vast and unseen.

The stranger had taken the three women at once. He had taken them in ways that only the rich and powerful could take a woman, having them pleasure him with their bodies all at once, using their talents to slake his lust. He seemed to revel and indulge in them, as if it had been far too since he had lain with a woman. He had claimed them in every way a man could claim a woman, spending himself in their mouths, their cunts, their faces and their arses. By the time they were done, every part of her - from her face, to her cunt, her arsehole and her thighs - were soaked with his seed. 

Chataya could not speak for her daughter and Marei, but he had made her feel like a woman again, in ways she had almost forgotten were possible. Years of experience had taught her every art of pleasure and illusion, yet under his touch, all her practiced control had unraveled. There had been a reverence in him, a kind of unspoken understanding that turned even the simplest gesture into worship. He had not treated her as a courtesan, nor even as a conquest, but as though she were something sacred to be remembered.

She had not known pleasure like that since her girlhood, the kind that left her trembling and quiet after, too spent to speak, too moved to smile. The kind that reminded her she still lived beneath the silks and artifice, that she was not just a keeper of dreams but still capable of being one. 

By the time the candles had burned to stubs, all three of them - Alayaya, Marei, and Chataya herself - had fallen into an exhausted sleep. He had outlasted them all. Even as their bodies gave way to weariness, he had remained wakeful, calm, almost watchful, as though rest were a thing that need not touch him.

Even now, she could recall how his presence filled the room, how the air had seemed to thrum around him, how every breath had felt drawn from his will alone.

And in that memory, despite the lingering ache, she found herself almost shivering.

When at last dawn came creeping through the window, she had awoken and had reached for him, only to find the space beside her empty. The bed was still warm, the scent of rain and iron still heavy on the air. He had vanished as suddenly as he’d appeared, leaving behind only the ache of memory and the echo of his voice in her blood.

Alayaya had sworn he was not mortal. Marei had been quiet, as usual, but there had been a strange light in her eyes since that night, a quiet contentment edged with longing.

Chataya had told herself it was only another evening’s labour, no different from the hundreds before it. And yet, every so often, when the candles guttered and the pipes grew soft, she would find herself glancing toward the door, half-expecting the stranger to return.

Shaking her head to dispel the thoughts of the tall and handsome young stranger, she turned back to her ledger, counting the neat stacks of silver and gold arrayed before her. The pipe-player’s tune shifted to something slow and wistful, a melody that wound through the air like smoke, and for a moment, she thought she smelled rain again.

Then came the scream.

It sliced through the music like a blade through silk, high, raw, and wet with terror.

Chataya’s head snapped up. Yanelle and Sharra were standing rigid, faces pale, mouths open. For a heartbeat she thought one of the Goldcloaks had struck them. Then she saw the blood.

Two of the men lay headless on the floor, their helms rolling away like kicked bowls, trailing hair and froth. The third’s head clung to a ribbon of flesh before it tore loose, eyes blinking, mouth still working as though it refused to believe it was dead. Blood sprayed in broad, lazy arcs across the tiles, soaking rugs and silks, speckling the ankles of the girls who screamed and scrambled back.

The perfume of myrrh curdled beneath the iron stink of death. The warm air seemed to thicken with it. Blood pooled across the mosaic, spreading between the entwined lovers until they drowned together in red.

The pipes fell silent. Even the laughter from the upper rooms choked off into stunned quiet. The only sound was the gurgle of blood and the thin, hysterical keening of a girl too young to remember war.

“Gods,” Sharra whispered, her voice shaking. "Gods, have mercy, please, have mercy on me."

“Guards!” Chataya’s voice cracked like a whip. “To me!”

Her men were already moving, steel rasping from scabbards, faces pale but set.

Then she saw it.

A shape was rising from the corpses. Man-shaped, but no man. It was too tall, too broad, too still. The air around it trembled, as if struggling to contain it. Darkness clung to its edges not like smoke but like a wound cut into the world, something the light itself refused to touch. The candlelight bent away, the colour bled out of the walls, the shadows deepened until even the air seemed to rot.

Her body screamed to look away, but she couldn’t. Her mind fought to give the thing a shape, a name, a sense, but there was none. It was a void given form. And yet, she felt its gaze. No eyes, but it looked. Vast, ancient, weighty. The pressure of deep water pressing down on her chest until she could scarcely draw breath.

Her heartbeat was too loud, her skin too tight. She realised her hands were trembling against her skirts. What are you?

The first guard lunged, shouting something she could not hear over the rush of her own blood. He vanished mid-stride. One heartbeat there was a man, then a ruin of limbs and blood. The others faltered, but terror turned to bravado, and they charged together.

Their blades struck air that turned to glass, shattering like ice. The thing slid through them in silence. When it passed, their bodies fell apart as though unstitched, blood painting the walls in ribbons. Bone snapped like twigs. Flesh came apart without sound.

And then it was gone. Just gone.

For a single heartbeat, the room stood frozen. The air itself seemed to recoil.

Then panic erupted.

The crowd surged for the door, overturning tables and trampling through wine and blood. Someone screamed “Demons!” Another shouted for the Seven. Coins spilled and rolled, clattering like scurrying beetles across the floor. The pipe-player dropped his flute and backed against the wall, sobbing. Dancy slipped in blood and went down hard, her scream lost beneath the roar.

From upstairs came more screams, shrieking and endless. Feet thundered down the stair. Dancy, Jayde, Marei, Alyssa, Benara. Her girls were all half-naked, hair wild, faces painted with terror.

“They’re dead!” Dancy sobbed. “The knights, the guards, gods, they’re all dead!”

The door burst open, and people poured out into the night, a tide of terror spilling into the street.

“Mother!” Alayaya’s voice was stripped of all its practiced sweetness. She ran to her, face streaked with tears and powder. “What is happening?”

“I do not know,” Chataya whispered. Her voice trembled despite her will. The words felt thin, weightless. “Something foul. Something not of this world.”

Lord Inchfield collapsed to his knees, his doublet soaked with wine and piss. “Demons,” he gasped. “Dark demons! Gods help us! Seven save us!”

Then the shadows came again.

From the stairwell, three of them descended, taller than men, silent as empty graves. Their bodies rippled as they moved, their outlines bending like heat-haze. In their arms hung the limp bodies of men: Ser Hobber, Ser Deziel, Ser Colwen, and others she recognised. Noble flesh dangling limp as broken dolls. Their eyes were open but glassy, their mouths parted in voiceless gasps.

“Seven save us,” Chataya breathed, though her voice had gone faint and dry. Her heart slammed against her ribs like a caged thing. She wanted to run, to hide, to scream. But her legs would not obey.

Gods, what is happening? Is this our end? Have the gods abandoned us to the darkness in the hells? 

One of the shadow creatures turned its helm toward her.

The air thickened. The torchs and lanterns dimmed. Frost bloomed on the rim of a wine cup. Every breath came out as mist. The silence pressed against her skull until she thought she might scream just to break it.

Lord Inchfield tried to crawl toward the door, sobbing like a child. The nearest shadow stooped, lifted him in one enormous hand - its movement as gentle as a mother would be to their infant - and straightened. His scream broke halfway. The Reachman's body sagged, lifeless, before the thing let it fall.

The sound of him hitting the floor snapped something inside her.

And then, as before, the shadows dissolved, bleeding into the air until nothing remained.

For a long moment, no one moved. The only sound was the slow drip of blood from the tables and the distant tolling of the bells.

Outside, the city screamed.

Chataya’s heartbeat hammered so loud she could feel it in her teeth. Her stomach churned with bile. She looked to her daughter, who stood shaking, eyes wide and uncomprehending.

“We must go,” she said. Her voice came out thin, brittle.

“Go where?” Alayaya clutched her wrist, trembling.

“We must go out,” Chataya whispered. “To see what is happening outside.”

Together they crossed the ruined hall - past blood, past ruin, past what was left of the dead men - and pushed open the door.

The Street of Silk had become a nightmare.

The red lanterns still burned, but their light now fell upon slaughter. Goldcloaks, men whose names she knew, whose coin had fed her girls, lay strewn across the cobbles like butcher’s scraps. Some were cleaved neatly in two. Others had been opened from throat to groin, their entrails glistening like jewels in the light. The air stank of blood, burnt oil, and fear.

Far away, the bells tolled on.

Her girls huddled in the doorway behind her, barefoot, trembling, their silks torn, their faces streaked with tears.

“Back inside!” Chataya’s voice cracked through the air like a whip. “Now! Quickly!”

They obeyed, stumbling and weeping, clinging to one another as they ran. Alayaya helped them, her hands shaking but sure.

Chataya turned one last time to look upon the street. The corpses lay where they had fallen, every one of them a man. Not a woman touched. And it was all guards. 

That thought momentarily chilled her more than the corpses. It was too deliberate. Too knowing.

“Mother,” Alayaya whispered. “What do we do?”

Chataya’s gaze swept the carnage - the laterns, the shadows, the flickering red light that turned everything to blood. She thought of the years spent building this house: the laughter, the warmth, the fragile illusion of safety she had carved out of cruelty. Her kingdom of silk. Her small empire in this city of treachery and cruelty.

“We bar the doors,” she said softly. “And pray they do not look inside.”

Together, mother and daughter herded the girls back in and slid the bolt home with a heavy, echoing click.

Outside, the Street of Silk screamed with the rest of King’s Landing. Inside, Chataya pressed her hand to the trembling wood, and for the first time since leaving the Summer Isles, she felt truly powerless. Her heartbeat still thundered, but the rest of her felt hollow, as though some unseen hand had scooped her out from within and left her body behind to shake in the quiet that followed.


It was the hour of the nightingale, when even the drunks slept and the last lanterns guttered low. Dawn had not yet bled into the east. The city moved like a beast in pain.

Word ran faster than legs. “Old Gate!” voices hacked the dark. “Old Gate’s open! Goldcloaks there! Go north!”

Others swore the gates were shut, that the Watch had fled, that the Stranger Himself rode the walls in black. No one listened. Words meant nothing now. Men clutched rumours as if they were ropes, and let themselves be dragged wherever the crowd went.

The people became a river - a heaving tide of flesh and fear, pressing north through crooked ways and stinking alleys. They dragged children, bundles, old mothers; they prayed and cursed in the same breath. A woman stumbled with a crying babe at her breast. A teamster hauled a chest by its iron ring until his palms split. Boys sprinted ahead to see and sprinted back to lie. Flesh on flesh, elbow against bone and sweat. Someone cried for a husband, someone for the Mother, someone for both, and all the voices tangled until they were only noise.

Among them lurched Corros.

Small and lean with hunger, hair like cobwebs, beard clotted grey against a hollow jaw. He had few teeth left, and those black. His breath stank of vinegar and old wine. Bare feet slapped stone slick with filth. He had slept in doorways, behind taverns, beside dung-carts. He had spent so much time in King's Landing long that he had long forgotten which road had first brought him here, or why.

He did not know why he ran now. The herd made his legs move. To stand still was to drown.

“Old Gate,” he muttered, as if the name itself were a charm. “Old Gate, Old Gate. Mother have mercy.”

His heart beat like a fist on a locked door.

Torchlight showed what others would not see. Goldcloaks lay where they’d fallen, in halves and quarters, or folded into shapes no man’s body should make. Yellow cloaks were black with blood. Armour that should have turned a blade had been sliced clean through, neat as cheese.

Swords lay by stiff hands, clean, unused and useless. Blood trickled into the gutters, mixing with piss and rainwater, a thin red ribbon dragging a tuft of hair and a torn scrap of golden cloth along with it. Corros stared, and beneath his terror, a thin, mean joy stirred.

“The gods have come at last,” he told the dead, his tongue clicking against the ruin of his teeth. “You laughed at old Corros. Kicked his bowl. Who’s laughing now, eh? Stranger’s come for the strong first. Yes, yes.”

The press of bodies swelled again, panic ripening into madness. Men in shirts and breeches, women in night-rails, boys with knives, the old with sticks. All were jammed together, shoving, gasping, choking on their own fear.

A door from a house flew open. A grey-haired man leaned out to ask what news and what was happening to cause such chaos. A stone struck his brow and he fell without a word. A candle-seller had not yet set her stall; the door burst beneath boots and shoulders, and her wares spilled like entrails. Men fought on hands and knees in the wax and wick. A baker’s boy hugged a warm loaf and ran. A larger man dragged him down, beat his fingers until they broke, and tore the bread away. The boy’s wail went high and thin, like a kettle left to boil.

Two washerwomen in damp skirts were driven against a wall by three men stinking of ale and terror. One pawed at laces with shaking hands while the others pinned arms.

“Hush,” one said, voice cracking. “It’s naught. At least if we die to these monsters, you’ll die happy, pretty bird.”

The women screamed.

“Leave ’em!” croaked Corros, though no one heard him. “Leave ’em, leave-”

The first shadow stepped between.

It was there, and then it simply was. Tall, impossibly tall, broad as two men. Smoke drifted from its edges like the breath of winter. It made no sound, but the air went silent around it, as if it had struck glass. The men froze mid-motion, their hands still clutching fabric and flesh.

One tried to speak a prayer. The word never came. The shadow raised an arm, and the first man folded neatly, boneless, like a dropped cloak. The second turned to flee, but his body came apart, the upper half sliding from the lower like butcher’s meat. The third dropped to his knees and wailed like a child before going still.

The women fled, skirts torn and faces white.

By a toppled onion cart, a vendor swung a cudgel at a thief. Another shadow slid out from between two houses, standing between them, like a a black gate where none had been. The cudgel fell from the vendor’s hands. The thief flattened himself to the stones as if hoping to sink into them. The shadow did not move. It only was. Until both men lowered their eyes and dared not breathe.

The city paused.

Knives dropped. Cries stilled mid-breath. Even drunks forgot to laugh. Breath steamed, and the steam curved away from the shapes that filled the streets. Torches guttered and flared, throwing shadows upon shadows.

Corros saw more. One could not help but see. They perched on rooftops like gargoyles come alive, crouched at chimney mouths, knelt upon walls as if in prayer. He counted three at a crossing where a puddle quivered with cold; lost count where two alleys met and the night itself seemed made of them. Their armour caught light in sharp, violet-blue pinpricks that moved when nothing else did. Here one tilted a helm that was no helm. There another turned its facelessness toward a cry, and the cry died unfinished.

They killed soldiers and cutthroats. They broke blades and the hands that held them. They stood between those who would harm and those who would be harmed, and let the rest pass. A man in a gilded half-helm shoved through with a dagger up.

He never reached his mark. The dagger hung in the air before him, quivering, before dropping, followed by what was left of him. A boy darted for a purse; a shadow behind him laid a finger upon his wrist, and the boy let go as if scalded, running away in tears.

“Stranger,” someone whispered. “Seven save us.

"Gods, save us!" Another one shouted. "Save us!” 

Another voice, raw as Corros’s own: “Don’t look at them. They can feel it. These monsters will kill us all!”

No one else was touched. Mothers clutching babes were let pass. A grey-whiskered whore stumbled, and one of the shadows loomed over her until she rose. She fled weeping, muttering prayers. Men who wished only to run were left to run. Men who wished to take were stopped.

It should have soothed him. It did not.

Corros felt seen. That was worse than fear. The city had never spared him. Why should anything start now?

The northward press thickened; the sound swelled - boots, bare feet, sobs, iron on stone - and then broke off. The crowd met something that would not yield, and silence rolled backward through it like a wave. Bodies jammed shoulder to shoulder.

“What is it?” voices cried from behind. “What is it? Gods, what is this?”

Corros wormed forward as he always had, for a crust, for warmth, for a coin, slipping between bodies until his brow was level with the front rank.

The Old Gate loomed from the dark like a beast’s spine. The portcullis was down, iron teeth biting stone. Before it, the Watch lay in a row neat as a lord’s feast: each man on his back, arms at sides, heads twisted wrong. Blood gleamed black. Helm crests were crushed like eggshell.

Above, along the battlements, the shadows stood one by one by one, more than a dozen at least. Some tall as heroes, some less so, all blacker than the night that cloaked them. Spaced like sentinels, they watched the streets and the mass of fearful flesh below.

Three more stood before the gate itself. Where their faces should have been, a faint inner violet-blue burned low, like banked coals. The air around them rippled; heat fled; sight faltered.

Corros’s belly clenched. The smell of blood was pennies on the tongue. His mouth watered, then dried.

“I’ll climb,” a man said down the line. A sellsword, by the look, with a patched jack, short cloak, hilt too fine for his hand. “There, the ivy. I’ll haul a rope.”

He ran. He did not make six strides. The nearest shadow lifted an arm. No sound, no wind, and the man flew backward as though snatched by a hook through his chest. He struck stone with a hollow crack and slid down limp.

Screams burst like birds flushed from cover. The front pressed back, the rear pressed forward. The slow went underfoot. Corros felt knees in his spine, a hand at his neck, a heel grinding his ankle. He caught a broken cart-shaft and clung on while the crowd heaved.

Another man leapt, shouting for the Warrior. He got half the word out before the shadow moved. His head rolled from his shoulders, the mouth still shaping the end of his prayer.

No one else tried. Whatever courage the city had left froze beneath that stillness.

They did not speak. They did not beckon.

A woman fainted and was caught. Not by hands, but by the thickened air itself. She was set gently on her feet again. Torches sighed out. The wind that had tugged the banners fell dead. Dogs ceased to bark.

Something moved. A tremor through bone. Corros felt it in his teeth. It passed through the street like breath drawn in reverse, and the noise of men’s throats died. Tears sprang to Corros’s eyes, though the air was not that cold. He did not know how long it held. Moments stretched thin.

Then, into that hush, came footfalls, and the sound of a child’s sobbing.

The press of the crowd opened, just enough. A boy slipped through like a mouse. Ten, perhaps. Barefoot, filthy, face streaked white with tears. He stared up at the shapes upon the wall and shook.

“All shut,” he gasped. “All the gates. Dragon’s, Blackwater, King’s, River - they’re all shut! They’re on ’em all. Won’t let no one through. They’re on the walls, everywhere. Monsters. Everywhere.”

He folded to his knees, forehead to stone, making a small, helpless sound.

No one went to him. The silence swallowed pity whole.

Something inside Corros broke. Some hard kernel that had kept him alive through hunger and cold and cruelty cracked at last. He had lived on the lie that there was always another street, another door, another mercy. There was not. The city was a bowl, and now the lid had closed.

“There’s no out,” he whispered. “No out, no way-” The words tasted of iron.

Men breathed again, but as if breath were taxed. Someone prayed the Mother’s name until it lost shape. Another promised the Stranger candles if he’d pass them by. A whore traced a seven-pointed star in the crook of her arm.

Corros looked up. The shadows were all spaced along the great walls, several upon the road, faces turned toward men who would never understand them. They did not move. They did not blink.

They were the still point around which the city screamed.

And Corros found he could no longer hear the city at all. His eyes told him it screamed, but the sound lived inside him now, and no gate would ever set it free.


The fog rolled off the Blackwater like the breath of a sleeping god. It crawled low along the quays and alleys, pale and heavy, swallowing sound until the city’s screams were little more than dreams heard through stone walls. Behind it, the bells clanged out of time, clumsy with panic, and dogs barked themselves hoarse before falling silent. The air stank of tar, pitch, wet rope, and the sour tang of fear.

Jowan ran with the rest.

His lungs burned. Each breath scraped his throat like glass. The old scar in his shoulder - a dockside knife wound from years past - pinched with every draw of air. Half his life he’d hauled casks and crates for other men’s coin, his back bent and his hands hard as rope. Tonight he was only one body in a flood of them, a thousand faces pushing downhill through the fog like spilled grain. Men shoved past with bundles tied in cord; women dragged shrieking children by their wrists; old men stumbled with sticks, their muttering lost in the rush.

“Ships still there!” someone shouted. “The ships are still there!”

Another voice answered: “The river’ll take us out!” The word escape passed from mouth to mouth, reshaped by every desperate tongue until it no longer meant anything.

The masts appeared first. Black spears piercing the mist. The faint groan of rigging carried over the water, and the smell of the river thickened , all salt, pitch, filth, and cold. For a moment, Jowan almost smiled. The ships meant passage, meant life. He had known the decks of those ships, known the thrum of their boards beneath his feet when the tide rose. He had dreamt of sailing downriver and never turning back.

“Go!” someone yelled ahead. “Go, before they’re gone!”

The crowd surged. Hope made them fools again. Bodies crushed together, ribs grinding, shoulders bruising. Jowan shoved with the rest, his boots slapping wet stone, breath ragged in his chest. He could see the faint glimmer of torchlight where the wharves began, could hear water slapping at the pilings. He thought he could smell the river, that familiar damp scent of home and freedom.

Then everything stopped.

The front ranks slowed, stumbled, froze. The crush from behind pressed forward, but those ahead did not move. Jowan craned over hunched backs and saw the fog churning oddly by the quay. It rose in thick, uneven heaps. They were shapes that were too solid, too deliberate. The fog itself seemed to twist around them.

The heaps grew taller. They were not fog. They were standing.

Shapes emerged from the mist. First one, then three, then a score. Each towered over the crowd, blacker than pitch, their outlines wavering as if the world refused to keep them still. Violet-blue light pulsed faintly from within their helms, dim and steady, not fire, not life, something colder. Some stood upon the quay stones. Others blocked the gangways. A few stood already aboard ships still moored to the posts, their heads brushing the masts like spectres from the river’s depths.

For a moment, no one breathed.

Then someone screamed.

A fisherman bolted forward, clutching a knife. “I’ll swim!” he roared. “I’ll swim if I must!” He ran three strides before one of the shadows turned. The air itself trembled. No wind, no sound, just the world flinching. The man flew backward as though swatted by an unseen hand. His bones cracked like firewood when he landed. His knife spun once and vanished underfoot.

That was all it took.

The tide broke the wrong way.

The crowd screamed as one body. Men clawed and shoved to flee, trampling children, crushing the weak. A woman fell; another stumbled over her and vanished beneath boots. A child’s toy rolled from a basket and was ground to splinters. Jowan was driven sideways, struck in the ribs, his sleeve torn by grasping hands. A cask rolled underfoot; a man stepped on it, slipped, and went down headfirst. The crack of skull on stone was drowned in the uproar.

Another scream, higher and closer, drew Jowan’s eyes to the edge of the quay. A woman in a green shawl lost her footing. She tottered on the brink, arms flailing. Her shawl slid from her shoulders and into the black water. She pitched forward.

The nearest shadow moved.

It crossed the distance between them in an instant. Its vast and dark hand caught her by the ribs. It did not crush. It steadied her, held her there until she could stand again. Then it released her, setting her gently back upon the stone. She stared at it, frozen, her mouth opening and closing like a fish’s. When she found her legs again, she ran, sobbing, into the fog.

Two sailors, desperate or mad, dove for the water. They never touched it. The air shimmered. Shadows along the quay extended their arms, and the men halted mid-fall, dangling weightless, their feet kicking at nothing. They hung there, trembling, until invisible hands lowered them, slow and careful, back to the dock. One wept. The other fell to his knees and kissed the stones.

Jowan’s breath hitched.

The noise drained from the air. The screams thinned to silence. Even the gulls had gone mute. The fog thickened, wrapping around the shadows, unwrapping again, like curtains drawn by a ghost. A deep vibration began to pulse through the air. Low and steady, more felt than heard, as if the city itself hummed in fear. The crowd stilled. Men froze mid-motion, women clutched children without knowing why.

It was not peace. It was a command. Be still. And they obeyed.

Jowan dared not shift his weight. He could hear his own breath, shallow and ragged, louder than it had any right to be. Somewhere behind him, a child whimpered before a hand clapped over its mouth. The only other sound was the soft lap of the Blackwater against the stone and the faint creak of rigging in the mist.

Then one of the shadows stepped forward.

It was taller than the rest, a towering shape of armour and darkness, mist streaming from its limbs like smoke underwater. The faint violet-blue within its helm glimmered brighter as it moved. It came to stand before Jowan, so close that he felt its presence before he could even see it clearly.

The shadow tilted its head.

Its eyes, or what passed for eyes, fixed on him. He felt it see him. Not his body, but something beneath, the memories in his mind. It saw every theft, every unkindness, every lie whispered to make life easier. It saw the loaf he’d stolen from a hungry boy, the coins he’d hidden from his dying sister. He felt himself laid bare, a ledger opened for judgment. Shame flooded him, hot and choking. His knees bent. His palms found the cold stone. He could not stand before it.

But the shadow did not strike.

It turned its gaze away, toward the river, toward the ships, toward the unseen beyond the fog. It walked to the quay’s edge and stood there, facing the water like a sentinel carved from the dark. One by one, others followed, their feet making no sound. They lined the waterfront, each taking a place, unmoving. Their faint violet-blue eyes burned like coals under glass.

The river grew still. The ships seemed farther now, their masts fading into the mist as if sinking beneath it. The fog thickened, swallowing light, sound, motion. The world seemed to narrow until there was only the whisper of water and the steady hum in the bones.

Jowan lowered his head. His heartbeat beat hard beneath his fingers. The air itself felt heavier, pressed down upon him like a hand.

“Water was supposed to mean freedom,” he said softly, his voice too small for the silence.

But the river, like the city, was closed. The fog had made walls of the water. The shadows were the gates.

He stayed kneeling long after the rest began to back away. The fog swallowed dock and ship alike, leaving only those faint glows of cold violet-blue lights in the mist, distant as stars drowned deep beneath the waves. They did not flicker. They only watched.


The city’s heart still burned, but here in Flea Bottom the fires were smaller, meaner things. Torches dropped by frightened hands guttered in puddles. Lanterns overturned in panic bled oily light across the mud. A baker’s oven roared itself to ruin behind a cracked wall. Smoke crept through the crooked lanes like a blind beast, licking at sagging roofs and warped doors, nosing its way through the warren. The air stank of piss and soot and old cabbage. Underfoot, ash turned the slop to paste. Somewhere, a dog barked until its voice frayed and stopped, as if the fog had swallowed the sound whole.

Larra crouched beneath a toppled cart with her knees drawn to her chest, bare feet black with grime. The cart’s wheel had split; its spokes jutted up like broken ribs over her head. She had crawled there when the shouting began, first the men running past her mother’s bakehouse, then the guards at a stumbling trot, then the screaming that made the oven bricks seem to tremble. After that had come a sound for which she had no name. Not thunder, not steel, something deeper and wider, like the world drawing a long breath.

Her hair clung to her cheeks in greasy knots. She pressed her hands against her ears until her arms ached. Still the city found her. Boots hammered stone, voices cried to the Seven, windows slammed and splintered. A woman wailed for her child. The wail ended in a wet, abrupt noise that made Larra bite down on her own knuckle until she tasted iron.

Then there was nothing.

Silence settled, not soft but heavy, a weight that pressed the alley flat. Larra breathed in quick, thin snatches that did not seem to fill her chest. Smoke drifted past the edge of the cart in slow, patient rings. Somewhere close, water dripped from a sodden eave, each drop a tiny knock on the stones. Tap. Tap. Tap.

She dared to lift her head. Through a split in the cart boards, she peered out into the alley.

A shadow stood there.

It was taller than any man she had ever seen, so tall it had to stoop beneath the leaning eaves. Fog coiled around its legs as if drawn to it. The shape gleamed black and bright at once, edges shimmering where the torchglow tried and failed to settle. The air near it looked wrong, a slight wavering, as if sight itself could not quite bear what it beheld. Where it passed, the wet cobbles glinted faintly with a cold hue, not the color of any flame Larra knew.

The helm turned.

Two small lights burned within. Not fire, not lantern, something colder. Violet-blue, faint as starlight near dawn, steady and patient. Larra forgot to breathe. The alley seemed to narrow until it was only those points of light and the dark between them. Her heart thudded against the cage of her ribs, a small, trapped thing.

The monster looked at her. Not at the cart, not at the alley. At her.

Larra’s hand cramped around the rag doll she had brought from the bakehouse, the one her mother had sewn from scraps of flour-sack. It smelled of yeast and ash. One of its button eyes had a crack across it. She held it tight enough to hurt.

The shadow took a step.

Stone did not ring. Sound did not carry. The fog thickened and slid away again, like breath on a cold morning. The thing stepped closer, and the small hairs on Larra’s arms prickled. Her mouth went dry. She tried to wedge herself deeper under the cart, but there was nowhere to go, only splinters and her own breath and the wall at her back.

Another step.

It was near enough that she could see the faint roughness in the black surface of its gauntlet, the suggestion of plate and leather, the way the edges seemed to blur and then find themselves again. The violet-blue lights fixed upon her through the slit of the helm. Larra’s fingers opened without meaning to. The doll fell, bounced once, and slid out from beneath the cart to lie in the open, face-up in the ash.

She wanted to dart for it. She could not make her legs move. She could not make anything move.

It is going to kill me, she thought, very calmly, as if the thought belonged to some other girl and not her. Though her body was shaking and trembling, she did not understand how she could be so calm. 

The shadow knelt.

The alley tilted inside Larra’s head. It should not have been able to kneel that easily, not with that size, not with that terrible stillness. Yet stone whispered beneath its weight, and the hulking shape lowered until it took one knee on the wet cobbles, one hand splayed wide for balance. The air shifted as if a door had been opened somewhere far away, cool and clean after the stink of smoke. The tightness in Larra’s chest loosened by a finger’s width.

The doll lay between them. The shadow’s great hand reached toward it. Larra flinched and pushed her back hard against the axle, splinters biting through her thin shift. The hand did not take her. It lifted the doll.

Big black fingers, careful as a midwife, pinched the flour-sack cloth. The cracked button eye glinted once. For a heartbeat that felt very long, the giant crouched with the silly little thing in its grip, as if uncertain what to do with such a small piece of the world.

Then the hand turned, palm up.

It offered the doll to the gap beneath the cart.

Larra could not make her arm go out. Her body shook with a small rattling she did not recognize as her own. The violet-blue lights within the helm tilted. The hand did not move away. It waited, open and still, until at last Larra reached toward it with a trembling hand, two fingers first, then the whole, and took the doll from its palm. The cloth was damp with fog. Her fingertips brushed the black gauntlet. Cold went into her skin and then through it, like river water in winter, shocking but not cruel.

Her hand snapped back. She hugged the doll to her chest. Her breath came shallow and fast.

Is it going to kill me? She thought. Am I going to die? 

The shadow did not take her. It did not break the cart, or reach in after her, or do any of the things that belonged in stories about monsters and the dark. It remained in its crouch for another heartbeat, helm still turned toward her hiding place, the violet-blue lights steady. It felt to Larra that it was listening to her breath, counting the beats of her small heart, measuring something she could not name.

Slowly, it rose.

Fog clung to its limbs and trailed away in soft skeins. The outline blurred as it straightened, first one knee, then the other, until it was tall again, too tall for the alley, too tall for the world. The cool that had crept into the air lingered, a thin margin between heat and smoke. Larra thought of her mother’s voice at the ovens, low and rough with flour dust, humming the bread awake. The memory hurt. It soothed as well.

The helm tilted once more, not a nod and not a denial, something like the way a person looks back when they mean to remember a face.

Then the shadow took a step backward into the fog.

Its edges loosened, black thinning to mist, mist thinning to nothing. For a breath the violet-blue points remained, mirrored on a puddle beside the cart as two faint stars trembled on dirty water. The puddle shivered when a drop fell from the broken eave. The stars vanished.

Larra stayed where she was, pressed small beneath the cart, clutching the doll so tightly she felt the stitching through the cloth. The alley smelled of ash and quiet. Far away, fires still burned, but the screaming did not return. The silence took on a different shape, heavy but not cruel, the kind of weight a blanket has when a mother draws it up to a child’s chin on a cold night.

Her throat worked. When she found her voice, it came out as a cracked whisper that did not seem to belong to her. “I will be good. I will not run.”

The fog shifted. The cart creaked. Somewhere, a single bell tolled and fell still. Larra lowered her head to her knees and breathed through the cloth of the doll until her shaking gentled, then sat very quiet, listening to the soft tap of water and the slow, careful way the city learned to be silent.


The barracks stank of sweat and iron and men who knew they were doomed. The air was thick, hot with torch smoke, breath, and fear, yet Dorren could not stop shivering. The heat pressed against his skin, but inside he felt hollow, cold in a way that came not from wind or rain, but from knowing his death was near.

Noise filled every space. Captains shouted orders that no one heard. Boots hammered flagstones, shields clattered as men seized them from racks or dropped them in haste. A bench overturned. Someone screamed that the gates should have been barred hours ago. Another bellowed for calm, for discipline, for anything to make the panic seem like purpose. It was the sound of drowning men who thought they were swimming.

Outside, the city screamed. Inside, the Goldcloaks tried to remember they were soldiers.

Dorren stood near the armoury door, spear in hand, heart pounding so hard that each beat drowned his breath. He was one-and-twenty, dockborn, broad-shouldered from hauling casks and crates, his palms still marked with old rope burns. The spear trembled in his hands. He gripped tighter, until the wood bit through skin and his blood slicked the shaft. The taste of iron filled his mouth. He could not tell if it came from the air or his own bitten tongue.

“Hold the line!” someone roared above the din. “Hold fast!”

Ser Addam Marbrand, Commander of the City Watch, stood in the courtyard, his gilded armour gleaming like a torch amid smoke. He moved with the certainty of a man who refused to die cowering. “This is our city!” he shouted. “No man flees while any of us draw breath! Whatever these monsters are, we must kill them!”

The words rang bright and hollow all at once. Around him, men stood in ranks that wavered like candle flames in wind. Courage had leaked out of them long before the fight began. Dorren wanted to believe, but belief was a thing that required hope, and hope had drowned hours ago beneath the sound of screams.

Even the commander’s eyes betrayed him. They flicked once, quick and wary, toward the great doors at the yard’s far end, and there, beyond the barred wood and torchlight, something vast shifted in the dark.

The first blow came.

It was not a sound so much as a force. The gates quivered; the timbers boomed like a struck drum. Dust rained from the rafters. Men froze. Torches stuttered. Even the horses stopped their stamping, ears flat, eyes rolling white.

The second blow came harder. The hinges shrieked like something alive. The air itself seemed to draw in breath.

Then the doors gave way.

They did not shatter. They folded inward, bending like soft metal, curling into themselves until nothing stood between the yard and the night. Darkness poured through. Not the common dark of unlit places, but a darkness with weight, with shape, with purpose. It swallowed flame, sound, and courage alike. Men cried out to the Seven, but their prayers felt like children’s songs before a storm.

The first of them stepped through.

It was enormous. Man-shaped, but it looked so wrong and so inhumane. So demonic. Blacker than pitch, armour blurred at the edges, as though light itself refused to touch it. Two points of faint violet-blue burned in the depths of its helm where eyes should have been. More followed: three, six, a dozen, perhaps more. They moved without sound, without breath. Frost bloomed beneath their feet. The air grew sharp and bitter, stinging the lungs.

“Spears!” Ser Addam roared. “Shields! Hold, damn you!”

Dorren obeyed before thought caught up with him. He levelled his spear and thrust. The point slid through the thing’s chest without slowing, without meeting flesh or bone or anything a weapon could wound. A heartbeat later the wood twisted in his grip and snapped in half with a crack like thunder.

The shadow kept walking.

Around him, the world fell apart. The clang of swords became screams. The clang of shields became the crunch of ribs. The sound of men dying filled the air like a rising tide. Dorren saw a sergeant charge, blade raised, shouting the Warrior’s name. The shadow caught his sword mid-swing between two dark hands and crushed it as though it were tin. The man’s scream ended in a gurgle. His body flew into a pillar and slumped there, broken.

Dorren stumbled backward, tripping over a corpse that was still warm. He fell, palms slipping in blood. The cold hit next. It was a deep, biting chill that sank through his mail and skin into his bones. His breath came in white clouds. His teeth chattered though the room was full of fire.

Through the blur, he saw Ser Addam once more.

The commander stood alone in the yard now, his golden cloak flaring in the wind that followed the invaders. His sword burned bright in the gloom, molten steel in human hands. “Form on me!” he cried, voice ragged but strong. “For King Joffrey! For King’s Landing!”

He charged.

For a heartbeat, courage flared. Men shouted, followed, swung. Gold against black, light against nothing. Dorren saw the blade strike, saw a burst of light that seared his vision. For that instant, he thought the commander might prevail, that perhaps courage still had meaning.

Then the light went out, and the sound died with it.

When the torches caught again, the yard was a graveyard. Men lay strewn like discarded dolls, limbs at impossible angles, eyes wide and unseeing. Blood pooled around the fallen, reflecting the dim firelight in dull crimson patches. The smell was thick - iron, sweat, and something faintly sweet, the smell of burned flesh.

The shadows moved among the dead.

They did not rush or stumble. They walked with the calm purpose of priests performing a ritual. Where they stepped, frost spread across the stones in veins of white and violet-blue. A fallen man groaned; one of them paused, tilted its helm, and pressed a single hand to his chest. When it lifted, the man was still.

One shadow lingered beside Ser Addam’s corpse. The commander’s cloak was torn, his armour split at the collar. His sword lay beside him, broken near the hilt. The shadow seemed to study him, its head tilting slightly, a gesture too human to be comforting. Then it turned and walked on.

Dorren pressed himself against the cold stone of the wall, his breath ragged. His hands shook so violently he could not tell if it was fear or the cold that drove it. The air was white with his breath now, misting in front of him. The frost spread outward, creeping across the flagstones toward his boots.

One of the shadows turned. Its gaze found him. Two dim violet-blue lights, deep and endless, fixed upon his face. They were not cruel. Not kind. Simply aware.

Dorren wanted to pray, to whisper a name, to beg, but his lips were numb, frozen in place. The cold climbed higher through his chest, each heartbeat slower than the last. He felt it reach his throat, his jaw, his eyes. The world dimmed, as though seen through water.

The torches flickered once, then went dark.

When light returned, Dorren sat against the wall, his eyes open, rimed with frost. His spear lay broken beside him. The air still carried the faint scent of iron and snow.

And through the stillness, the shadows lingered. Patient, eternal and unbreathing, their violet-blue eyes burning like distant stars. 


The Great Sept of Baelor had once been a house of light. A place of song and prayer and devotion, where the air shimmered with incense and hymns rose like doves toward heaven. It had been a place of order, of ritual and reflection, where the marble gleamed, the candles burned sweet, and the pious came to feel the breath of the divine upon their faces.

Now it was a house of panic and screams.

The air was heavy, hot, and foul with incense gone sour. Myrrh, wax, and sweat mingled into a choking fog that clung to the throat and eyes. Smoke from a hundred votive candles curled upward, gathering beneath the fractured dome until the crystal chandeliers swayed in the heat. Their prisms broke the light into trembling shards that danced across faces contorted by terror.

The statues of the Seven loomed high above the chaos: the Father with his scales, the Mother with her mercy, the Warrior with his sword, the Maiden’s serene smile, the Crone’s hollow eyes, the Smith’s hammer poised mid-blow, and the Stranger, faceless, watching. Their stone visages gleamed with candlelight and soot. Their expressions, carved in calm, seemed cruel now.

“Mercy!” someone cried, voice raw. “Mother, have mercy!”

“Deliver us!” another shrieked. “Save us from the devils outside!”

The cries echoed, rebounded, multiplied, until they filled every marble arch and golden cornice. The noise was like a sea breaking against cliffs, relentless, each wave a new plea for salvation. Septons clutched their staves as if they could fend off damnation itself; septas gripped their crystal pendants tight enough to draw blood, the gems glimmering faintly in the trembling light.

The faithful packed every aisle and alcove, their bodies pressed together, suffocating in their own devotion. Some knelt until their knees bled. Others tore their hair, beat their breasts, or kissed the cold marble floor in desperate piety. Children wailed. Old men muttered broken prayers through cracked lips. The scent of sanctity. of incense and faith. had turned fetid. It smelled of grief and fear.

Septa Marlei stood near the central aisle, her once-white robes dulled to grey by soot. The veil that marked her vows hung half-torn around her shoulders, snagged by some panicked hand. Her crystal pendant swung at her chest, glinting weakly each time her heart hammered. She clutched it tight, feeling its edges cut her palm, welcoming the pain as proof she still lived.

“Be calm,” she rasped, her voice raw and trembling. “Be calm, sons and daughters. The Mother watches. The Seven see.”

But no one heard. Her words vanished beneath the roar of terror.

A ring of novices huddled near her feet, girls barely into womanhood, faces ghost-pale beneath their veils. Their eyes were wide and glassy, staring up at her as if she were still a mother who could make the world safe again. One clutched at her sleeve. “Septa,” she whispered, “what do we do?”

Marlei had no answer. She swallowed hard, but her mouth was dry as sand. “Pray,” she managed. “Pray, child.” Her own voice did not sound like her own.

At the great doors, men pounded with their fists, shouting to be let out. Others tried to drag benches toward the entrances, to barricade themselves against something none had yet seen. One septon stumbled past her with a brazier in hand, spilling glowing coals across the floor. Smoke rose, thick and bitter. People coughed, choked, sobbed. The air seemed to vibrate with panic.

Then the noise stopped.

It did not fade. It ended, clean and sudden, as if the world itself had drawn breath and held it. The torches wavered, their flames stretched thin and strange. The bells in the towers stilled, caught between swings. A coldness crept into the air, sliding down throats, crawling beneath robes.

Something moved beyond the doors.

They did not open. They bowed inward, slow as bending steel. Shadows leaked through the cracks - dark and fluid, like smoke that refused to rise. The hinges gave a low groan, and then the darkness stepped through.

They came without sound.

The shadows entered like a tide, vast and patient. They were tall, impossibly tall, their outlines human only in suggestion. Armour black as burnt iron clung to them, its surfaces swallowing light. Where eyes should have been, faint glimmers of violet-blue burned, small as stars but colder than ice. The air around them wavered with chill. Frost bloomed on marble and on the lips of the faithful.

One stood before the main doors, motionless, a sentinel carved of night. Another loomed beneath the dome, its helm tilted toward the painted sky where the Seven’s constellations wheeled. Two more filled the transepts, shadows spreading like oil across the marble floor. Wherever they stood, the light dimmed. The candles guttered and wept wax.

For a heartbeat, no one dared move.

Then someone screamed.

A young septon broke from the crowd, tears streaking his face, wild faith shining in his eyes. “The gods will protect me!” he cried, and charged. He reached the first shadow. Or tried to. The air rippled, and he struck it as though it were solid stone. A force unseen but immense hurled him backward, sweeping him off his feet and casting him into the pews. Wood splintered under his weight, the breath driven from his lungs. He lay gasping, stunned, his robes torn and his voice broken to a wheeze. Blood welled at his temple, but he still lived.

The scream that followed was not his.

A man pushed toward the side door, dragging his wife by the arm. One of the shadows turned its helm. The couple froze. The woman dropped her rosary; beads scattered across the marble, clattering like rain. The man’s voice cracked on a sob as he fell to his knees. The shadow did not touch him. It only looked, and he crumbled into weeping silence.

Then the crowd broke.

The worshippers surged toward the altar in blind panic. They shoved, trampled, clawed. The cries rose higher, shriller, until it was no longer language but animal sound. “Mother protect us!” “Warrior defend!” “Father forgive!” The prayers tangled into a single note of terror. Novices screamed. Septas tried to pull them back, to calm them, but their voices were lost in the tide.

The bells began to toll above, swung not by hand but by panic itself. The bronze boomed through the marble vaults, a thunderous dirge that swallowed all other sound. Each strike seemed to shake the dome, rattling loose dust and fragments of crystal. The Great Sept roared with the sound of judgment.

Through it all, the shadows did not strike.

They stood among the faithful, silent and still. Their eyes burned, their armour shimmered faintly as if wet with night. One stood before the altar of the Stranger, its form and the statue’s merging in the haze until one could not tell where god ended and spectre began. The smoke coiled around them, and the world seemed to fold inward.

Septa Marlei could not breathe. Her lungs felt bound in ice. Her hand bled freely now, blood dripping from her fist onto the marble in small, perfect drops. She wanted to shout - to pray, to sing, to speak - but the words would not come. The air was thick with stillness.

The bells thundered on. The walls trembled with the sound.

When she looked again, one of the shadows stood before the Father’s altar. It tilted its helm back, gazing at the carved face above. For an instant, she thought she saw understanding in that cold violet-blue light, almost reverence. For one mad heartbeat, she thought the thing was praying.

The violet-blue light in its eyes flared, and the reflection caught in the Father’s stone beard. The gleam looked like tears.

Then came the final toll. Deep, echoing, endless. And then shadow lowered its head.

The dome groaned. Men and women knelt in terror, their cries merging with the sound of the bells, their bodies trembling like reeds in a storm.

The Great Sept of Baelor, once a house of light, had become a cage of faith, fear, and shadow, sealed beneath the gaze of silent gods.


High above King’s Landing, the wind carried the scent of blood and smoke. The city stretched vast and silent beneath the paling sky, its sprawl veiled in ribbons of mist that curled between the rooftops like fading ghosts. The Red Keep loomed upon its hill, its towers dark against the dying stars, its crimson banners hanging limp, stained by soot. The river glimmered faintly beyond the walls, reflecting the wan light of a dawn too pale to be warm.

On the highest roof of Maegor’s Holdfast, Jon Snow stood alone.

The night’s chill whispered through his hair and tugged at the edges of his cloak, black as the void between worlds. It coiled around his boots, flaring and falling in slow, soundless waves. Beneath his feet, the stone was slick with dew and soot; above, the sky bruised toward morning, its first colour trembling faintly along the eastern rim. His breath left him in pale clouds that vanished before the wind could claim them.

The Red Keep still trembled with distant noise. The city below had not fallen silent, though its chaos had broken. King’s Landing no longer screamed, but it had not yet found peace.

Where madness had ruled, there was now confusion, fear, and motion, but with purpose. The streets still seethed with people: beggars, merchants, mothers clutching children, guards stripped of their cloaks. They shouted and stumbled through the smoke, tripping over rubble and ash, their voices rough with exhaustion. The fires that had devoured the city now smouldered low, coughing red light into the fog. The air hung thick with the stink of soot and blood, the bitter tang of fear clinging to every breath.

The noise never stopped: pleas for salvation, prayers to the Seven, the crack of broken windows and the thud of boots on stone, but there was no longer bloodshed. Where men had turned on one another, the shadows stood. They lined the streets and bridges, silent, vast, and unyielding, their eyes glowing violet-blue through the haze. When someone raised a knife or reached for a torch, the air itself seemed to harden; the will to violence drained from their limbs like water from a cracked cup.

At every gate, throngs pressed to escape, shouting and pleading, but none could pass. The portcullises were sealed, and at each stood dark sentinels, still as statues, their presence alone enough to drive the desperate back. Those who tried to force their way through found themselves cast aside by unseen hands, shaken but unharmed.

The city was alive, noisy, and terrified, but it no longer tore itself apart. The panic had become order, the fury caged. The people still cried, still fled, but they did so under watchful eyes that allowed neither harm nor escape. 

Those watchful eyes were his shadows. Thousands of them.

They moved through the city in perfect order, silent and precise. Along the narrow, crooked lanes of Flea Bottom, they flowed like dark water. Across the bridges, through the gates, and over the wharves, they advanced in seamless ranks, a tide of black shapes whose eyes glimmered faintly violet and blue in the half-light. Their armour reflected nothing. Their blades did not gleam. They were darkness given form, obedience given flesh.

Where looters ran, the shadows halted them. Where fire threatened, they smothered it. Where men raised swords against each other, they stood between them, and the fighting ceased. The Watch was broken, its gold cloaks torn and burned, its captains dead, but order had returned all the same. The city’s chaos had been stripped bare, its noise devoured, its fury stilled. Even the wind seemed to hold its breath.

Jon watched it unfold from his high perch. His eyes caught the faint violet-blue sheen of his legion’s gaze below, mirrored in the pools that dotted the streets. It was a terrible beauty, cold and absolute. The rhythm of their movements pulsed faintly in his mind, each shadow a heartbeat, each command an echo through his blood. He felt them all. Every step, every stillness, every sword raised or lowered. They were all bound to his will as if they were the fingers of his own hand.

They were not merely soldiers. They were extensions of himself.

At the gates, they stood like walls of night, massive and unmoving, sealing the city from within and without. Along the docks, they watched the black river, their helms haloed by mist, their shapes reflected in the water like statues of gods drowned in prayer. Around the Great Sept, they ringed the marble steps, silent as the dead, violet-blue-eyed watchers beneath the shattered dome. Even the Hill of Rhaenys was theirs, shadows standing among the charred bones of the dragonpit.

No cry rose now. No song of steel. Only the faint hiss of smoke curling skyward.

The city was his now. 

Every stone, every whisper of breath, every heartbeat that dared continue belonged to his dominion. His shadows would replace the City Watch; they would guard the streets, keep the peace, preserve what life remained. He could feel them, even those furthest away, their cold presence pulsing through the tether that bound them. And within him, there were a thousand and more souls, all waiting, all listening.

His shadows were his eyes, his voice, his will. Through them, he could see the huddled survivors in their doorways, the widows clutching their children, the priests on their knees before shattered altars. He saw them all, and none could see him.

He turned his gaze toward the Red Keep’s towers, the sprawl of roofs and ramparts that crowned the hill. From this height, the castle seemed to breathe, its stones exhaling the heat of the fires that had tried and failed to reach it. Below, the courts lay littered with bodies: guards, servants, and courtiers alike, their blood pooling black in the shadows. His legion had swept through every hall and stair, sparing only those he had chosen. The rest were gone, their souls feeding the silence that now blanketed the fortress.

Jon’s jaw tightened. His face was expressionless, carved of stillness, but behind his calm his thoughts moved like winter storms. He had ended the war in a single night. He had done what kings and dragons never could, capturing the city without siege, without flame. The Lannisters were gone. The bells would toll again, but they would ring for him.

He raised a gloved hand, fingers spread to the wind.

Far below, the shadows stopped as one. Across the city’s breadth, from the River Gate to the Blackwater Rush, the legion knelt. Ten thousand black forms bent as one, their eyes flaring brighter for a single heartbeat, painting the streets in faint strokes of violet-blue fire. It was not noise that answered his command. It was stillness, perfect and unbroken, as if the entire city had fallen into reverent silence before him.

He lowered his hand, and the cold wind brushed across his face.

The sun’s edge broke the horizon, spilling pale light over the bay. The mist turned gold at its tips, but the city below remained shadowed. The dawn’s warmth did not reach it; it belonged to him now, to his rule, to the night made flesh.

He turned northward.

There, in the Kitchen Keep, behind those high stone walls, she waited. Sansa. He thought of her eyes, bright and full of hope even when the world turned cruel; of her voice when she had whispered his name; of the tremor in her breath when he had sworn that she would never be helpless again. He had kept that promise. The city was theirs now.

“Sansa should see,” he muttered to himself, his voice low, almost tender. “My sister should know what is ours now.”

Every marked target had been struck down, without delay and done so efficiently and precisely, the blades of his shadows moving with a precision only death could command. The Lannisters had fallen to his own blade - Tommen, Joffrey, Kevan, Lancel, Tywin, and Tyrion were all gone. The Lannister bannermen - Ser Addam Marbrand, Ser Flement Brax, among others - were all dead.

The Master of Whisperers, the eunuch Varys, had been slain in his own chambers. Grand Maester Pycelle lay slumped beside his table of scrolls, and the Kettleback brothers were killed where they stood.

The rest, those whose blood he did demand, had been secured. The nobles and courtiers - Lord Mace and his family, Prince Oberyn, Lord Ardrian Celtigar, Lady Tanda Stokeworth and her daughters, among others - he had marked for confinement were now locked within the Maidenvault.

None could flee, none could conspire. They were watched by his shadows. When the time was right, he would visit them, with Sansa at his side, to tell them what had happened, what the new order would be, and what future they might earn beneath his rule.

His gaze swept again over the Red Keep. Stones glistened with blood where guards had fallen. Servants lingered at the edges of the carnage, clutching one another, weeping, or frozen in disbelief. They were spared, as he had willed. The keep still needed its hands, and he would not slaughter those he deemed innocent.

Soon, he would have to speak with them, to set them to their duties, to restore order, to make them understand that they lived under a new master who sought not cruelty, but obedience and quiet.

Then came the matter of cleansing. The keep was a slaughterhouse, and he would not have Sansa see it so. She had seen enough of horror. When she stepped outside her chambers again, it would not be into a world of corpses and ruin. The blood, the guts, the stench, all of it must be gone before she walked the halls of her home.

His shadow-mages had their work ahead. Every body within the Red Keep would be gathered and brought to the main courtyard to burn. Those scattered across the city - soldiers, thieves, and the nameless dead - would be dragged to the Dragonpit and given to fire. The smoke would rise over King’s Landing like a warning and a cleansing both.

It was work, but not one to tax his strength. His mana would not be wasted on such things; the mages would channel their own craft, guided by his will. Cleaning the keep and the city with their spells would take a bit of time, but it would not be a burden on them either.

There was so much to be done before he could turn his gaze northward, before the Freys and Boltons paid their debts in blood and his siblings were freed from their scattered fates.

First, the city had to know its ruler. He needed to make his presence known, to establish his authority and power beyond question. Order and peace must be secured, stability restored. The Tyrells, Prince Oberyn and the other lords and ladies confined within the Maidenvault would need to bend the knee and swear their fealty. The High Septon must be met and won to his cause, and the realm would need to see him crowned in the Great Sept of Baelor beneath the eyes of gods and men alike.

These were the first steps toward the world he meant to build, and each would demand his hand before dawn gave way to day.

He pictured the coming hours: his shadows dragging the fallen through the gates, his mages sealing wounds in stone, servants scrubbing away the stains of kings and traitors alike. By the time Sansa saw the dawn from her window, the city would be changed, purged of its filth, its corpses ash, its blood washed from the stones.

Then, and only then, would he bring her forth to see what he had made.

The wind shifted, carrying his words away. He lingered only a moment more, his gaze sweeping across the still city, its towers and domes caught in the new light like relics of a fallen age. Then the air around him rippled. The black of his cloak dissolved into smoke. The place where he stood folded in upon itself with a whisper of frost, and he was gone. Only the wind remained, stirring the cold stones.

The night belonged to Jon Snow. And soon, so would the dawn.


 

Notes:

Quick transitional chapter and I know people want to see more of the nobles and their reactions but necessary to see some city common POVs. Not the last time we'll see random city reactions either.

I originally wasn't going to do this but I liked the idea. Don't know if I was successful in my ambitions and I think I bit off more than I can chew but I tried my best. Everything is so chaotic and frantic that people have no idea what to do and everyone is disorganised and everyone is freaking out and not thinking properly, so I think the chapter reflected that lol.

I wanted to do the chapter initially all from Chataya's POV since she is a canon character, but I thought this was better.

Thanks for reading. Please leave a comment and let me know what you think. It's interesting reading people's thoughts and opinions, whether positive, mixed or negative.

I've already half-written the next chapter so it should come out pretty soon. Stay tuned. The final part of this chapter should give you a hint of what the next chapter should be about.

Chapter 4: Prologue Arc: Chapter IV (Sansa Stark)

Notes:

Sorry for the long wait. Life gets in the way.

Judging from some of the comments left, quite a few people are really, really not happy with the pacing of the story haha and think things are going too slow. I feel you and I know people will not be entirely happy and satisfied with this chapter either since it doesn't really move the plot, but I feel the pacing right now is necessary. I don't want to rush through things in the beginning. This batch of chapters are basically the prologue of the story and setting things up. This will be a long-term story (hopefully). Things will speed up once Jon leaves King's Landing and heads out to deal with the Boltons, Freys, Greyjoys and the rest of the Lannisters. Want to take my time with it. But I appreciate the criticism. I appreciate all the support and all the criticism and constructive feedback.

Also, someone said that I'm spending too much time on the fear and dread and terror people are having to the shadows. Um, of course I am. Such a silly complaint. If you in 2025 saw shadow soldiers like Sung Jinwoos, wouldn't you be absolutely terrified? Now imagine how a medieval-era peasant - with all their superstitions and lack of social media and understanding of the world beyond their community - would feel? If anything, I am toning it down. There should be a lot of more deaths from the absolute sheer fright and terror and shock from seeing such figures, especially ones who can move and act in speeds so fast no one can even comprehend.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text


30TH DAY OF THE TWELFTH MOON OF 299 AC


Pale morning seeped into Sansa’s bedchamber in the Kitchen Keep, and a thin ribbon of light slipped between the shutters, painting her coverlet with a soft, ash-coloured band. She sat at the edge of the bed, and her feet pressed into the rushes while the chill of the stone floor rose through her soles. Her hands rested in her lap, and her fingers laced together as she blinked away the last veil of sleep. The air was utterly still, and the candle in the iron sconce had burned down to a cold curl of wax, while the brazier had long since gone dark.

Somewhere beyond the walls, the city should have been waking, yet the room held its hush like a sept, as if time itself hesitated to disturb it.

She felt unaccountably light, as though some great weight had been lifted from her shoulders during the night and gently set aside, and the thought made her smile before she could stop it. Yesterday had been the first day, since her father’s death, that joy had felt near enough to touch, and it had crept into her in small, stolen moments that she had tried to hide. She remembered catching her reflection in the looking glass at suppertime and how the corners of her mouth had threatened to lift of their own accord.

“Has something gladdened you, my lady?” Brella had asked as she folded gowns into the coffer, and her eyes had been sharp enough to notice what others might have missed.

Shae had been less delicate and far less patient. “If there’s a jest, you must share it, else it’s cruel to keep it,” she had said, her grin playful but edged.

Sansa had only offered mild, harmless words. “It is a fair evening. The air is sweet.” Lies small enough to pass as courtesy, and she could not tell them the truth that had warmed inside her like a hidden flame. She had gone to sleep with that small, guilty smile still lingering, afraid it would betray her if she let it grow.

Her gaze fell to the bedside table, and the small glass vial lay where she had left it, no bigger than her thumb, with the last amber stain of its contents catching the thin morning light. She remembered the feel of it in her palm, still warm from Jon’s hand, and how he had given it to her before night fell, his voice low and calm as he explained. It had been a draught to bring swift, deep sleep, and he had not wanted her to hear the screams or the chaos or the dying that would turn the city inside out before dawn. She would be guarded even in sleep, he had said, and Winter would keep watch.

She had trusted him, and the liquid had tasted sharp and bitter, with a faint trace of honey at its edge. It had spread through her chest with a strange, soothing warmth, and then the world had thinned and folded like gauze. No dreams had troubled her, and no memories had risen like teeth to gnaw at her rest. Only darkness, soft and whole, had held her through the night.

Now the afterglow of that rest lingered in her limbs, and there was no ache, no dread beating behind her ribs. She felt rinsed clean, as if she had woken in a new skin, and her hair had slipped from its ribbon and hung over one shoulder in loose, coppery waves. Absent-mindedly, she smoothed the coverlet where her knees had creased it, and she noticed the neat stitching Brella had mended only two days past.

The hush pressed in around her, and she listened harder, tilting her head toward the door. There were no footfalls in the corridor, no scrape of pails, and no murmurs of stewards passing orders. From the kitchens, there ought to have come the sounds of clatter and bustle of dawn. She should have been hearing the hiss of fat in pans, the thud of knives through roots, and the chatter of cooks greeting one another, but there was nothing now. Even the wind was silent against the shutters.

The silence was wrong. It was not the gentle quiet of a household still asleep, but the stillness that came before judgment. Sansa’s fingers tightened together, then eased, and she drew a slow, deliberate breath, counting it out to steady herself as Septa Mordane had once taught her when nerves had made her clumsy. In. Out. Again.

She let her eyes travel the room, taking in each familiar shape to keep panic at bay: the oaken chest at the foot of the bed, the narrow wardrobe with its iron latch, and the pitcher and basin, cool and clean. There was a single comb of bone with one tooth chipped near the end and a length of pale blue ribbon draped across the chair where Brella had left it. These small, ordinary things were anchors against uncertainty. They told her she was here and she was safe and that nothing was wrong, yet the silence contradicted them, and in that quiet contest, the silence won.

She thought of Jon then, for the thought had been waiting at the edge of her mind from the moment she had opened her eyes. She saw him as he had stood by lamplight the night before, the shadows carving his face into sharp planes of silver and black, and she remembered the careful way he had spoken and the promise in his eyes when he had told her she would be safe. The name Winter had entered the room like frost, and it gave her a chill. She imagined that shadow now, all silent, patient and bound to him and his will, while watching over her unseen.

Her brother had vowed to take the city, and he had vowed to end the lions and break their hold upon the Red Keep, and he had vowed to return to her. Her heart quickened despite the calm that clung to her limbs. What had the night demanded of him to keep those vows, and what had it made him do?

Sansa rose, moving slowly enough that the rushes barely crackled beneath her feet, and she crossed to the shutters. She set her palm against the wood, which was cool and faintly damp, and she did not open them. She was not sure what she expected to see if she did. Would she see smoke and ruin, or a city in order? Instead, she rested her forehead against the frame and closed her eyes, and the faint scent of lye from yesterday’s washing lingered in the linens, undercut by a whisper of lavender from the sachet Brella kept hidden among her dresses because it pleased her.

When she returned to the bed, she folded her hands in her lap once more, and she told herself that quiet could be mercy, that perhaps the silence was a promise that the worst was over. Yet her pulse disagreed; it beat quick and low, whispering unease beneath her calm.

She listened again, willing for some sound to break the stillness, like a footstep, a latch or a voice. She wanted anything to prove that the world beyond her door still turned. Nothing came.

Sansa kept her eyes on the door, as though she might summon Jon through it by wanting him enough. The ghost of the draught’s taste lingered on her tongue, and in her chest she felt the delicate balance of fear and hope meeting.

Had he done all he vowed to do? 

"Sansa."

Her breath caught. The sound of it seemed to ripple through the stillness, breaking the spell of silence that had clung to the room since she woke. She turned too quickly, her gown brushing against the rushes, and her heart leapt into her throat. For an instant she thought she was still dreaming, and that the sleeping draught had not yet fully loosed its hold on her mind. But then she saw him.

Her brother stood near the table by the shuttered window, the pale morning light washing over him in a dim silver-grey. 

“Jon,” she whispered, his name escaping her lips before she could stop it.

She moved before she thought. The distance between them vanished in a heartbeat. Her hands found his shoulders, the fabric beneath her palms warm from his body. He did not step back or raise a hand to stop her. When she pressed herself to him, he enclosed her with one arm, in a cautious, steady and protective manner. The other hung loosely at his side, fingers curling once, as if uncertain of the right to hold her.

She clung to him all the same. For a few breaths she could not bring herself to let go. Her forehead rested against the hard line of his chest, and she could feel the faint rise and fall beneath the layers of his tunic. He smelled of cold air and iron and faintly of smoke, like the scent that lingered after a hearthfire had burned through the night.

When she drew back, her hands still rested lightly on his arms. He looked down at her with an expression she could not quite read. The morning light caught the edges of his dark brown hair and glinted faintly off the black of his cloak. His eyes were rimmed with weariness, yet there was no trace of weakness, only the tempered strength of someone who had endured and endured until even exhaustion had become discipline.

“It is done,” he said at last, his tone steady. “The city and the castle is under our control.”

The words hung between them, almost unreal. Ours. 

She stepped back a little, her fingers falling to her sides. “You took it,” she said softly, her voice half disbelief, half wonder. “All of it?”

Jon inclined his head once. “Every gate, every hall, every tower. The Red Keep, the city below. We control the city and the palace now, and the lions and their allies are gone.”

There was no pride in his voice, only the stillness of certainty. Yet beneath it she heard something else, something that seemed like a thread of sorrow that did not belong to victory.

“It went as I planned,” he continued, his tone low, “but still… more died than I wished.”

Sansa’s heart gave a small, uncertain flutter. “Died?” she asked. “Who?”

“The smallfolk,” he said. His gaze dropped to the floorboards. “Too many. Thousands, perhaps. The shadows frightened them. The sight alone was enough. Some fled and crushed one another in the streets. Some fell where they stood. Others…”

He hesitated, and when he spoke again, his voice was quieter. “Others simply stopped breathing. Terror killed them, not sword or flame. I spent so many years in the other world hardening and strengthening my mind against all the terrors and horrors I saw that I...I misjudged how deeply fear runs in men and women and children in this world.”

Sansa pressed her fingers to her lips, staring at him. The silence of the city beyond the shutters suddenly felt different. It deeper and heavier, as though mourning itself had taken form.

She could almost see it: narrow streets lit by the red flare of torches, the shadows crawling across the walls like ink. People screaming, running, tripping, falling. The echoes of their panic seemed to reach her even now, faint but insistent. She imagined the shapes of Jon’s shadows gliding through alleys, unfeeling and unstoppable. Their power was his, their obedience absolute, but mercy did not live in them.

The image filled her with sorrow and awe in equal measure. It was terrible to imagine, and yet somewhere beneath her pity, a soft voice whispered that it was necessary. The city is ours.

Her hand fell from her lips, and she let out a long, shaky breath. “You could not have known, Jon,” she said, though her voice was barely above a whisper. “You did what you had to do.”

Jon lifted his gaze to her, and for a long moment he only looked. “That is what I have been trying to tell myself,” he said finally. “It sounded truer last night.”

The faintest ache touched her heart at that. He looked so calm, and yet she could see the cost behind it. She could see the stillness of a man who had buried his feelings so deeply that they no longer rose to the surface.

Then, after a pause, he drew in a breath and straightened. “The work is done. The Lannisters and their kin are ended. Those who served them are gone as well.”

Her breath stilled. “Ended?” she asked quietly. “All of them?”

Jon nodded once. “All.”

The word settled over her. She swallowed hard, but the question left her anyway, barely more than a whisper. “Who?”

He began to name them. “Joffrey, Cersei, Tommen, Tywin, Kevan, Lancel. And Tyrion. Their allies as well: Varys, Pycelle, the Kettlebacks, Boros Blount and Meryn Trant, Ilyn Payne, Addam Marbrand, Phillip Foote, Flement Brax, and others besides, their names meaningless now. All of them are gone from this life.”

The words seemed to fall like stones into deep water, each name sending out its own slow ripple.

Joffrey’s name struck first and brightest. Her breath trembled, and a sharp satisfaction took hold, one that was cold, pure, and unrelenting. The boy-king who had mocked her tears and ordered her father’s death was gone and who had humilated her and had her beaten. His laughter, his jeers and his voice, all of it was now silenced forever. 

It is done, Father. Sansa thought. Your death has been avenged. 

Then her thoughts came Queen Cersei. At that name, something quieter took root, heavier and colder. She could see the queen’s smirk as she had demanded Lady’s death, the false sweetness of her words, the way her beauty had always hidden venom beneath. Justice had once been a word for songs, something distant and shining. Now it had found her, hard-edged and real.

Then her thoughts went to Lord Tywin Lannister. Her mind conjured his face: those cutting green eyes, the unbending mouth of a man who smiled at nothing. He had been the architect of her house’s fall, the mind behind the ruin that had swept across her mother’s lands. His soldiers had burned the Riverlands, their banners bright above the smoke of pillaged villages. To imagine him gone was like imagining the sea dried to dust. The world felt different without his shadow stretching over it.

But then came Tyrion.

Her eyes opened slowly. A pang bloomed in her chest, unexpected and sharp. She remembered his awkward bow at their wedding, the hesitant kindness when he said she need not fear him. He had been broken, mocked, and monstrous in others’ eyes, yet never cruel to her. Although she had not truly cared for him, she had never disliked him, and had found him better than most others in the city. Of all the lions, he alone had shown decency, and now she was his widow. The word felt hollow and meaningless given the fact that they were practically strangers. 

Yet one name echoed louder than the rest. Tommen.

Her throat tightened, and a shiver passed through her. For the first time since Jon had begun to speak, a sense of dread coiled inside her chest. She saw Tommen as she remembered him: wide-eyed, gentle, his hair gold as sunlight, his smile timid and uncertain. A soft, good-hearted boy. 

The thought of him lying still and cold somewhere in the Red Keep, or worse, nowhere at all, filled her with despair. He had never harmed her, never sneered as his brother had, never played at cruelty. And yet his name had been spoken in the same breath as Cersei and Joffrey, as Lord Tywin, as those who had earned death a hundred times over.

She tried to tell herself it was justice and that his death was meant to serve as a form of vengeance, but her heart rebelled. A child, it whispered. A boy. The truth of it pressed on her chest like a stone.

“All of them,” she murmured at last. The words caught and faltered in her throat. “Then it is truly over.”

Jon inclined his head. “For them,” he said. “But not for us. Peace takes longer to build than vengeance.”

Her gaze drifted downward. The image of Tommen lingered still. She thought of his innocence, his small, kind and sweet and gentle smile, and her breath shuddered as she forced the words out. “But...Tommen,” she whispered, unable to help herself as she spoke about the dead prince. “He was only a boy.”

Jon’s expression softened, almost imperceptibly. “I know.”

She hesitated, her voice trembling. “You truly killed him?”

“I did.” His tone was calm, without pride or excuse. “It was quick. He did not suffer. But it had to be done.”

The words struck her like a blade turned in her chest. She had known it would happen. Jon had warned her he had planned to kill Tommen. Still, the image of that sweet, frightened boy who was now a corpse rose before her and would not fade.

Did it have to be done? She thought to herself. Did Jon really have to kill Tommen? He was just a boy. And with his shadows, no one could ever get to Tommen. 

“He was kind,” she said faintly. “Too kind for them. He did not deserve this. I know you said that you planned to kill him, and It thought I had accepted it, but I thought...I thought perhaps…” Her voice wavered. “Perhaps you might spare him. He could have been kept here, watched, kept safe. Sent to the Wall when he was grown. No one could try to use him for their ambitions or try to spirit him out of the capitol with you and your shadows always watching. I knew what you meant to do, but still I hoped...” Her voice broke. “I...I had hoped you would not.”

Jon’s eyes softened with a quiet sorrow. “I considered it,” he said. “He seemed gentle, and sweet and undeserving. But mercy can be perilous. He carried their name, their claim. Others would have used him. His death spared him that fate.” His gaze darkened slightly. “And his blood was the price the gods demanded for vengeance, for my brother and sister, paid in usury.”

He looked at her then, steady and searching. “Do you hate me for it?”

Hate him? The thought was impossible. He had freed her, avenged her father, broken her cage of fear. But the ache in her heart did not lessen. It was not hatred she felt, only grief for the child and the world that had made such death necessary.

“No,” she said at last, her voice low but certain. “I could never hate you. Only…” She paused, her chest tightening. “Only that I wish the world did not demand so much.”

Jon’s expression gentled. For a moment the power that clung to him seemed to recede, and she glimpsed the boy from Winterfell she remembered from all so long ago, the quiet, watchful half-brother who had played in the snow with her, Robb and Arya. “So do I,” he said softly.

Silence followed, deep and heavy. Somewhere outside, a raven called, its cry echoing faintly through the stones.

Sansa turned toward the shuttered window. Pale light slipped between the cracks, thin as breath. Beyond lay the Red Keep and the city below. It was a city remade, emptied of lions. Freedom, at last. But it did not feel light. It settled within her like something cold and unyielding. 

Her thoughts turned to Myrcella, who was in Dorne, blissfully unaware of what had happened to her mother and brothers and kinsmen. Golden-haired and gentle, with all her mother’s beauty but none of her malice. Myrcella had never been cruel. She had always treated Sansa kindly and gently, just like Tommen. And yet Sansa knew, as surely as she knew the sun would rise, that Jon would kill her too.

He has too now. Sansa thought. He cannot spare her after killing her brothers and mother. 

The thought left her hollow. She did not know what she felt, whether pity, dread, or fear. The idea of Myrcella’s inevitable death saddened her deeply, yet it terrified her more that she could already see the necessity of it through Jon’s eyes. Perhaps this was what power demanded, to look upon innocence and still see threat.

She pressed her fingers together tightly, her heart fluttering. Would he do it himself? she wondered. Would he look into that girl’s eyes and end her life as he had ended her brother? The image made her stomach twist.

When she looked back at her half-brother, Jon was watching her. The dawn caught his face unevenly, one half shrouded in shadow, the other washed pale in the light. There was something distant about him now, something vast and unearthly, as if he stood with one foot still in the realm of the dead.

Not wishing to dwell on the images of Tommen and Myrcella's faces any longer, Sansa forced her thoughts elsewhere. The heaviness in her chest did not lift, but she willed her mind toward the living. Her voice, when she spoke, was quiet and uneven.

“And the others?” she asked, “the lords and ladies who were here, the ones you said you would spare, what of them?”

Jon’s eyes met hers, steady and unreadable. “They live,” he said. “Like I told you previously, my shadows have placed the nobles spared from my purge in the Maidenvault. The Tyrells, the other reacherlords, the crownlanders, Prince Oberyn and the Dornish nobles that accompanied him, among others. They remain under guard for now. No harm will come to them while they obey my command.”

Sansa slowly nodded. The Maidenvault had once it had caged the sisters of King Baelor of the Blessed, and now it held the great and the powerful of the realm. “You are going to keep them there for the time being, correct?” she asked softly.

“For now,” Jon replied. “Until I have spoken with them. They need to understand what has happened, and what will happen.”

There was calm certainty in his tone, but beneath it she sensed calculation. She wondered what the Tyrells thought now, trapped within those pale stone walls. Margaery, beautiful and poised, so adept at wearing smiles as armour. How would someone like her greet the dawn in a city ruled by shadows? Would Lady Olenna remained her usual cool, calm and collected self? And Prince Oberyn, the Red Viper, proud, lusty and burning with Dornish pride, she wondered how he felt too, trapped and without any way of escape.

The thought unsettled her. “And you will speak with them soon?”

Jon inclined his head. “Before the day’s end. They must hear the truth from me. They will learn who I am, what I have done, and what I intend to build in place of the old order.”

His voice carried no arrogance, but its quiet assurance chilled her. It was the sound of inevitability, the tone of someone who had already decided the shape of the world to come.

He went on, his words slow and deliberate. “Not all of them survived the night.”

Sansa frowned faintly. “Not all?”

“Some died of fear,” Jon said. “Lord Ardrian Celtigar, Lord Gyles Rosby, Lord Corwen Estermont, and Lady Tanda Stokeworth. They saw the shadows rise within the Red Keep and could not bear it. Their hearts and their minds failed them before dawn.”

Sansa drew in a slow breath. The news was small compared to all that had been lost in the city, yet it pressed upon her heart nonetheless. She did not know Lord Corwen that well, but remembered Lady Tanda. She was kind and fluttering, eager to please, always with a nervous smile and a daughter in tow. The memory of her voice, gentle and uncertain, lingered painfully.

“Lady Tanda was kind to me,” Sansa said quietly. “In her own way. She meant no harm to anyone.”

Jon inclined his head, but his expression did not change. “Kindness does not guard the heart from fear. At least her daughters still live.”

Her gaze fell to the floor. “I did not know Lord Corwen, but Lord Ardrian was courteous. Lord Gyles too, for all his coughing. They were… good men.” The words felt thin, inadequate against the enormity of all else that had happened, yet she said them because someone should. Because someone had to. “They did not deserve such an end.”

“No one does,” Jon murmured. “But fear takes as it will. Death obeys no justice.”

The truth of it weighed upon her. The Red Keep had always felt alive with whispers and petty cruelties, yet now it seemed haunted by the echo of hearts that had failed in the night.

Jon’s tone shifted, quiet but purposeful. “There is much yet to do. Before the day is done, I must speak with the nobles in the Maidenvault. They will know that House Lannister’s rule has fallen, that the Iron Throne’s days of deceit are over. They will see the truth of who I am.”

He paused, his gaze meeting hers. “I would have you with me when I speak to them.”

Sansa blinked, startled. “Me?”

“Yes.” His tone softened, though the gravity of his words remained. “The nobles will be afraid. They will be deeply uncertain, perhaps even desperate. They know me only as a shadow come to life, the man who took the Red Keep in a single night. But you… they know you. You are familiar to them. You were one of them, even if you were a hostage. If they see you beside me, calm and unafraid, it may ease some of their fears. Your presence will help them believe that what comes next will not be tyranny.”

The words struck her deeply. For years, she had been little more than a pawn in the hands of others. Now Jon wanted her at his side not as a captive or ornament, but as a partner in his reign. The thought filled her with a quiet, humbling pride.

“You trust me to stand with you?” she asked, her voice soft but trembling slightly.

Jon’s eyes warmed faintly. “You are a Stark of Winterfell. I trust few in this world, Sansa, but I trust you.”

Her throat tightened. She did not know what to say at first. To be trusted, after all that had been taken from her, felt almost like healing. “Then I will stand with you,” she said at last. “Whatever you ask of me.”

Jon studied her for a moment, his gaze unreadable, then nodded once. “Good.”

Sansa’s hands folded lightly before her, fingers brushing against the fabric of her gown as she watched Jon in silence. The soft morning light caught the edge of his profile, and for a heartbeat she thought how strange it was to stand so near him again, to see the boy she had known wearing the bearing of a man who commanded armies and shadows alike.

After a moment, she found her voice. “Will you meet with them now? The nobles in the Maidenvault, will that be your first task?”

Jon shook his head, slow and deliberate. “No, there is something that must come before that.”

Sansa tilted her head slightly. “Before that?”

He turned to her fully then, his expression calm but resolute. “Those who remain within the Red Keep: the servants, the maesters, the cooks and stewards, the septons, the boys who carry messages and the girls who scrub the floors. They all survived the night, but many are terrified. They’ve seen things they can’t understand, and they’ve heard the screams. Fear is dangerous, Sansa. If left to fester, it turns to madness or revolt. I must speak to them before the day grows long.”

He stepped closer to the shuttered window, resting one hand on the stone sill. “They need to hear the truth from me. They need to know that they will not be harmed, that their lives will go on. I will tell them that the Red Keep will stand, its people will be safe, and their work will continue. I cannot maintain the Red Keep without their help.”

His tone of his voice softened, though the authority in it never wavered. “They will be paid as before. More than before. In fact, double, I want them to know that loyalty and service will be rewarded. I mean to build peace here, not rule through terror entirely.”

Sansa listened closely, the steady cadence of his words soothing and unnerving at once. She could see the thought behind each sentence, the deliberate care in how he chose to present himself. He spoke not as a conqueror exulting in victory, but as a ruler shaping the morning after.

“The servants have already been gathered in the throne room," Jon continued. "I mean to speak to them at once. I would have you stand beside me there as well.”

“Me?” she asked, though there was no disbelief in her tone, only quiet surprise. "I...I do not understand. Why do you need me there with you? You do not need me to speak to the servants." 

“They will be frightened, Sansa," Jon told her. "Most of them will be terrified and frightened about what they saw last night, with my shadows in the hallways and the bodies they saw in the corridors. Some will look upon me and see not a man, but a monster. But if they see you there, a beautiful, kind and graceful young maid, calm and unharmed, it may ease their hearts somewhat. Not entirely, but even just a little is worthwhile. You are a familiar face to them. You will remind them that there is still gentleness within these walls.”

Sansa hesitated only for a breath, then nodded. “Of course. If my being there can be any sort of help, then I will stand with you.”

Jon’s eyes softened, the faintest flicker of warmth breaking through the mask of command. “Thank you. I know what I ask is not small.”

For a moment, silence hung between them again. She thought she saw something like pride in his expression, though it was faint, fleeting, a small crack in the armour of his restraint.

He turned slightly, as if collecting his thoughts. “When this is done,” he said, “after the servants and the nobles have been addressed, I will see to it that you are properly attended. I would have you treated as your station deserves, no less than what is deserved for a princess of the realm.”

Sansa’s eyes widened slightly. “A princess? But...I am not a Targaryen. I am not royalty.”

"I am neither Targaryen or royalty either, just a bastard," Jon reminded her, as he inclined his head. “You are of my blood, the daughter of Lord Eddard Stark of Winterfell, and the sister of the one who now sits upon this kingdom's throne. As I see you, as a princess of the realm, the court will see you as as well.”

A quiet warmth spread through her chest, though she could not tell whether it was pride or disbelief. She remembered him saying like this when she had first been reunited with him, but she had thought it almost flattery. “You honour me, Jon,” she said softly.

Princess Sansa Stark. Sansa felt her smile as she thought on the title that would come with her name. When Robb was King in the North, I suppose I was a Princess of the North, even if no one in the city recognised me as such. Now, I am a Princess of the Seven Kingdoms, by Jon's decree. 

Even if they did not see her as such now, the people of the court would have to accept it if Jon wished for it. 

He regarded her a moment longer before continuing, his voice turning practical once more. “After the throne room and the Maidenvault, I will see that you have attendants you can trust. You will have maids and handmaids chosen for loyalty and discretion. You cannot trust Brella and Shae, for they were servants of the Lannisters. There are other, better candidates from the days I spent in observation. You will have time to refresh yourself, change into attire fit for the day, and take breakfast.”

Sansa nodded, though she hardly cared for such comforts right now. “That can wait,” she said gently. “There is work to be done first.”

"So there is," Jon’s faint smile lingered for only a moment before fading back into the calm severity that seemed to follow him now. “Before we go,” he said quietly, “there is one matter to attend to first.”

Sansa tilted her head, a look of uncertainty etching itself across her face. “What matter?”

“You must grow accustomed to Winter,” Jon replied. His tone was measured, practical, but not unkind. “You will be seeing him often, and others like him. The shadows are my hands in this world, and they will move beside us in the days to come. You cannot fear them, Sansa. I cannot have you fainting or falling into panic each time one appears. You must learn to exist in their presence.”

Sansa’s heart skipped, the sound of that name pulling a chill through her blood. Winter. One of Jon's shadows. She remembered the last time she had seen a shadow creature, when she had been out on the field beyond the city walls two nights ago. It had emerged from darkness like a living nightmare, a thing not born of flesh but of something colder and older than life itself.

Despite having seen the shadows in the visions that Jon had made her see, the sight of an actual shadow soldier had broken her resolve then; she had fainted in terror, her mind unable to accept what her eyes beheld. Even now, the memory left her stomach tight.

She drew a slow, shallow breath. “You mean to bring it here? Now?”

Jon inclined his head. “Yes. Better here, in quiet, than later before others. It is time you faced what walks beside me.” His gaze softened slightly, though his voice remained steady. “You will come to see that they mean you no harm. But you must learn that truth for yourself.”

Her hands tightened before her, the fine tremor in her fingers betraying her calm. She wanted to refuse, to beg him to let her wait, to delay just a little longer before confronting the thing that haunted her dreams. But she then looked carefully at Jon's face and saw quiet expectation and necessity.

I have to do this. Sansa thought to herself. If I want to live and be apart of Jon's world, I have to learn to live among the shadows. 

She swallowed and nodded. “If you think I must." 

Jon extended his hand toward her, palm open. “You are stronger than you believe. Take my hand. It will help.”

For a moment she hesitated, staring at that hand, which was broad, rough, callused and scarred, and then, gathering what courage she could, she reached out and took it. His fingers closed around hers, firm and reassuring.

“I am going to summon him now,” he said softly.

Sansa’s heart pounded in her chest, loud enough that she thought he must hear it. She braced herself, clutching his hand as if to anchor herself to the world.

Jon’s eyes closed for a brief instant. When they opened again, they were calm, clear, and deep as a winter sky. He whispered a word, something that seemed to fall rather than rise from his lips.

At once, the air in front of the mirror began to shift. The light dimmed as though the dawn itself had recoiled, and a shiver passed across the flagstones. The surface of the floor rippled like water disturbed by wind, and from that darkness something began to emerge.

Sansa’s breath caught. It was just like the one she had seen on the field, and in the visions. The shadow rose slowly. It was tall, broad, and unmistakably human in outline, yet made of shifting darkness that moved like smoke alive with faint blue fire. Traces of cold light ran through its form, glowing in soft pulses beneath its surface like veins of frost. From its body drifted trails of black mist edged with a faint sapphire sheen, each wisp curling and fading into the air. Its eyes, if they could be called that, burned dimly with a ghostly blue glow, steady and unblinking.

This is him. This is the shadow that has been guarding me. This is Winter.

Her throat constricted. Every instinct screamed to step back, to flee, but her feet would not move. The temperature in the room dropped sharply, the air growing thick and heavy. Her pulse quickened until it hurt, her breath coming shallow and uneven. The creature’s dark form wavered slightly, yet it cast a distinct shadow of its own upon the floor. 

Jon’s grip on her hand tightened. “Breathe,” he said quietly. “You are safe. Winter will not harm you.”

The sound of his voice, calm and grounding, cut through the rising panic. She forced herself to focus on it, to hold onto the warmth of his hand.

“He exists to protect you,” Jon went on, his tone even, steady as stone. “To protect all of our family. He is bound to me, body and will. You need not fear him or any other of my shadows, Sansa. You are the last person who needs to fear. No harm will come to you while he stands.”

His words reached her through the haze of fear. She tried to draw a deep breath, but it came out thin and trembling. Still, she nodded faintly, her gaze fixed on the shifting black silhouette before her.

Somewhere deep inside, she knew he spoke the truth. She had seen it in the visions he had shown her, such as Jon standing before endless darkness, his hand raised as shadows bent to his command. She remembered how he had pulled the dead to their feet and turned their lifeless eyes toward him in obedience. The power she had once feared now felt… ordered, purposeful. The shadows were not wild things. No, they were Jon. Extensions of his strength, his will, his vengeance.

Like Jon had told her, if they obeyed him utterly, they would never harm her.

Sansa closed her eyes and began to breathe, slowly and deliberately. In and out. Her body trembled, but she kept breathing until the dizziness ebbed. The cold that clung to her skin began to recede, replaced by a strange steadiness.

When she opened her eyes again, Winter still stood there. The creature’s outline no longer seemed as monstrous as before. It was tall, yes, but there was a shape to it that suggested something human. It had arms, shoulders, a faint sense of posture, even a kind of stillness that mirrored Jon’s own. Neither its face or the expression on its face looked cruel either. In fact, it did not really have an expression. It looked just...blank.  

Her fear lingered, but it no longer crushed her. The thing was terrible to look upon, yet its silence no longer felt like malice.  

Jon’s eyes searched hers. “You see? He does not harm. He only watches.”

Sansa’s lips parted, her voice a whisper. “It feels… colder when he’s near.”

Jon gave a slight nod. “You will grow used to it in time.”

She kept her gaze on the shadow, steady now, studying its contours, the way it seemed to breathe without breath. “It is not what I imagined,” she remarked after a moment.

“What did you imagine?” Jon asked.

“A monster,” she admitted softly. “Something made only to kill.”

Jon’s expression did not change, but his tone gentled. “He is made for that. But he serves another purpose now. He is what I command him to be.”

Sansa nodded slowly, though her heart was still thudding. The longer she looked at Winter, the less monstrous he seemed. The less of an abomination she saw. In fact, he looked more a reflection of the man holding her hand: dark, controlled, immense.

Her hand still gripped Jon’s, though she realised now that she was no longer holding on for fear, but for certainty.

“I think,” she said quietly, “I can bear his presence.”

“It is not enough that you can look upon him without fainting,” Jon narrowed his grey eyes. “You must be able to stand your ground when he comes close. I will have Winter approach slowly. You will learn his nearness.”

Her first instinct was to protest. The word rose in her throat and died there. If she meant to live beside Jon and the things he commanded, she could not shrink from them forever. She wet her lips, swallowed, and nodded, though her mouth had gone dry.

Jon’s head tilted the slightest degree. He murmured something under his breath, and Winter moved.

It stepped forward without a sound, black mist uncoiling from its shoulders in slow curls. Each pace was fluid and deliberate, and with every step the air tightened and cooled, as if a door had opened briefly onto a winter night. Faint blue light pulsed under the shadow’s surface, like veins of frost-fire that throbbed in time with nothing she could name. Sansa felt the cold gather against her skin; the fine hairs along her forearms rose. Her breath shortened until it came in shallow pulls that tasted of iron and stone.

Do not run. Her mind tried to scatter in all directions, to dodge behind Jon, to close her eyes and pretend, but she forced herself still. He is bound to Jon. He obeys Jon alone. He is here to protect. He will not harm you. She repeated the words in the quiet of her skull the way Septa Mordane had once taught her to recite prayers when her needlework shook. 

Winter stopped a few feet before her.

It towered and yet stood utterly still, the edges of its shape wavering like smoke caught in lamplight. The blue within it glowed faintly, rising and dimming as if the thing breathed without breath. It did not have a face, not truly, but the pale coals where its eyes should have been fixed upon her, and the weight of that attention pressed like a hand against her chest.

It was waiting. For her.

Jon’s voice reached her, low and steady. “He will not harm you, sister. If you wish, you may reach out and touch him.”

The suggestion struck her like a cold splash of water. Her hand trembled where it hung at her side. She thought of Jon in the visions he had shown her: striding across a dead world while legions of shadow rose at a single word. Armies, monsters, and the end of all warmth, and he had returned from it unbroken. If he could stand in that place and not shatter, surely she could do something as simple as this.

She drew one breath, then another. Slowly, she lifted her hand. For a moment, Winter did not move. Then, with a smooth inevitability that made her throat tighten, the shadow raised its arm to mirror her. Darkness thickened along its forearm; the shape of a gauntlet suggested itself in the haze, lines of dim blue tracing the curve of knuckles that were not there. Winter's hand, if it could be called, hovered inches from hers.

Cold bled across her skin. Not the bite of ice, but a deep chill, a pressure like fog settling on a winter field. It prickled along her palm and up into her wrist, and the fine blue glow beneath the shadow’s dark surface seemed to answer the quick pulse she could feel there.

Her breath caught, but she did not flinch. The fear that had knotted inside her loosened by degrees. The thing before her was terrible, yes, and impossibly strange, but its presence no longer felt dangerous. There was power in it, but also obedience. 

“Does he understand me?” she asked, surprised at the steadiness of her voice.

“In part,” Jon said. “He understands my will. He knows your face. To him, you are under my protection, and therefore, under his.”

The shadow inclined its head a fraction, an acknowledgment as eerily precise as a courtly bow. Sansa swallowed. “Thank you,” she whispered before she could think better of it.

The pale blue in Winter’s eyes dimmed and brightened once, almost like a blink.

Jon’s hand, still linked with hers, tightened briefly. He studied her face as if measuring the set of her mouth, the pace of her breathing. “Good,” he said at last, quiet approval threading the word. “Once more, a step closer.”

For an instant her stomach dipped, but she nodded. Winter advanced a single pace. The chill deepened; the low vibration that seemed to live in the air grew faintly stronger, thrumming against her bones. She held her ground. Her palm hovered before the shadow’s, and this time she let her fingers tilt forward until the pads of them passed into cool darkness. The sensation was like pressing into smoke that remembered the shape of a hand.

She drew a careful breath, and found that she could draw another. Her heart no longer rattled in her chest. The tremor in her fingers faded to a ghost of itself.

Jon’s face barely changed, but the light in his eyes softened. He lowered his chin, a small, proud nod. “Enough.”

Winter’s arm fell; the blue-veined glow within it ebbed to a quiet ember. At another murmur from Jon, the shadow stepped back and then seemed to loosen, its outline unwinding into coils of mist. The black fog drew along the floor, seeped into the baseboards and beneath the mirror, and in a few heartbeats the chamber was only a room again. The cold bled from the air. Sansa let out a breath she had not realised she had been holding; it left her shaky but whole.

She glanced up at Jon. “I did not faint,” she said, half in wonder. 

“No, you did not,” he answered. “You stood your ground, and he knows you now.”

Sansa looked to where the last threads of darkness had vanished. A sense of pride that was small and fierce kindled under her ribs. I can do this, she thought. I can live in Jon's world and not be small and weak.

Jon studied her another moment, as if making sure her composure had truly settled. Then he extended his free hand toward her. “Are you ready?” he asked, voice calm. “The servants are gathered. We’ll go as before.”

Sansa’s pulse quickened at the memory of that strange transit. She remembered how the world had fell away, and that dizzying pull of shadow and light, but she did not hesitate. “I am ready,” she said, and placed her hand in his.

His fingers closed around hers.The warmth of him felt almost startling after Winter’s chill. She let it anchor her.

“Hold fast,” Jon murmured.

The room seemed to inhale. Light thinned at the edges of things; the seam of shadow between shutter and stone spread like ink. Weight slipped from her feet, as though the floor had forgotten it was meant to hold her. For a breathless instant there was no sound at all, with there only being the faint echo of her heartbeat and the steadiness of Jon’s grip, and then the chamber folded into darkness.


The world shifted around Sansa.

There was no sound, no wind, not even the brush of air against her skin. There was only the sickening plunge through light and darkness together. The floor seemed to vanish beneath her feet, and for an instant, her body ceased to belong to her. The chamber around her dissolved into motion, and the walls stretched and warped around her, the pale dawn light shredding into thin, rippling bands like torn silk. A cold, hollow pressure filled her ears, and the world fell away.

Then, as swiftly as it began, a hand found her waist. Jon’s arm was wrapped around her, firm and sure, halting her descent into vertigo. His touch steadied her more than the ground itself. She clung to his sleeve, fingers tightening around the coarse wool of his cloak. The texture, the faint smell of smoke and steel, it grounded her. The dizzying current slowed, and the blur of shadow and light began to mend.

Sansa drew a shallow breath, then another. The vertigo eased, the pressure in her head waned, and her weight returned to her limbs. She opened her eyes. They were no longer in her bedchamber.

When her vision cleared, she found herself standing at the foot of the Iron Throne’s steps. The great hall that was the throne room stretched before her - vast, silent, and half-lit by the grey pall of morning. The marble floor gleamed faintly beneath their feet, veined with dark streaks that caught the thin light slanting through high windows. Pillars climbed into shadow, their carved capitals lost in the dim vault above. Torn banners drooped from the walls, heavy with soot and age.

And there, upon the dais, the Iron Throne itself rose, a twisted, towering mass of fused swords, their jagged tips curving like black thorns. It dominated the hall as though it was alive, a monument to conquest and cruelty. She had seen it so many times before, but the sight of the great throne still made Sansa’s breath catch in her throat. 

But what struck her most was not the throne itsel, but the crowd that could be found within. 

Hundreds upon hundreds filled the hall. The servants of the Red Keep - cooks, washerwomen, scullery maids, errand boys, stewards, scribes, so many others who worked in the Red Keep in some way or another - all gathered together under the same vaulted ceiling.

Sansa’s eyes darted from one frightened face to another: a grey-haired laundress she knew by sight; the young scullion who once dropped a trencher in terror when Joffrey had passed; the bent-backed steward who always bowed too low; the boy who carried letters between the kitchens and the council chamber. There were maids clutching one another, the maester’s pale apprentice clutching a satchel of scrolls, a half-dozen septons in roughspun robes whispering prayers to the Mother and the Father. 

Their fear filled the hall like smoke.

Some wept quietly, faces hidden in their hands. Others stood rigid, eyes darting to the walls as though seeking escape. A low murmur of prayers ran through the crowd, prayers that were all fragmented and desperate. “Mother have mercy… Stranger spare us…” The words rose and broke, lost beneath the oppressive stillness.

Sansa followed their gaze. At every archway and along every wall, the shadows stood. A dozen of them, tall and black and silent as stone. Their forms shifted faintly, like smoke trapped in shape, and the faint blue light that pulsed through them shimmered in time with some unseen heartbeat. Each shadow was different: one broad and solid as a bear, another long and narrow, one crouched in a still, watchful poise. The blue light within their forms gleamed like veins of ice running through onyx. Where they stood, the air bent faintly, cold spreading outward from their presence.

They sealed every exit, every pathway into and leaving the throne room of the Red Keep. 

Sansa’s heart fluttered. She knew these creatures answered only to Jon, that they were bound by his will, yet even knowing that, their presence made her skin prickle. To the gathered servants, they must have seemed demons, wraiths pulled from some cursed realm. A woman near the front stifled a sob; another crossed herself and pressed her brow to the floor.

Sansa drew a quiet, steadying breath. Her instinct was to shrink back, to hide behind Jon’s cloak, but she forced herself still. Jon stood beside her, unmoving, his calm presence like a pillar against the storm of fear in the room. 

And then, a soundless ripple passed through the gathered servants. Heads jerked upward. A few gasped. Someone cried out sharply, the sound quickly smothered by fear.

The crowd recoiled in shock as they saw Jon and Sansa. Several fell to their knees outright, trembling and clutching at one another. One of the kitchen girls screamed and bit it back into a sob. The old steward near the dais stumbled backward and would have fallen if not for a younger man catching his arm. Even the maester’s apprentice dropped his satchel, the clatter of glass vials echoing through the chamber before silence swallowed it again.

Many simply froze. Faces blanched white, eyes wide and unblinking, as they stared at the pair

It was then Jon stepped forward. The sound of his boots against the marble was soft, but it carried. The shadows nearest to him stirred faintly, their mist curling inward, their white eyes brightening. It was as though the hall itself acknowledged his movement. All whispering stopped. The only sounds left were the distant drip of water from a cracked window arch and the uneven breaths of the terrified.

Jon stood at the base of the steps. For a long moment, he said nothing. His gaze swept the gathered servants, cool and unhurried, until it seemed to rest on each of them in turn. When he finally spoke, his voice carried effortlessly through the chambee. 

“Men and women of the Red Keep, servants of the Crown, do not be afraid!” he proclaimed, his voice booming, yet measured, calm and heavy with command. The words were simple, but they echoed against the stone as though the walls themselves held their breath.

The crowd stilled further. Even the sobs faltered.

“Do not be afraid, and listen!” Jon continued.

The word sank into the silence, and Sansa could feel how it settled them. Not in comfort, but in fearful attention.

“My name is Jon Snow,” he declared, his tone deliberate, steady. “That name is irrelevant and meaningless to you. You do not know me. You never needed to know me. But you need to know me now. I was once known to be the bastard son of Lord Eddard Stark, who was murdered at the order of the false King Joffrey for crimes that he was not guilty of. He was murdered by the false king for the truth. But I am not Lord Eddard's bastard. I am his nephew. I am the bastard son of Prince Rhaegar Targaryen and Lord Eddard's sister, Lady Lyanna Stark.”

The name Rhaegar Targaryen rippled through the crowd like a gust through leaves. A few gasped aloud; others muttered fragments of old tales: the dragon prince… the rebel’s war… the Trident. A kitchen boy’s mouth fell open. A septa's beads slipped through trembling fingers and clattered to the floor.

Jon’s voice did not waver. In fact, it only grew louder and more assured and authoritative. “I command the shadows that stand before you! It is by my will they walked these halls last night! By their hands, and mine, the lions of Casterly Rock found in this city have fallen! The city and castle has fallen! The Red Keep and King's Landing are now under my control!”

The silence that followed was almost holy. Sansa’s breath caught in her chest as she watched him. He was calm and unflinching, his shadowed eyes reflecting the pale light. 

Then he spoke again, his tone quiet but cutting as steel. “King Joffrey is dead! Queen Dowager Cersei Lannister is dead! Lord Tywin Lannister is dead! Their kin and sworn men who stood with them are dead!”

The words fell like hammer blows. Gasps burst through the hall. A man dropped to his knees; another let out a broken sob. One of the washerwomen clutched her apron against her mouth as though to stifle a scream. The sound that followed was not one of mourning, but disbelief. It was a collective exhale, shock, awe, and terror wound into a single breath.

Sansa glanced at Jon. His expression did not change.

"You no longer serve lions. From this hour, your service is to me. I claim the Iron Throne and now rule as your king! I will be answerable for your safety, your work, and your bread!" 

The room seemed to quiver with unease. A faint tremor passed through the crowd like wind stirring tall grass, though no one dared speak above a whisper. The gathered servants clung to one another, their faces pale and their eyes darting from Jon to the twelve shadows standing like sentinels around the hall.

To them, Jon must have looked like something out of nightmare, Sansa thought. He must look like something that neither wholly man nor wholly spirit. He stood tall and unflinching before the Iron Throne, the morning light slanting faintly across his black cloak, its edges shifting as though stirred by a breath that was not there. The faint blue gleam of the shadows reflected in his eyes, lending him an unearthly aura that set even Sansa’s skin prickling.

Yet there was no malice in his bearing. No cruelty. Only a cold, unyielding authority that commanded obedience as surely as the sun commanded dawn.

When he spoke, his voice was clear and steady, cutting cleanly through the frightened murmurs.

“You have nothing to fear, so long as you obey me, and continue your best to serve and maintain the palace. No harm will come to any man, woman, or child within these walls if they keep faith with me. You will not be made to do anything more than your duties. Those who remain and serve as they did before will live and be protected.”

A few heads lifted, eyes wide and uncertain. The rest stood rigid, motionless.

Jon continued, his tone even but unrelenting. “The Red Keep will endure as it always has. The kitchens will work. The hearths will burn. The stewards will manage the stores. The maids will tend the chambers. All will do their duty, and life within these walls will continue.”

He paused, letting the silence stretch long enough that the words could sink in. His expression softened slightly, though the air still seemed to hum with restrained power. “Those who serve loyally,” he said, “will be rewarded. Each man and woman who remains at their post will receive double their wage until peace is certain, and then, I shall triple the pay. Diligence will earn favour; rebellion will earn ruin.”

A shudder ran through the assembly. Some of the servants exchanged fleeting looks, with these looks containing small, desperate sparks of hope breaking through their fear. But others were too terrified to believe him, their faces fixed and blank, as though carved from stone. The hall itself seemed to hold its breath.

Sansa looked between Jon and the crowd, her heart caught between awe and disbelief. She had known him all her life as quiet, watchful, reserved. But the man who now stood before her bore none of that hesitance. Every word, every gesture carried the weight of command. The power around him seemed almost visible, like an an invisible mantle resting upon his shoulders, cold and absolute. His shadows framed him like a living crown, enforcers of his will and power, their faint blue light rippling as though stirred by the pulse of his will.

She followed his gaze as it swept the hall and caught sight of two faces she knew. She saw Shae and Brella. They were crouched together near a pillar, clinging to each other’s hands. Their eyes were wide with terror, their faces drained of colour. Shae’s lip trembled; Brella’s mouth worked soundlessly in prayer.

A sharp pang of guilt struck Sansa. She had not trusted either of them, not truly, but they had tended her well enough through her captivity, fetching her gowns, mending her hems, bringing her food when she could not bring herself to eat. Now they looked as if death itself had taken the room.

She wanted to go to them, to speak a word of comfort, but her feet refused to move. Her place was beside Jon now, and the smallest faltering might break the fragile calm that held the crowd together.

Jon’s gaze passed over them all, unreadable, implacable. The stillness that followed his words was heavy enough to press against the ribs. Then he spoke again, quieter but harder.

“I would advise none to test my patience,” he continued. “No one leaves these walls without my command. Every passage is sealed, every gate guarded. The city beyond these halls is under watch, and my shadows stand at every door. I assure you all that anyone who attempts to flee will not succeed. My shadows shall simply throw you back inside.”

A ripple of dismay swept through the hall. Sansa heard soft gasps, a few choked sobs, and the sound of someone whispering a plea to the Mother. Sansa felt it like a shiver of air moving through a forest before a storm. Jon, however, did not flinch.

“When the realm is steady again - when order and peace are restored - those who wish to leave may do so freely. But those who remain, who choose to serve faithfully, will know security. They and their families will be protected. They will be remembered as leal servants of the Crown.”

His final words hung in the still air, heavy and certain.

The crowd remained silent. Many dared not move at all. Others clutched one another, breathing shallowly, as if afraid to break the moment. Slowly, though, the raw terror that had gripped the room began to shift just slightly toward a wary, trembling stillness.

Jon had not raised his voice. He had not threatened. And yet somehow, every soul in the throne room understood: this was the new order, and the man who stood before them was not to be defied.

Jon turned slightly, and to Sansa’s surprise, his words shifted toward her. 

“This young woman beside me is someone that many of you recognise. This young woman is my blood,” he said, gesturing toward her with one gloved hand, “She is Princess Sansa Stark of Winterfell, daughter of Lord Eddard Stark and Lady Catelyn Tully. She is my cousin by birth, but to me, she is my sister. I have only known her as my sister.”

The murmur that rippled through the crowd was quick and nervous, some glancing between them in disbelief, others daring only to look at the floor.

Jon’s voice did not falter. “As my sister, she now stands as a princess of this realm. She is to be addressed with the respect, courtesy, and honour befitting her station. Those who honour her honour me; those who test her will find I do not distinguish between insult to sister and insult to sovereign. She will soon hold authority within these walls, and her word is to be heeded just as much my own.”

The servants’ fear shifted shape; awe mingled with confusion. Sansa felt the air tighten around her, every pair of eyes turning toward her. For a heartbeat, she wanted to shrink from the weight of their stares, but she held her posture, drawing her hands together before her as she had been taught in her youth. She had to stand still, to look composed even when trembling.

Then Jon’s tone hardened. “Let none forget that any man or woman who dares to try harm her, disobey her, or show her anything less than dignity will answer to me and my shadows.”

The words fell heavy as iron. Across the hall, the servants recoiled as though the air itself had turned colder. A murmur swept through them, quickly silenced by fear. Some bowed their heads; others dropped to their knees. The warning had struck as clearly as any decree, one that was merciless and final.

Sansa felt the shift, the way dread rolled through the gathered crowd like a wave breaking against stone. She wanted to speak and to plead to Jon softly that he should temper his tone, and that these trembling men and women did not need more terror, but her throat constricted. The moment was too vast, too charged for interruption. She could only stand beside him, her heart beating fast and heavy beneath her nightgown, transfixed by the strange, fierce mix of pride and unease that his words awoke in her.

Jon’s expression did not change. His voice returned to its calm, measured rhythm as he continued. “You will remain here for now,” he told them. “I will leave very soon, but I shall return very soon with further instruction. When I do, each of you will receive new duties. Stewards will be appointed to manage rosters, hours, and the keeping of this castle. You will have order, structure, and purpose. There is much that needs to be done.”

He let the quiet settle once more before adding, “If any among you have questions or concerns, you may speak them. There is no shame in confusion, no folly in asking. So long as you are respectful, there are no foolish questions.”

Sansa’s eyes moved slowly across the hall. Dozens of pale and stricken faces stared back. Some looked as though they might fall to their knees again at any moment. No one dared speak. The silence that followed was long and heavy, the kind that seemed to press upon the chest.

Jon waited for what seemed like minutes, his cold grey eyes sweeping the assembly, patient but unwavering. When no voice came, he gave a single nod. The shadows that stood around the room stirred faintly, their forms shifting in the torchlight, rippling with a cold, ghostly sheen as if acknowledging his will. No one else dared move.

Jon turned toward Sansa. His expression softened only slightly, unreadable beneath the calm, but his voice was steady when he spoke. “Are you ready to speak with the nobles, Sansa?”

Sansa looked back at the hall one last time. The servants stood frozen in fearful reverence beneath the watchful eyes of the shadow sentinels. Sansa felt so much pity for them. No one could have anticipated what had happened. Even she was still struggling to comprehend everything.

Sansa turned to look and face Jon. He waited, patient but resolute, his hand extended toward her.

Sansa met his eyes and drew a slow breath. “I am ready,” she responded quietly.

Jon’s fingers closed around hers. The air around them shifted. Sound, weight, and light seemed to fold inward at once; the world dimmed and bent, the shadows closing in like the sweep of vast, unseen wings. And in an instant, they were once more gone. 


 

Notes:

Thank you for reading. Please make sure to let me know what you think. Even if I do not reply to every comment, I do read them all.

I know I promised this chapter would be out quickly and it ended up with the longest wait (again, apologies) but next chapter I have 2/3rds done and it should be out within 4-5 days once I complete and edit it. It'll be Jon/Sansa speaking with the people in the Maidenvault, but from the POV of Lady Taena Merryweather. It'll be a shorter chapter than this because it's basically another version of what happens in the 2nd half, but this time seen from the POV of someone unaffilated with Jon.

Chapter 5: Prologue Arc: Chapter V (Taena Merryweather)

Notes:

Hope you enjoy this one. It's basically a sister-chapter to Chapter IV.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text


30TH DAY OF THE TWELFTH MOON OF 299 AC


"Seven save us all!" 

The Maidenvault no longer looked like a sanctuary. It was a cage, bright with cold morning light that showed too much. Marble floors gleamed faintly beneath bare feet and rumpled silks; the air smelled of fear, wine, sweat, and the faint lingering sweetness of spilled perfume. Once, Taena Merryweather had admired this place’s grace when she passed it on her way through the Red Keep. It was a delicate palace within a palace, where Targaryen maidens had been cloistered for purity’s sake. Now it held a hundred souls in their nightclothes, stripped of rank, stripped of calm. The songs of birds outside could not reach them here. The only sound was human terror.

Taena stood close to her husband, her red-and-black nightgown clinging to the curve of her hips, one strap fallen loose upon her shoulder. Her thick black hair was tangled from sleep and panic, and her olive skin gleamed faintly in the torchlight. Lord Orton Merryweather trembled beside her, his face pale and slick with sweat. His fingers clutched her arm so tightly that she could feel his heartbeat hammering through his palm.

“It will be all right, my love,” she murmured in his ear, her Myrish accent softening the words. “They will not hurt us if we keep quiet.”

It was a lie, but a necessary one. Orton mumbled a prayer under his breath, the same phrase over and over, words to the Mother that did not seem to help. Taena rested her hand over his, steady and patient. Her own heart thudded fast enough to make her chest ache, yet her face was still. She had learned long ago that fear shown was weakness shown, and weakness invited predators. In Myr, she had learned to watch before she acted, to read a man’s hunger or a woman’s envy in the turn of an eye. The same lesson applied here.

All around her, lords and ladies muttered prayers, sobbed quietly, clutched each other for warmth and courage. There were also shouting and screaming and people crying and yelling for mercy and salvation. The sound filled every corner of the vaulted chamber, a trembling chorus of disbelief. The air itself seemed thick with it. Silks rustled, jewels glittered in the dim light, and somewhere a woman retched into her own hands. Nobles who had dined together at golden tables were now huddled together on cold stone like frightened smallfolk.

The shadow monsters guarded the doors.

They did not move, yet their presence pressed upon the air. There were twelve of them; tall, faceless things of living darkness, their bodies shaped like men but their forms wreathed in faint blue light that pulsed as if they breathed. The glow throbbed slowly through their smoky forms, a rhythm that reminded her of heartbeats. They stood in silence, no clatter of armour, no breath or shifting weight.

When Taena first saw them, she had nearly fainted. Her knees had gone weak, her throat dry as dust. They had brought her here half-asleep, dragged from her bed after the feast at Margaery Tyrell’s apartments, wine still warm in her veins. Then she had opened her eyes and seen one of those creatures standing over her, still as carved onyx, and every drop of wine in her body had turned to ice.

It was instinct that had saved her, as well as pride and a strong sense of mind. She had bitten her tongue to stop the scream clawing up her throat, causing blood to coat the inside of her mouth. She had forced herself to breathe, to look, to understand what she was seeing. Panic was a luxury she could not afford. Panic made fools, and fools died quickly.

Now, over half an hour later, she stood quietly beneath the pale light that filtered through the high windows and studied the room the way she once studied court gossip, searching for meaning beneath the surface.

To her right sprawled the Reachlords, her husband's own countrymen. Lord Mace Tyrell, red-faced and damp, sat on the marble floor beside his wife Lady Alerie, both of them shaking and clutching hands. Their golden son, Ser Loras, knelt between them, his voice low and tight as he whispered words Taena could not hear. The Warrior’s boy, she thought, watching the muscles of his jaw flex as he spoke. Even knights prayed now.

Near them, Lady Margaery tried to comfort her cousins, Elinor, Megga, and Alla, who wept openly, their tears tracing bright paths down flushed cheeks. The sound of their sobbing echoed softly, fragile against the marble. Elinor's betrothed, Alyn Ambrose, stood a few inches away, a look of concern and panic etched across his face. The Queen of Thorns sat a few feet away, stiff-backed in her chair, her gnarled hands folded tight upon her cane. Her sharp tongue was silent now, her thin lips pressed white. Even Lady Olenna Tyrell, who had never looked afraid of gods or men, stared toward the shadow monsters with unease she could not hide.

Not far behind, the buxom Lady Janna Tyrell clung tightly to her husband, Ser Jon Fossoway. His broad hands rested protectively around her waist as though he could shield her from the cold dread that had taken the room. Their faces were drawn and pale, the colour drained from their usual cheer. Nearby, plump Meredyth Crane sat hunched with her arms around herself, her fine silk gown crumpled and askew. Normally the loudest laugh in any Reachman hall, she was silent now, her lips pressed together, her wide eyes glistening with unshed tears.

Ser Garlan Tyrell held his wife, Lady Leonette Fossoway, as she cried into his shoulder. Behind them stood Lord Mathis Rowan and Lord Paxter Redwyne with his twin sons, their eyes hollow, faces pale. To see them all so cowed made something twist inside Taena. She thought it some dark satisfaction, perhaps, or disbelief at how quickly splendour turned to helplessness. The Reach had filled this city with its flowers and banners, and now its finest lords sat trembling like plucked hens.

She turned her gaze left. The Dornish were a different picture entirely, clad in silks of scarlet and gold, jewels glinting, their dark eyes proud even now. Prince Oberyn Martell stood tall among them, shirtless and wearing only black trousers, his arm around his paramour Ellaria Sand, who leaned against him in wary silence, wearing nothing more than a thin shift. His face was still, but his gaze burned as if daring the shadows to meet it. Around him clustered his companions: Ser Daemon Sand, Ser Deziel Dalt, Lady Myria Jordayne, Lady Larra Blackmont with her children. They whispered prayers, some to the Seven, others to stranger gods, but their tones were measured, deliberate. Even fear could not strip them of grace.

Taena admired that, though she knew it was a mask. She saw the way Ellaria’s hand gripped Oberyn’s sleeve, the way one of the Sand children hid her face. She recognised that kind of fear: the quiet kind, disguised as poise. It was the kind she herself wore.

Close by, the hall grew more crowded. Ser Balon Swann lay stretched across the floor, groaning softly, his leg twisted grotesquely beneath him. A handful of lesser lords knelt beside him, hands trembling as they tried to splint the limb. The sight made Taena’s stomach knot. She had seen him try to fight one of the shadow monsters. Fool. Brave, perhaps, but foolish. The thing had merely lifted an arm, and Ser Balon had flown through the air as if struck by a giant’s invisible hand, crashing into the wall with a sound that still echoed in her mind. The screams that followed had frozen every breath in the room.

Even Prince Oberyn and his retinue had tested the shadow monsters soon after, pride compelling them to push where others shrank back. They had been thrown aside too. Though unlike Ser Balon, there was no blood, no broken bones. Only bruised bodies and bruised dignity. The creatures enforced their boundaries without anger, without hesitation. Precision, Taena thought. No cruelty, no mercy. Just rules.

She felt the pull of her husband’s hand on her sleeve, his voice quivering. “Why have they brought us here? Taena, what is this?”

“I do not know, Orton,” she replied quietly, though she had begun to guess. “But no one has been harmed since the knight. That must mean something.”

He swallowed hard. “They mean to kill us.”

Taena slowly shook her head. “Then they would have done it already.”

Her tone was calm, steady, convincing. It worked on him, and even a little on herself.

Everywhere she looked, fear shimmered like heat. The chamber was a hive of whispers and prayers, the air thick enough to choke. The noblewomen’s perfumes had soured into something cloying, sweet over sweat. The men’s silk nightclothes clung damply to their backs. The grand pillars and vaulted ceiling seemed to watch them all, pale witnesses to their humiliation.

Taena’s gaze drifted toward the doors again, to the sentinels who did not blink or breathe. She wondered if they could see her, if they even saw at all. They seemed carved from smoke and shadow, the faint blue light beneath their forms pulsing like cold fire. Her skin prickled as she stared too long, but she forced herself not to look away. Better to face what might kill you than to wait for it unseen.

She noted significant absences too: King Joffrey and his family were nowhere among them, nor was the girl Sansa Stark, married to the Imp. Perhaps they had fled. Perhaps they were dead. Taena found she did not much care, except to wonder whether the fate that had spared her had claimed them instead.

Her husband’s breath shuddered beside her. She felt it on her neck, hot and ragged. She imagined their son, Russell, asleep at Longtable, far from this place. The thought made her throat tighten. All she wanted now was to see him again, to feel her beloved son in her arms. Yet the world had shifted overnight, and she knew that survival came before longing. She would survive this, whatever it was.

Around her, the chamber whispered and trembled, a hundred frightened nobles caught between silence and hysteria. The once-holy Maidenvault had become a cage of terror, its marble floors slick with tears and fear.

And through it all, Lady Taena Merryweather stood in her red-and-black nightgown, her hair unbound, her eyes dark and sharp as polished glass. Her husband trembled, but she did not. Beneath her calm surface, her thoughts moved like knives, swift and cold. She watched, and she waited, and she wondered what power could command such monsters, and whether she might yet find a way to make that power favour her.

The thought had barely taken shape when the world itself seemed to answer her. A low, heavy sound stirred through the air - a deep groan of iron and stone that made the floor tremble beneath her bare feet. Then the great doors of the Maidenvault burst open with a booming crack, the sound rolling through the marble chamber like thunder. A rush of wind swept inward, cold and sharp, carrying the scent of rain and stone. Taena’s unbound hair lifted and whipped across her face, strands catching against her lips. Around her, nobles gasped and stumbled back, silks rustling, voices breaking into startled cries.

The two shadow monsters that had stood guard at the threshold moved as one. They pivoted inward with eerie precision, neither turning heads nor raising arms. Their smoky forms tilted toward each other until they framed a path, forming a living corridor of darkness and faint blue glow. The motion was silent but for the whisper of air displaced by their movement.

The noise in the chamber died at once. The sobs and whispered prayers, the frightened murmurs that had filled the vault, all vanished as if swallowed. A stillness heavier than fear fell over them. Taena felt her husband’s fingers clamp tighter on her arm until the bones protested. She did not pull free. Her own hand closed over his, her knuckles pale, her heartbeat hammering so fiercely she thought it might be heard.

From the doorway, two figures stepped into the cold light.

The first was a man. He looked young, but not boyish. From the moment she saw him, Taena’s breath caught. He did not stride so much as command the air to part before him. There was no shout, no gesture, no herald to announce his arrival, yet every eye turned to him as if drawn by some magnetic truth. Taena’s own gaze fixed on him helplessly. It was wrong, unnatural almost, how the rest of the world seemed to fade around his shape. Even the light itself bent toward him, catching in the faint gleam of his dark brown hair and the hard angles of his face.

He was tall and lean, the kind of body that belonged to a man who had lived through war. It was not a body that was soft from courts or comfort, but it was a body that honed and tempered. He wore black from throat to boots: gloves, tunic, cloak, all trimmed with nothing that glittered or proclaimed wealth. He did not need jewels. Power clung to him like heat, though his presence chilled the air.

Taena’s first thought, to her shame, was that he was beautiful. Not the delicate beauty of the Reach, but a beauty that was harsh and austere. It was a beauty born of iron and steel. His dark brown hair fell in a loose sweep over his brow, framing eyes the colour of stormlight. They found her once, briefly, and she felt stripped bare.

His face was carved and still: sharp cheekbones, a strong jaw, no trace of softness. Despite the severness of his expression, she did not see cruelty in his face. What she saw was distance. It was the face of someone who had stood too long in death’s company. A man beyond fear. A man who would not flinch even before gods.

Taena’s throat went dry. She had known kings, queens, lords and ladies, as well as courtiers, sellswords and charmers. None had ever made the air feel heavier simply by entering a room.

As he crossed the threshold, the temperature seemed to drop further. The faint breath of wind that had followed him turned cold enough to sting her skin. The shadow monsters guarding the doors bowed their heads slightly as he passed, their faint blue light pulsing brighter for a heartbeat.

In that gesture filled with reverance, Taena understood what every noble in the chamber must have felt in their bones: this man commanded them. He commanded these monsters. The creatures of darkness obeyed him, the air bent to him, and she, who had courted princes and outwitted lords, felt herself trembling beneath his gaze.

Who are you? she thought, her heartbeat quickening. What manner of man makes death itself kneel?

She did not even truly notice the second figure at first. It was only when a ripple of whispering stirred through the crowd that her eyes slid toward the young woman beside him.

The movement of pale fabric caught her eye first - the soft fall of a nightgown, white against the gloom. The girl walked a step behind him, slender and graceful, her head held high. Recognition struck with sudden clarity.

Lady Sansa Stark.

The sound of murmurs rose around her, quick and uncertain, like the first patter of rain on glass. Taena caught fragments - the Stark girl, the wolf maid - before they died under the weight of fear.

Sansa’s calm was a thing apart. The girl did not cling or shrink behind the man who led her. Her steps were slow, deliberate, her back straight, her chin level. Where the nobles trembled, she stood poised, her serenity unnerving. Her face, illuminated by the cold dawn light, was all soft beauty and steady composure.

Taena’s eyes lingered on her. She took note of the wolf maid's fine auburn hair that tumbled past her shoulders and down to her back, catching faint gold where the light struck; the vivid blue eyes, clearer than any sapphire, watching the room with quiet compassion. She looked almost holy in her stillness, and untouched by the chaos that had engulfed them all.

Taena took in the details instinctively, as she always did: the unpainted lips, the faint paleness of her skin, her bare feet pressing to cold marble without complaint.

The girl had grown since Taena had last seen her, only a few days before. The fragile, frightened thing from Joffrey’s court was gone. Even clothed in a simple nightgown, Sansa Stark carried herself like royalty. There was no trace of the timid captive she had been. Her beauty had ripened quietly, subtly, the kind that would one day cause kings to make foolish vows. Taena had thought Margaery Tyrell and Cersei Lannister unrivalled, but now she wondered. Sansa had a grace the Reach’s golden rose could never mimic. 

She recalled overhearing courtiers whisper of her, and how men of every station had stolen glances when she passed. Taena had pitied her then, this pretty little dove trapped in a gilded cage. But now, watching her walk beside the man who made shadow monsters kneel, she felt that pity shrivel into awe.

Her husband made a strangled sound beside her. “Is that…?”

“Yes,” she murmured, not looking away. “That is Lady Sansa Stark.”

“And the man?” he whispered. "Who is the man standing beside her?" 

Despite herself, Taena’s lips curved faintly. “That, my love, we are about to learn.”

Sansa and the stranger reached the centre of the chamber. The doors behind them swung shut without touch, slamming with an echo that rolled through the marble vaults. The shadow monsters along the walls shifted, bowing in unison.

The nobles gasped. Taena’s breath caught. She felt every hair on her arms rise. Whatever this man was, he was no lord of flesh and blood alone. And the girl beside him stood serene and shining in the cold light, her composure a quiet defiance of the dread that gripped the room.

Before Taena could draw another breath, the world seemed to move again. A deep, grinding and inexorable rumble echoed behind them. The great doors of the Maidenvault began to swing shut, the hinges groaning like a wounded beast. The sound rolled through the vast chamber like thunder trapped in stone, echoing off marble and gold. It reverberated in Taena’s chest, heavy and final, as if the castle itself were exhaling its last breath. The nobles flinched as one - a collective shudder of silk and fear. Several cried out, voices cracking in the still air; others stumbled backward or clutched at one another, as though the sound alone had sealed their fate.

Then the shadow monsters moved. The two that had stood guard at the entrance, tall and lean as men but without faces or breath, turned toward the newcomers. Their dark forms shifted with a grace that was not human. And then, impossibly, they dropped to one knee.

The movement was almost reverent. Their heads bowed low, and the faint blue glow within them pulsed brighter for a heartbeat, like hearts quickening in devotion.

Taena’s breath hitched.

Her wide eyes darted from one shadow monster to the next as the sight spread across the hall. One by one, the other sentinels stationed along the walls, numbering a little over a dozen, followed suit. Each bent in perfect unison, kneeling before the young man who had just entered. The faint light spilling from their bodies bathed the marble floor in an otherworldly gleam, ghostly reflections shimmering at his feet.

It was not the act itself that terrified her most, but what it meant.

These beings - these horrors of smoke and cold - had stood all night as the masters of this chamber. They had stilled the proud and the defiant, silenced the screams, and beaten down the very idea of resistance. Taena had thought them mindless extensions of some dark will, unanswerable to man or god. Yet here they were, kneeling. Not to a king with a crown, nor to a lion on a throne. To him. To the tall, grey-eyed stranger standing beside the Stark girl.

The knowledge hit her like a wave of cold water. It confirmed what she had already realised from the moment he entered. He commanded them.

Every breath she had drawn since waking now seemed thin, meaningless. Her heart thudded unevenly in her chest as her mind raced to make sense of what her eyes refused to deny. Whoever this man was, he held dominion over the creatures that had conquered the Red Keep. He had filled the castle with death, wrapped in living shadow.

Her husband’s hand dug into her arm again, shaking slightly. She could feel his nails through the fabric of her gown. He whispered something, a prayer perhaps, but the words tangled together and died in his throat.

Taena did not look at him. She could not. Her gaze remained locked on the man, on the faint blue aura that clung to him like mist.

A slow, icy dread unfurled inside her. Yet beneath it, something more dangerous stirred: awe, and a sense of fascination. She was a woman who had sat in courts and parlours, who had charmed and bartered with men who fancied themselves powerful. But none of them, not even kings, had ever carried this. This quiet, absolute command that required no title, no threat, no raised voice. He stood as if the world itself had been waiting for his permission to breathe.

The silence that followed was suffocating. No one dared speak. No one dared move. Even the air seemed to still in reverence or fear. The faint shimmer from the kneeling shadow monsters rippled along the marble floor, casting long, wavering reflections that made the walls seem to shift.

A soft rustle broke the quiet. It was the barest movement of cloth as Lady Olenna Tyrell adjusted her shawl. The Queen of Thorns’ sharp eyes were fixed upon the stranger and Sansa, her expression unreadable. There was fear there, yes, but curiosity too, the kind born of a mind that had always sought to measure and understand. Her lips pressed together, and Taena wondered if the old woman was already calculating how to survive this new order.

Lady Margaery, still holding her cousins close, stared with wide eyes. The tremor in her lower lip betrayed her fear, though her spine stayed straight, proud even in terror. Megga and Alla buried their faces against her shoulders, trembling. Across from them, Ser Garlan had drawn his wife into his arms again, whispering low assurances that sounded hollow even to his own ears. Their gazes flickered toward the newcomers as though expecting an explanation that would never come.

To the left, the Dornish stood tense and silent. Prince Oberyn Martell watched with a predator’s stillness, his head tilted, the faintest glint of dangerous curiosity in his eyes. Ellaria Sand leaned into him slightly, though her expression was controlled, her fingers clenched around his arm. The other Dornishmen around Prince Oberyn shifted uneasily, exchanging wordless glances. The Red Viper looked like a man assessing the reach of an opponent’s blade.

Taena’s attention drifted back to her husband. Lord Orton’s face had lost all colour. His lips parted in silent disbelief, his gaze flickering between the kneeling shadow monsters and the man who stood as their master. “Seven save us,” he whispered, barely audible.

She almost told him to stop, to keep quiet before the wrong ears heard. But her own voice would not come. Her throat felt tight, her palms cold. Fear coiled in her gut like a living thing, sharp and writhing. There was a strange pull, a sense that she was witnessing not mere sorcery, but the birth of something unstoppable. 

The shadow monsters rose. It happened all at once, soundless and smooth, their forms uncoiling like smoke caught in a draught. The blue light within them dimmed again to a steady pulse. They returned to their places along the walls, forming a ring of silent, watchful darkness around the nobles.

No one moved. The hush that followed was absolute. The kind of silence that could crush words before they were spoken.

Taena could hear the faint rustle of her own breath. A lock of her dark hair brushed her cheek, the sound of it deafening in the stillness. She glanced toward the polished floor and saw her reflection, wide-eyed with lips slightly parted, trembling in the dim blue glow.

The stranger and the Stark girl had stopped several paces before the crowd. They did not speak, did not gesture. They simply stood. It was enough.

Taena drew a slow breath and forced herself to think through the fear. These creatures obeyed him utterly. The nobles would bend soon enough. All of them would. That much was clear. The only question that mattered now was how quickly she could make herself useful to whatever power had just walked into their prison. She straightened her shoulders, lifted her chin, and fixed her gaze upon the man who commanded the dead. If death itself had found a master, then it was time to learn how to live beneath him.

The stillness that followed was suffocating. It was a silence so deep it seemed to press against the ear. Every breath, every shift of silk, every heartbeat echoed faintly in the vaulted chamber. Then, from within that quiet, came a sound that cut through it like the first crack of thunder after a long drought. A voice.

It was not loud, nor did it rise in command, yet it filled the Maidenvault completely, as though the air itself carried it forward. Deep and rough, it rolled across the marble with an unforced strength that demanded attention. Each word landed with the weight of certainty, measured and deliberate. It was the kind of voice that did not need to shout to be obeyed, and belonged to a man who had already been obeyed too many times to ever doubt that he would be again.

It was a strange accent too, not the clipped cadence of the Reach or the soft drawl of the Dornish, nor even the crisp tones of the Crownlands. There was a rough and hard edge to it. Each word felt forged rather than spoken, as if tempered by iron and loss.

He stood before them, unmoving, his gloved hands clasped loosely behind his back, and when he spoke again, his eyes swept over the gathered nobles without hesitation.

“My name is Jon Snow.”

The words were simple, yet the sound of them carried through the vast chamber like a verdict.

He paused, letting the name settle, though he seemed to know already that it meant little to them. His expression did not change. Those cold grey eyes were unreadable, and his posture remained still and self-assured.

“It is a name none of you would know,” he continued evenly, “and fewer still would care about. Once, it belonged to the bastard son of Lord Eddard Stark of Winterfell.”

A faint ripple spread through the nobles. A murmur, small at first, then growing. The name Stark held power even here, even in this southern prison of silk and marble. Faces turned toward one another, whispering, remembering. Taena heard the sound of her husband’s breath catch sharply beside her.

She remembered hearing the name of Eddard Stark even as a girl in Myr, the tales told in taverns and parlours. The cold Northman who had helped Robert Baratheon topple the dragon kings. That such a man could father a bastard had always seemed an oddity, a scandal whispered with half disbelief.

Even Orton had remarked on it once, years ago, as they dined in Longtable’s solar. He had seemed amused, perhaps a little smug. “Even the sternest oak may bear a crooked branch,” he had remarked. She had laughed politely, and then never thought of it again.

And yet if this man was who he said he was, here he stood. That crooked branch had grown into a weapon.

She studied him more closely now. There was no softness of bastardy about him. No meekness, no shame. He carried himself as though the word had never touched him.

A faint chill brushed her skin as an understanding crept upon her. If he truly was Eddard Stark’s son, then he had every reason to hate those who had torn House Stark apart. The Freys. The Boltons. The Lannisters. And the Reach had marched beside them in this war of five kings. 

Her stomach tightened. Would he see her, her husband and their son as complicit? As guilty by blood and allegiance? Would the shadow monsters that obeyed him strike them down on a whim? She felt Orton’s hand trembling against her arm again. Her heartbeat quickened, but she kept her face still.

Before she could think further, he spoke again, calm and steady, as though reading the shape of their disbelief.

“You know me as Lord Eddard’s son,” he said. “But Lord Eddard was not my father. He was my uncle.”

The words dropped like stones into still water. He did not pause for reaction. “My mother was Lady Lyanna Stark. My true father was Prince Rhaegar Targaryen.”

The silence shattered. Gasps rippled through the room like wind across a field. Somewhere to Taena’s right, a woman cried out, the sound stifled by her husband’s hand. Others simply stared, mouths open, eyes wide with shock.

Taena herself could not move. She felt her heart thud once, heavy and slow, then again faster, as her mind struggled to catch up with what she had just heard.

Impossible.

She had been a girl of eight when the Rebellion ended, when tales of Prince Rhaegar’s death and Lyanna’s abduction reached even Myr. The story was legend: the honourable lord’s sister stolen by the silver prince; her death in a bed of blood; the war that followed. Every bard and bravo in the Free Cities had sung of it. Lyanna Stark, the she-wolf who’d died young. Rhaegar Targaryen, the dragon prince slain at the Trident.

And now this man - this grim, shadow-clad figure - claimed to be their bastard son.

He bore no trace of the dragonlords. Even in Myr, there were many - though mostly slaves -  who had the look of Old Valyria, with silver or blonde hair and purple eyes. His hair was dark brown in colour, his eyes grey as smoke and storm. Nothing in his face bore the look of Old Valyria and the colouring of the blood of the dragon.

And yet, standing there, he exuded a commanding presence that went beyond blood or birth. 

She turned her head slightly, taking in the others.

The Tyrells were stunned. Lord Mace gaped like a landed fish, his ruddy face slack with disbelief. Lady Alerie had gone pale, clutching her husband’s arm. Margaery’s brow furrowed, lips parted, her cousins clinging to her skirts. Even Lady Olenna sat rigid in her chair, her mouth drawn into a thin line, eyes narrow and searching. The sharp mind behind those eyes was already calculating, Taena could see them now trying to weigh the truth against the implications.

Farther back, the Reach lords looked to one another in confusion, their pride shaken. Lord Mathis Rowan rubbed his jaw, muttering something under his breath. Lord Paxter Redwyne’s face had blanched, his twin sons exchanging nervous looks.

Across the chamber, the Dornish were another story entirely.

Prince Oberyn Martell’s expression had changed utterly. The lazy charm that usually framed his features had vanished, replaced by a still, controlled fury. His lips pressed thin. His jaw clenched so tight a vein appeared at his temple. Even more than several feet away from him, Taena could almost feel the heat of his anger from where she stood.

The others of Dorne looked between their prince and the dark figure at the centre of the room, uncertain. Fear and suspicion flickered in their eyes.

And Taena understood why. If this man truly was Rhaegar’s son, then he was also the living embodiment of Dorne’s greatest humiliation. Rhaegar’s betrayal had broken Elia Martell’s heart and had had destroyed her family, her house’s honour, her life. The children she bore him had been murdered because of that betrayal. Now the proof of it stood alive and whole before them.

Oberyn’s fingers twitched against his side, though his face remained still. Taena wondered if he imagined how easily a dagger might pierce the throat of the man that stood before them claiming to be the son of Rhaegar, or if he already knew it would not matter.

The air had grown heavy, so still that she could hear the faint clink of a goblet knocked against marble somewhere behind her.

Her husband whispered her name, but she scarcely heard him. Her eyes were fixed on the man. He did not flinch beneath the disbelief. He did not protest or defend himself. He stood there, quiet and sure, like a man who had spoken truth too many times to care whether anyone believed it.

Taena felt something cold settle over her. It was not dread this time, but a creeping recognition. Whatever his blood, whatever name he bore, this was a man who had seen the world break and chosen to stand over its pieces. And though she could not yet decide whether that made him saviour or destroyer, one thing was certain: every soul in this chamber now stood at the mercy of Jon Snow.

The thought had scarcely formed before his voice filled the space once more, low and steady, yet vast enough to seem everywhere at once. The air shifted with it, drawing taut. Each syllable landed with quiet precision, commanding attention without force, conviction without plea. The very stones seemed to listen, the chamber contracting around the sound.

“I know there is doubt,” he continued, his eyes sweeping the sea of pale faces before him. “I would doubt it myself, had I heard it from another. But it is truth all the same. I am the bastard son of Prince Rhaegar Targaryen and Lady Lyanna Stark. Lord Eddard Stark, her brother and my beloved uncle, raised me as his own. He bore the weight of dishonour to keep me hidden. He saved me from the wrath of King Robert Baratheon, and from the Lannisters who would have killed me before I drew my first breath.”

The words rolled through the chamber, unhurried but sharp. A ripple of shock coursed through the crowd. Some nobles gasped outright, though others whispered in disbelief, voices quivering like reeds in wind.

Taena felt her skin prickle. She could almost see the story unfurl behind his words: the honourable and dutiful Lord Eddard Stark, bearing the stain of sin to shield his sister’s son from the vengeance of kings. Even the king who he called his closest friend.

Though she had thought on it little, it had always seemed strange to her that a man so famed for virtue would betray his marriage vows so quietly, so cleanly, without scandal or song. But if this were true, if that betrayal of his marriage vows had been a mask to hide a greater loyalty, then all the pieces fit.

She imagined the North in winter, and a cold cradle for a child born of fire and shadow. Eddard Stark carrying him south, whispering to none, raising him in the hall of Winterfell beneath the eyes of a wife who must have hated the sight of him. The thought stirred something almost tender in her chest. Honour was something that Taena Merryweather had never cared for, but sacrifice was something that even she could understand.

Around her, the sound of disbelief grew. her husband murmured a prayer, his lips trembling. “It cannot be,” he whispered hoarsely, eyes wide. “It cannot.”

She said nothing.

Jon Snow’s voice cut through the noise again, steady and cold as the Wall itself. “I do not ask you to believe me. Only to hear what I say. I came to King’s Landing for three reasons.”

He turned slightly, his pale eyes catching the faint blue light that bled from the shadows. “The first was to free my sister from the clutches of House Lannister.”

At his words, Taena’s gaze flicked toward Lady Sansa Stark. The girl’s face had softened, her lips curving into a small, radiant smile. It was not just pride she saw there, nor just triumph, but gratitude, affection, and faith. She looked at him as though his presence alone steadied the world. The sight made Taena’s stomach tighten.

“The second reason was vengeance," Jon Snow continued. "For House Stark, and for Princess Elia Martell, my father’s wife, and her children, Princess Rhaenys and Prince Aegon, my half-siblings, who were murdered by Ser Gregor Clegane and Ser Amory Lorch at the command of Lord Tywin Lannister.”

The air shifted. The words carried an edge that made even the shadows seem to stir.

Gasps rippled through the nobles like a wave cresting in slow motion. Heads turned toward the Dornish cluster. Taena followed their gaze.

Prince Oberyn Martell stood utterly still. His eyes - which were dark and cutting as glass - were fixed on Jon Snow. In them burned a storm of emotion: disbelief, suspicion, pain, and beneath it all, the faintest flicker of hope twisted into rage. His jaw clenched. Ellaria Sand laid a trembling hand on his arm, but he did not move.

The rest of the Dornish looked stricken. Myria Jordayne’s lips parted in shock; Daemon Sand’s hand twitched instinctively toward his hip, reaching for a sword that was not there. 

Taena felt the tension coil in the air until it was nearly visible. It was a tangible, taut thing stretching from wall to wall. The shadow monsters seemed to lean forward, their faint blue glow flickering like candlelight in a draft. Even the faint rustle of breath sounded loud.

And still Jon Snow spoke.

“I have claimed part of that vengeance already.” His voice grew quieter, but the words cut like a blade drawn slow. “King Joffrey Baratheon and his kin are dead. The queen dowager: Cersei Lannister. Prince Tommen. Lord Tywin. Ser Kevan and his son Lancel. Tyrion Lannister. All gone.”

For a moment, there was nothing. No sound, no motion, only silence thick as ash. Then the chamber exploded into noise.

Gasps, cries, and screams tore loose all at once. Nobles reeled and stumbled; others covered their mouths or fell to their knees. Somewhere to Taena’s left, a woman fainted with a soft thud, her husband catching her before she struck the floor. Another shrieked. The sound of weeping filled the vault like rain on stone.

Taena could not move. The words echoed through her skull. All dead. Joffrey, Cersei, Tywin, Kevan, Lancel, Tyrion… and sweet Tommen.

She had seen the boy several times during her stay in the palace. He was a plump boy, all soft smiles and shining hair, shy and sweet where his brother was cruel and spoiled. He had asked for lemon cakes with a stammer and had thanked the serving girl when they came. He had reminded her of her son, Russell. She believed they were even the same age. The thought of him lying cold and still turned her stomach.

Whatever the Lannisters had done, Tommen had deserved life. Please, she thought, let him be lying. Let it be a trick. But the calm certainty in Jon Snow’s tone left no room for lies.

Beside her, Lord Orton clung to her arm, trembling. “He means to kill us next,” he whispered, panic cracking his voice. “We will not leave this place alive. Taena-”

She squeezed his hand hard enough to silence him. Her eyes never left the man who stood before the crowd of nobles.

The Tyrells were a tableau of disbelief and dread. Lady Margaery’s hand covered her mouth, her eyes wide and wet. Lord Mace had turned grey, muttering prayers to the Mother. Lady Olenna’s face was stone, her sharp gaze fixed on Jon, already searching for an angle, a path through this catastrophe. Ser Loras stood stiff beside her, jaw clenched, his knuckles white.

The Dornish, though shaken, were alive with a different kind of energy. Oberyn Martell’s lips moved soundlessly. Fury warred with something darker. Taena wondered if it was grim satisfaction, perhaps, or a reckoning long overdue. His stare never wavered from Jon Snow’s face.

The tension broke when two men stumbled forward through the crowd. The portly Lord Lucas Inchfield, red-faced and shaking, and the stout Lord Tomas Kidwell beside him, pale with terror masked as outrage.

“Lies!” Inchfield bellowed, his voice cracking. “All lies, you nameless bastard! You have no right to hold us here! Release us or-”

He never finished.

From the far corner of the chamber, a shadow monster moved. It did not walk so much as flow , sliding along the marble, the blue light within it pulsing brighter with every step. It reached the lords before they could retreat.

Lord Inchfield’s shout strangled into a gasp. He stumbled backward, tripping over his own feet and falling hard to the floor. Lord Kidwell froze, the blood draining from his face.

The shadow monster stopped between them and Jon Snow, towering and implacable. Its edges shimmered faintly, tendrils of darkness trailing off into air. The faint pulse of light in its chest throbbed once, slow and cold.

The nobles closest to the front cried out, retreating several paces. Taena’s hand flew to her mouth, her heartbeat hammering. Inchfield tried to crawl away, but the thing did not move. It simply stood, silent and absolute, as if its mere presence was judgment enough.

A spreading dark stain appeared across Inchfield’s breeches. The stench of urine hit the air, sharp and acrid.

The murmurs turned to sobs. The whole chamber recoiled.

Jon Snow did not move when the two Reachlords were silenced, nor did he appear the least bit disturbed by their outburst. He simply stood where he was, calm and unmoving, his grey eyes fixed upon the nobles like cold embers smouldering beneath ice. When he spoke again, his voice carried through the vast chamber, smooth and even, cutting cleanly through the last echoes of fear and whispering that lingered in the air.

“King Joffrey is dead,” he declared once more, the words ringing sharp against the marble. “The Lannisters and their men within this city are dead and gone. And with their demise, I fulfil the third purpose that brought me here, which is to claim the Iron Throne, and to rule the Seven Kingdoms as its rightful king.”

A low murmur swept through the nobles. It was not disbelief now but astonishment, the kind that numbs the tongue. The words seemed to hang in the air, heavy as stone.

Jon continued, unhurried, his tone level and absolute. “The city is mine. The Red Keep is mine. Its walls, its gates, and its secrets belong to me. You stand now within my hold. And the shadows that guard you,” he gestured lightly toward the silent figures at the edge of the room, “are bound to my will.”

At that, Taena’s eyes darted toward the nearest of the shadow sentinels. They remained utterly still, their faint blue light pulsing softly through their forms like slow, steady heartbeats. The air around them shimmered faintly, as though the light itself bent toward them. 

Her gaze returned to Jon Snow. He stood with the stillness of someone accustomed to obedience, his posture neither proud nor cruel, only steady. The absence of doubt in his tone made her skin prickle. He did not ask for authority. He simply was it.

Then came his declaration: “The reign of House Lannister and House Baratheon is ended. My reign begins now.”

The words fell like the toll of a bell. The sound of shuffling feet followed, the faint whimper of a woman near the back, the creak of someone kneeling in panic before quickly rising again. No one dared speak.

“For now,” Jon went on, “you will remain here in the Maidenvault. No harm will come to you. You will be fed, clothed, and kept in comfort. Servants will attend to your needs within the day.”

Taena felt Orton exhale beside her, a sound caught between relief and disbelief. She herself was not soothed. His words were steady, his tone even, but she could not forget the corpses he had named earlier, nor the way the shadow monsters had bowed before him like gods before their maker.

Jon’s voice carried on, smooth and relentless. “If you cooperate, if you cause no trouble, and if you agree to my terms, your confinement will not last long. When order has been restored, you will move freely within the Red Keep. But none of you will leave this place until the realm is made whole again.”

That last phrase lodged itself in Taena’s mind like a thorn. Restore the realm. What did he mean by that?

Her thoughts began to race. Perhaps he meant vengeance against those who had betrayed his kin, chiefly the Freys and the Boltons. Was he planning to march north against the Crossing and the Dreadfort with his shadow monsters? Would it only be House Frey and House Bolton who fell to him and the monsters under his command? Or perhaps he meant something darker, something colder, the kind of restoration that left nothing standing.

She could not tell.

Though his promise of mercy sounded sincere, the sight of those shadowed sentinels made her doubt that any mercy from this man would ever be gentle. He spoke of protection, of provision, but Taena could feel the truth beneath it: they were prisoners, no matter how soft their cage. And when she imagined how the realm would react - and especially how the Reach would react - she felt a flicker of desperate hope.

Word would spread. It had to. The smallfolk would talk; ravens would fly. Willas Tyrell, Lord Mace's eldest son who served as acting Lord of Highgarden in his father's steead, would not ignore it. He would summon his banners at Highgarden and, though he could not lead armies himself, he would send a grand host to liberate them. Perhaps Lord Randyll Tarly, grim and unyielding, would turn his soldiers from the riverlands and march back south. They would come to free the Reach’s nobility, surely. Someone would.

But for now, they were alone in the shadow of this new king.

Jon’s grey eyes swept across the assembled nobles. They settled upon the Tyrells.

He inclined his head slightly toward them. “You have dwelt here since the Battle of the Blackwater. Now, with the rest of the highborn gathered, the Maidenvault will be crowded, but large enough for you all. You will endure.”

The Tyrells stiffened, but none spoke, save for one. To Taena’s surprise, Ser Garlan Tyrell stepped forward. His wife, Lady Leonette, reached for him in alarm, but he gently freed his arm and took a measured step closer. His bearing was that of a knight cautious but resolute.

“My king,” he began, his voice low and courteous, but firm,  “you ask for obedience and offer mercy. What would you demand of us to earn that mercy? What oaths will you require?”

Jon Snow regarded him quietly for a moment, then nodded. His expression softened, if only slightly, and for the first time since he entered, his lips curved in what could be called a smile. It was not a warm smile; it was composed, deliberate, a thing of will rather than kindness.

“What I demand is simple," Jon Snow looked over the crowd of nobles. "I ask for an oath of fealty and obeisance. Nothing more. You will swear to me, as you swore to kings before me. Bend the knee, and you will keep your lives, your titles and your lands when the time comes. The Lannisters, the Freys, the Boltons and the Greyjoys are my enemies, not any of you. However, if you defy me, you will remain here in perpetuity”

His words were calm, but they carried a chill that reached her bones.

Across the chamber, Prince Oberyn Martell’s voice cut the silence like a blade drawn from its sheath. “And if we do not bend the knee? What happens to us if we refuse?”

Every head turned toward the Dornish prince. His voice was smooth, almost casual, but the danger in it was unmistakable. He stood tall, his eyes fixed on Jon Snow, defiance burning like banked fire.

Jon’s reply came without hesitation, without anger. “Then you will remain here,” he responded simply, “until time teaches you obedience.”

The words hung between them, cold and final. Oberyn’s jaw flexed; his lips pressed into a thin line, but he said no more. The silence that followed was heavier than before.

Jon turned his gaze over the crowd once more. “You will have food and clothing within the next few hours. Rest. Wait. The servants will attend to you when they are ready.” His tone was steady, almost mild, as though he spoke not to prisoners but to guests awaiting an evening meal.

Then he paused, his eyes shifting briefly to Sansa. “Before I depart, there is one more matter.”

The nobles held their breath. Taena felt the air in the chamber grow colder still.

“My sister,” Jon's expression softened, “is to be recognised as a princess of the realm. Princess Sansa Stark will be addressed as such and afforded every courtesy, respect, and honour due her station.”

His voice never rose, but it filled the room all the same.

“I know what was done to her while she lived under Lannister power,” he went on, his tone hardening. “I know how many of you looked away. Or worse, whispered, and watched, and did nothing. That time is done.”

The words sliced through the nobles like a blade. A few flinched openly. Taena’s stomach tightened. She remembered the girl’s humiliation, as well as the cruel gossip, the veiled smiles, and the whispers about the wolf-maiden and her dwarf husband. She remembered pitying her, yes, but she had done nothing. None of them had.

Around her, faces blanched. Some nobles lowered their heads in shame; others refused to meet Sansa’s eyes.

Jon’s voice darkened. “Any insult, any refusal to address her by her title, any slight upon her name or honour, will be treated as an insult to me. And I do not forgive insults.”

The final words fell heavy and absolute. And then the air shimmered.

Two shadow monsters appeared before him, forming from the nothingness like smoke solidifying. They rose tall and still, their faint inner glow pulsing blue through their formless darkness. The nearest nobles stumbled back in horror. A woman screamed; a man’s knees gave out beneath him.

Taena’s heart stuttered. The creatures stood motionless, but their presence was suffocating. The air around them chilled to frost. It was as though the darkness itself had come alive to listen, a silent warning made flesh.

Jon Snow looked upon them all one last time. “Remember this. You live by my mercy. And her honour is mine.”

For a long, trembling moment, the chamber remained drowned in silence. The shadow monsters' faint glow pulsed like the beat of some monstrous heart, dim and steady. No one dared breathe too loudly, no one dared meet the gaze of the young man who commanded death. And then, through the stillness, a woman’s voice rose, a voice that was clear, strong, and beautifully sure.

It was Lady Sansa Stark.

Taena’s head turned sharply toward her, startled by the sound. That voice was not the soft murmur she remembered from court dinners or those hushed, cautious gatherings of noblewomen under Queen Cersei’s watchful eye. The Sansa Stark Taena had known had always spoken gently, like a bird afraid of its own song. But this voice was one that filled the Maidenvault like sunlight cutting through mist, bright and calm, steady as a queen addressing her court.

“My lords and ladies of the Seven Kingdoms,” Sansa said, her words carrying across marble and fear alike, “the man who stands before you is indeed Jon Snow. He is my cousin by blood, though I have only ever known him as my half-brother, and I will continue to refer to him and know him as my brother. Every word he has spoken is the truth.”

Her tone was warm, sure, utterly unshaken. Taena felt a chill trace her spine as she listened. Confidence rolled off the girl in waves, each word measured and luminous, gilded by an inner certainty that silenced even the whispers of disbelief.

“He is the son of my aunt, Lady Lyanna Stark,” Sansa continued, “and of Prince Rhaegar Targaryen. He was rasied in Winterfell by my father, Lord Eddard Stark, at great cost to his honour and an impediment on his relationship to my lady mother, Lady Catelyn of House Tully. My father bore a false shame so that this truth might live, and so that my brother might one day stand before the world as who he truly is.”

Her words struck the room like a gentle spell. Even the most sceptical lords seemed to falter beneath the force of them. The Tyrell girls, who only moments ago had clutched at each other in tears, now gazed at Sansa as though uncertain whether they were looking upon the same frightened girl they had once pitied.

Sansa’s eyes swept over the gathered nobles and her voice softened, taking on a tone Taena had never heard from her before. “You need not fear him. Neither my brother nor the shadows that serve him will harm you, so long as you do not rebel or bring unrest. You will be kept safe and treated fairly. You have my word, and his.”

The way she spoke those last two words made something tighten in Taena’s chest. My word and his. There was no distinction in her tone, no division between them. It was as though they were two halves of a single authority: mercy and power, light and darkness, bound together.

Sansa paused. Her gaze moved slowly from one end of the Maidenvault to the other. Her eyes lingered on the terrified faces of the heavily pregnant Lady Lollys and her older sister Lady Falyse, the pallid calm of Lady Olenna, the controlled anger of Prince Oberyn, the rigid fear of Lord Mace. Her voice when she spoke again was gentle, almost motherly.

“I understand that many of you cannot yet believe what you have heard,” she said softly. “I do not expect you to. The night has been long, and the world you knew has fallen away. Take time to gather your thoughts. Breathe. See that you are still alive. This is not the end, but the beginning of something new. You have been spared for a reason. In time, you will understand.”

A tremor of movement broke the stillness. Lady Margaery Tyrell stepped forward a single pace, the pale silk of her nightgown whispering over the marble. Her cousins clutched at her sleeves in alarm, and both her mother and father cried out softly for her to stay where she was. But Margaery shook them off with a small, graceful motion and lifted her chin. Fear lived in her eyes, but so did calculation. When she spoke, her voice trembled only slightly.

“Princess Sansa,” she said, careful and clear, every syllable deliberate. “If I may...are we truly safe? Does your… brother truly mean what he says? That no harm will come to us?”

The question hung in the cold air, fragile as spun glass. It was not defiance, but a test. Taena recognised the cleverness in it immediately: the measured tone, the respectful address, the way Margaery kept her head bowed just enough to appease power without surrendering her poise. The girl was watching, learning, following the rhythm of this new court already.

Smart, Taena thought, resisting the urge to allow a small smile to cross over her mouth. Very smart.

Sansa’s gaze turned toward Margaery. She smiled, va soft, steady smile that carried both warmth and certainty. “You are safe, Lady Margaery,” she said. “My brother will not harm you, nor will those who serve him. So long as you do not rebel or sow unrest, you will be protected. You have his word, and mine. Neither he nor his shadows will ever raise a hand against you.”

The assurance carried through the chamber like sunlight on cold stone. Margaery bowed her head slightly, a gesture of both gratitude and acknowledgment, then stepped back beside her family. Taena’s eyes flicked toward the Queen of Thorns. The old woman’s lips had curved. Not into a smile, but something close to satisfaction. Approval. Her sharp eyes gleamed beneath the shadows of her veil as she regarded her granddaughter, as if marking a lesson well learned.

The calmness of Sansa’s words spread through the room like the slow thaw of frost. The sobs quieted. The shuffling feet stilled. Even the whispers faded, replaced by heavy breathing and the occasional stifled gasp. It was as if her voice had drawn some of the terror out of the air.

Then she lifted her chin, and her final words rang through the chamber like the toll of a bell. “My brother will set right what the Lannisters destroyed. He will heal this realm. Whereas the Lannisters plunged this realm into civil war and divided us all, he will unite it, as it was meant to be. There will be peace again. I promise you that.”

Something changed. The oppressive fear that had wrapped around the room loosened, its grip faltering. Even the shadow monsters, Taena thought, seemed to respond. Their blue glow softened, their edges dimming slightly, as though they too were soothed by her words.

For the first time since her awakening, Taena felt the strangling panic in her chest ease. She looked at Sansa Stark and felt a strange mixture of disbelief and admiration. The girl had changed utterly. She spoke not like a frightened captive, but like a queen carved of warmth and iron both, one who could smile and command in the same breath. Taena’s mind, ever sharp even through fear, began to turn. A woman who could calm a room full of lords and ladies trembling before death was no mere ornament.

Whatever or whoever this Jon Snow truly was, he had a sister who could rule beside him, or rule through him.

The hush that followed Sansa’s last words was deep and taut. Taena could hear her own heartbeat in her ears. For a moment, nothing moved.

Then the air shimmered, and Jon Snow vanished. There was no cry, no crack of thunder, no flash of light, only a ripple in space itself, a soft distortion, as if the world blinked. The spot where he had stood was suddenly empty.

The reaction was immediate. Someone shrieked. A man shouted a curse. Her husband's nails bit deep into Taena’s forearm as his body went rigid.

Taena’s heart hammered. Her eyes darted wildly, searching. For a moment she thought she had gone mad, that fear had turned her sight false. She blinked, hard, and then he was there again.

Jon stood precisely where he had been, as if time itself had bent and placed him back into existence. Only now he was not alone. He carried Ser Balon Swann in his arms.

Gasps tore through the chamber like a breaking wave. A woman near the front screamed and stumbled back. Ser Loras half rose, white-faced, before stopping himself, uncertain what he was seeing.

Taena could only stare. Ser Balon was no slight man. He was tall and broad as an ox, all heavy muscle and duty. Yet even though Ser Balon Swann was clad in his Kingsguard armour, Jon Snow bore him with effortless grace. The knight looked light in his grasp, as though his armour and weight meant nothing.

The young man moved with eerie calm, lowering the Kingsguard to the marble floor as gently as a mother laying down a sleeping child. Ser Balon’s right leg jutted at an unnatural angle, swollen beneath the torn hose. The memory of that crack, that awful sound of bone meeting stone, clawed through Taena’s mind.

Jon knelt. Something then appeared in his hand. It looked like a vial of glass, no longer than a finger. It had not been there before; it simply was, gleaming faintly as it caught the pale light. Inside, liquid blue as frozen fire swirled softly.

He unstoppered it with a flick of his thumb. A single drop fell upon the ruined leg.

The air shifted. A faint glow spread from the drop. First a pinprick, then a spreading bloom of cold light that crept through skin and cloth alike. The marble beneath shimmered faintly, rimed with frost. Taena saw her breath mist before her lips.

The glow deepened. The leg began to move.

It was subtle at first; a twitch, a small alignment. Then the bones shifted, slow and deliberate, like the work of unseen hands. The limb straightened, the wrongness faded, and the swelling sank away. The sound that followed, a soft and neat click, echoed through the chamber like a final punctuation.

Jon rose smoothly to his feet. His voice came, quiet and even. “You will see me again soon.”

Then he turned to Sansa. Their eyes met. She reached for him, her fingers slender and sure as they found his hand. The air between them shimmered once more.

And before anyone could speak, before any lord or lady could fall to their knees or draw another breath, the two of them were gone.

Chaos rose like a tide. The silence that had gripped the Maidenvault shattered all at once. A hundred and more voices crashed and collided, spilling against marble and fear. Shouts echoed beneath the high, domed ceiling; questions tumbled over one another, desperate and unanswerable.

“Where did they go?” someone cried.

“The monsters took them!” another screamed. "And they will take us all too!" 

"They'll kill us all!" An older woman shouted. "Kill us all, they will!"

A woman began to sob, raw and broken, while somewhere else a man gave a wild, hollow laugh that scraped the nerves. “Sorcery,” he kept muttering, “vile, wicked, unnatural and holy sorcery! Gods help us all!”

The air was thick with iconfusion, awe and terror. Men called on the Warrior, women on the Mother. Several surged toward the great doors before freezing as the sentinels flanking them turned their helmed faces in eerie unison. The shadow monsters made no move, no sound. Their eyes - if they could be called that - glowed faintly blue, pulsing like veins of cold fire. Their stillness was worse than any violence. They were statues of death given patience, watching, waiting.

Taena’s gaze snapped downward as movement caught her eye.

Ser Balon Swann stirred.

He braced himself on his elbows, his face white with disbelief. The nobles nearest him stumbled back, unsure whether to help or to flee. Taena watched, transfixed, as the Kingsguard pushed himself upright, ignoring the hands that reached to steady him. He tested the mended leg like a man waking into another man’s body. He was cautious at first, then firmer, flexing his foot, pressing weight onto heel and toe.

He stood on the leg that moments before had been twisted into ruin.

A murmur rippled outward, disbelieving. The pale marble gleamed beneath him where blood had darkened it earlier, yet the man who had fallen broken now rose whole. He took a step. Then another. Then another. No limp. No pain. He bent the knee, straightened it, bent again. His eyes went wide, his lips parted, but no words came.

He looked like a man staring at a miracle.

Gasps spread like sparks through dry grass. Lady Margaery’s hand fell from her mouth; she let out a long, trembling breath. Lady Alerie clasped her hands to her chest and murmured a prayer. Ser Loras gripped his father's arm, knuckles white, as if afraid that to let go would undo what he saw.

The Queen of Thorns alone did not look astonished. Her sharp eyes glittered, measuring the room, the possibilities. Her mouth pursed, thin as a blade. Lady Olenna Tyrell, Taena thought, was not a woman who wasted awe.

Across the chamber, Lord Paxter Redwyne and Lord Mathis Rowan exchanged uneasy glances. Hope and dread battled on their faces. Prince Oberyn stood silent, the dark gleam in his eyes unreadable. Ellaria Sand’s hand twisted in the silk at her hip as she whispered something too soft to hear.

Orton’s whisper broke against Taena’s ear. “Are we dreaming?” His voice trembled. “Tell me this is a dream.”

Taena did not look at him. Her eyes were fixed on the space where Jon Snow had stood, where he had vanished, where he had reappeared carrying a man like a feather and healed him with a single drop of light. “No, my love,” she murmured. “I don’t think we are.”

She tried to make sense of what she had seen. Her mind, sharp and disciplined, sought patterns, explanations - alchemy, trickery or illusion - but the answers slipped like water through her grasp. Vanishing, reappearing, healing bones with light… these belonged to the tales sailors told drunk in the ports of Myr, to the red priests who sold miracles for coin. Yet here stood proof. 

Ser Balon flexed the leg again. The joint obeyed as though it had never been broken. Taena saw awe in his eyes now, but also a quiet, heavy fear of a man who knows he has been touched by something beyond the gods.

A thought stirred in her mind, heavy as lead. If Jon Snow could do this - if he could step through space as if it were cloth, carry a knight as if he were linen, heal with a drop of blue frost - then what else could he do?

Her imagination spun unbidden. She saw the streets of King’s Landing swallowed in shadow, the banners of proud houses burning to cinders. She saw battlefields blanketed in night, soldiers screaming as darkness moved through their ranks, silent and tireless. She saw that faint, pulsing blue flowing over men and through steel. She saw an unstoppable and immovable force that could not be reckoned with. A force that could only be surrendered to, and one that could be obeyed.

And beneath the awe and terror that vision stirred, another current began to take shape, one that quieter, deeper and more dangerous. Power like his was more than just a weapon. It was gravity, a pull that drew all things toward it. Men would kneel. Women would pray. But some, she thought, would find other ways to survive beneath such a man’s shadow. Ways that were not spoken of, but understood.

Her skin prickled. She drew a breath and steadied herself. Fear would not save her. Calculation might. Survive first. Prosper if possible. Those were the rules she had lived by since she left Myr. This was only another court, she realised, with a new kind of king and new rules.

If Jon Snow meant to rule, then safety would lie in standing where his gaze turned warm, not cold. And if warmth could be earned… then she would learn how to kindle it.

Her eyes flicked to the door, to the shadow monsters stationed there. They stood sentinel, silent and unbreathing, their blue glow faint but steady. Even in stillness they answered something unseen, as if bound to a rhythm far below the world. She wondered what he saw when he looked through them, and if he could see her face among a hundred others, the quiet curiosity behind her poise, the calculation in her eyes.

Taena drew her husband’s arm tighter through hers. “We will be careful,” she spoke softly, so only her husband could hear. “We will be wise, and we will gather information and we will learn. We will not make enemies we cannot defeat. When the time comes, we will show we are useful.”

“Useful?” Orton’s voice cracked. “To him?”

“To whoever holds the crown, whether it be Jon Snow or whoever,” she answered. “We shall make ourselves invaluable allies.”

Her gaze swept the room, to the nobles crowding around Ser Balon, marveling and trembling in equal measure; the shadow monsters at the doors, patient as stones; the faint morning light seeping through the latticework windows, grey and cold. The noise had softened. Fear had not vanished, but it had changed shape.

The panic had become thought. Survival. Bargaining.

Already Taena could see the wheels turning behind faces. The Tyrells, gathered together, whispering in quiet conference, Lady Olenna’s eyes sharp as ever despite the tremor in her hands. Prince Oberyn leaning close to Ellaria, his voice low and dangerous. Lesser lords murmuring together, glancing toward the doors, testing the edges of their captivity. The court was re-forming even here, in this prison of marble and silence. And Taena would be part of it. Not merely as an observer, but as a player.

Her gaze lingered where Jon Snow had stood, the memory of his face vivid in her mind. Hard, beautiful, unyielding. He was a man unlike any she had ever known. The thought came and went like a spark: if he could unmake kings, what might he make of those who served him well? What might he give or take?

The shadow monsters along the walls pulsed faintly, their glow syncing with her slow, deliberate heartbeat. The air carried the chill of deep stone, and the scent of perfume still hung faintly over the sweat and fear.

Lady Taena Merryweather stood very still beside her trembling husband. Her heartbeat slowed. Her breath deepened. The game had changed, but not its nature. Whatever had happened this night had remade King’s Landing, and perhaps the world. And if the darkness now knelt to one man’s hand, then she would learn the shape of that hand, and make sure, when it closed, that it held her gently instead of crushing her throat.


 

Notes:

We'll see the actual thoughts and feelings and reactions of the Tyrells and Prince Oberyn relatively soon, but not for a little while. Just wanted to get the reaction of a more neutral party (and someone who will be intimately acquainted with Jon in the future). Jon will be dealing with the Freys, Boltons and Greyjoys first before really dealing with these captive nobles. Gotta make them wait and show them who's in charge and that when he wants to speak with them, he will.

I wanted to Olenna few others speak and ask questions to Jon or even Sansa, but I thought realistically most people would be absolutely scared shitless and be unable to comprehend properly what's going on, and Olenna is just taking the whole situation in and trying to think of a plan of action while avoiding pissing herself.

I haven't even started writing Chapter 6 yet so don't expect it as soon as this one.

Chapter 6: Prologue Arc: Chapter VI (Sansa Stark)

Notes:

Relatively short one. More a transitional chapter. However, at the end of the chapter, I do have a question for everyone.

Just want to clarify that while Jon has extremely similiar powers of Sung Jinwoo, as this is only partially inspired by Solo Leveling, some of the powers and abilities work different. Jon is stronger in some areas and weaker in some areas than Sung Jinwoo, and also due to his magical bloodline, he has access to other abilities and skills - both passive and active - that Sung Jinwoo doesn't have.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text


31ST DAY OF THE TWELFTH MOON OF 299 AC


The morning light spilled across the royal apartments of Maegor’s Holdfast, pale and cold through the tall windows. The air held the faint scent of spiced tea and honeyed porridge, but beneath it lingered the sharper, subtler chill that always came with Jon’s shadows. The dining chamber was grand yet quiet, the silence stretched thin like glass.

Sansa sat to Jon’s left at the long table, close enough to study the smallest movements of his hands, the way he held his cup, the measured rhythm of his breath. Even seated, he carried himself with the unshakable stillness of command. The morning sun glinted across the black of his attire and the gold and silver bands on his fingers, the light catching his eyes in fleeting amber flashes before dulling again into grey.

Two shadows kept their vigil several feet away, one to either side of the table. Winter stood to Jon’s right, and to his left, was the shadow soldier who Jon had named Summer. Their bodies were not truly solid, only the shape of men cast in living darkness, their edges curling and misting in slow, steady motion. Their faint blue glow flickered like reflections off ice. They made no sound, yet their presence pressed upon the air as surely as cold itself.

Even from her seat, Sansa could feel their chill brushing over her skin, crawling into her bones. She told herself that she was beginning to grow accustomed to it - especially to Winter, who followed her more often now - but unease still pricked at her each time she looked their way. Their silence was worse than any snarl or whisper could ever be. They were death given shape, utterly obedient, utterly inhuman.

If she still felt fear after days of seeing them, she could not imagine what the people of King’s Landing must feel. The smallfolk had been ruled by lions, goldcloaks, and fear before, but nothing like this.

To wake in the night and glimpse a shadow glowing faintly outside one’s window must feel like the gods themselves had turned their eyes upon them. Sansa pictured the city below: the markets, the alleyways, the bakeries and brothels, with every soul treading carefully under the watch of beings that did not eat or sleep or speak. The thought chilled her more deeply than the winter air seeping through the glass.

The chamber’s flesh-and-blood servants lined the far wall, standing so straight and still they might have been carved from stone. They moved only when duty required, stepping forward to pour tea, to refill a cup, to take a dish away. Even then, their motions were slow, measured, reverent. Sansa saw the tremor in their fingers as they reached for the tableware, the shallow rise and fall of their shoulders with each controlled breath.

Every time one of the shadows even slightly shifted, the servants flinched and stiffened, as if bracing for death. Yet not one dared falter in their work. No plate clattered, no spoon scraped against a bowl. They performed their duties with a precision that bordered on holy fear.

Sansa ate quietly, her appetite subdued by the stillness that pressed around them. The meal was exquisite: freshly baked bread still warm from the ovens, cured meats sliced thin, clusters of winter berries glistening with syrup, and porridge swirled with honey and cream. The tea smelled of cinnamon and cloves. She marvelled that the kitchen could produce such food after what the castle had endured.

The cooks must have laboured under the same dread she saw in these servants, hands shaking as they stirred pots and kneaded dough, terrified that one mistake would summon a shadow to their side. Yet nothing was spoiled. Nothing undercooked. Fear had not dulled their craft. The Red Keep functioned with mechanical perfection, as if fear itself had become the engine that drove it.

Across from her, Jon ate sparingly. He lifted his spoon or cup with unhurried grace, more for her sake than his own. She could tell by the calm set of his jaw, by the faint detachment in his gaze, that he did not eat because he needed to. His body seemed sustained by something beyond food, beyond mortal hunger. His movements were quiet and deliberate, each one reminding her that he was no longer entirely human. Yet he sat there for her comfort, maintaining the ordinary ritual of breakfast so she might feel less adrift in the extraordinary.

The silence between them was not uncomfortable, but heavy with awareness. The scrape of her knife on the bread felt louder than it should have. She glanced again toward the servants. The older woman nearest the door had sweat shining on her brow despite the chill, and another younger girl’s hands trembled so fiercely that she nearly spilled the tea before steadying herself with a whisper of apology. Jon did not reprimand them. He did not even look their way. His indifference seemed to calm them more than any gentle word might have.

As Sansa finished a mouthful of bread, her thoughts turned to the wider castle. Jon had told her the previous night that many of the household staff were still paralysed by fear. Though they had returned to their posts, they moved like ghosts through the corridors: quiet, watchful and waiting for orders they dared not question. She pictured the kitchens where the fires never went out, the laundries that steamed with heat, the stables kept immaculate by trembling hands.

The Red Keep, once echoing with gossip and the clang of goldcloaks’ boots, now functioned in an eerie, reverent hush. Panic had given way to precision. Dread had become discipline.

It amazed her that, despite everything, the palace still worked. Every bed was made, every corridor swept, every meal prepared with flawless care. The Red Keep ran not through loyalty or love but through the perfect, unrelenting fear of the king who had remade it. And yet, as Sansa glanced once more toward Jon’s still figure and the faint pulse of his shadow guards, she wondered if that was not its own kind of order.

Jon had been quiet for some time, his gaze fixed somewhere beyond her, thoughtful and unreadable. When he finally spoke, his voice was low and even. “Do you find your new chambers comfortable?”

Sansa lifted her gaze from her cup, her fingers resting lightly on the rim. “I do. They are spacious, elegant, and blessed with a magnificent view of the city. I can see the whole of King’s Landing from the balcony: the streets, the domes of the Sept, the glitter of the river in the morning light.”

She hesitated, then added softly, “It hardly feels real.”

Her words carried her mind back to the previous afternoon, when the servants had moved her belongings into the chambers that had once belonged to Queen Cersei Lannister. She remembered how the corridors had seemed unnaturally quiet then, how the servants had worked without a word, their faces pale, their steps measured. The scent of polish and dust still lingered in the air when she first entered. The rooms were beautiful, yes, but they had felt like a stranger’s skin.

Most of Cersei’s gowns had already been taken away, folded into chests and carried down to the storerooms. In their place were Sansa’s own garments, neatly arranged in wardrobes by her maids. The change should have been enough to make the rooms feel her own, yet she could not forget whose footsteps had once echoed across those floors. The chamber still seemed haunted by the memory of the woman who had ruled there through fear and contempt. Even the sweet and sharp perfume that continued to cling to the drapes seemed to mock her.

Jon had visited her briefly that afternoon, his tone calm and practical as he surveyed the chambers. He told her he meant to have tailors brought in to fashion new gowns for her in whatever colours and fabrics she wished. The statement had surprised her, not for the offer itself but for how casually he said it, as if it were simply another duty of kingship.

She had protested, of course, for she already possessed more dresses than she could wear in a year, but Jon had only replied that he wanted her to have what she chose, not merely what she inherited. There had been no force in his words, only quiet finality. In the end, she had relented, murmuring her thanks while secretly touched by the thoughtfulness behind the gesture.

That night, she had found it difficult to sleep in Cersei Lannister’s bed. The silken sheets felt too fine, the air too heavy with remembered cruelty. Every gilded edge and carved lion seemed to watch her. Yet as she lay beneath the canopy, she told herself that the woman who once slept there was gone. The shadows of the past could not touch her now. The thought had steadied her heart. By morning, the unease had faded to something gentler, like the echo of a dream she no longer feared.

Now, as she sat at breakfast, Sansa could feel the weight of that change. The rooms no longer seemed to belong to Cersei, but to her. She had even dared to wear one of the queen’s necklaces - a thin chain of gold resting against her pale throat. The metal was warm from her skin, its weight strangely comforting. A few weeks ago, she would have recoiled from the thought of touching anything that had belonged to Cersei Lannister. Now it felt like claiming victory, however quiet.

She took another sip of tea and looked at Jon. “And your own chambers?” she asked. “Do you find them agreeable?”

He glanced toward her, his expression unreadable as he responded simply with, “They are adequate enough

The answer surprised her. The king’s apartments were the grandest in all the Red Keep, yet Jon spoke of them as if they were nothing more than a shelter. She thought of the black stone walls, the tall hearth, the banners of red and gold that had been stripped away and replaced with none. Jon had left the space bare, save for a single map spread across his table and a few books stacked beside it.

Sansa realised then that Jon had never cared for luxury. Power did not tempt him, nor splendour, nor the trappings of kingship. He regarded such things as distractions, weights to be shed. It made her think of their father, who had always seemed slightly uncomfortable in courtly finery. Yet with Jon, it was something else entirely. He lived apart from mortal wants, guided by a purpose colder and deeper than comfort.

When she asked whether he had slept well, he shook his head faintly. “Sleep rarely comes to me," he revealed to her. "though I feel rested all the same.”

The words unsettled her, though she could not explain why. Something in the way he spoke seemed detached, almost clinical. It made her think of the shadows that served him, tireless and watchful, untouched by dreams. She wondered if he had become something like them, a creature who no longer needed the things that bound others to life.

Before she could ask what he meant, Jon turned the question back to her. “And you?”

Sansa smiled faintly, lowering her gaze. “It took time to settle,” she admitted. “But eventually, sleep found me.”

Jon nodded once, and the conversation faded into the soft hush of the morning. The shadows at the edges of the chamber did not move, yet Sansa felt them listening, their cold patience filling the silence between each breath.

Time seemed to stretch within that stillness. The light climbed higher through the windows, and the chill eased just enough to soften the air. When Jon finally spoke again, their words found a gentler rhythm that was less burdened and more reflective, as though the morning itself had begun to breathe again.

Sansa set down her spoon and folded her hands neatly on the table. “How are the nobles in the Maidenvault faring?” she asked at last. The question had been on her mind since dawn. “Have their conditions improved since last night?”

Jon looked up from his untouched cup. “For the most part, they are fine. Servants have been assigned to them. Many of the same who tended to them at court before the purge. They are fed, clothed, and given what they need.”

He spoke without embellishment, the tone of someone who regarded the matter as a detail already managed. “Their personal effects have been restored to them where possible. The Tyrells, in particular, lacked for nothing. As you know, they were already housed in the Maidenvault before my arrival.”

Sansa nodded slowly, before asking" And their spirits?”

Jon’s gaze returned to her, steady and unyielding. “Calmer than they were, though not yet content. They are frightened, but the panic has passed for most. A few have fallen into bouts of weeping or hysteria, and several have already begun plotting again.”

Sansa did not need to ask who. Her mind supplied the names before he spoke them. She could picture Lady Olenna Tyrell whispering sharply to her kin, pruning her schemes like a gardener trimming thorns. She could see Prince Oberyn Martell lounging in his confinement, eyes half-lidded, studying every word, every tremor of weakness in those around him. These were people who thrived on intrigue. Even trapped, they would not waste a breath that could be used to bargain, seduce, or threaten.

Jon seemed to sense her thoughts. “Let them scheme and plot. They will find their webs useless soon enough.”

Sansa thought of the nobles’ pride, how quickly it would wither in captivity. “And you mean to leave them there?”

“For a time,” he replied. “They will stew. Fear is like iron - it must be heated and cooled before it hardens into obedience. When they see that no one comes for them, that the city does not rise in their name, they will begin to yield. They will learn that patience and submission are the only choices left to them.”

His words were calm, not cruel, but they carried an undeniable certainty. Sansa's gaze drifted beyond the table, out toward the tall windows where sunlight spilled across the floor in pale stripes. The city below gleamed faintly in the distance, but the Red Keep itself felt like something apart from it, suspended between life and death. She thought of the nobles locked within their chambers, the servants who moved through corridors with downcast eyes, the air thick with reverence and dread.

It struck her then how strange the castle felt now. There were no lords and ladies gliding through the halls, no perfumed courtiers trading gossip and flattery, no Goldcloaks stamping their boots in unison. The echo of power had changed its shape. What had once been noise and vanity was now quiet and watchfulness. She could walk freely now, unguarded, unseen, her steps unmeasured by scorn or mockery. The courtiers who once delighted in her humiliation were gone, replaced by silence and obedience.

The freedom felt strange. Fragile. She had dreamt of escaping their cruelty for years, yet the emptiness it left behind unnerved her. Without the constant judgment of others, her voice felt clearer, yet the air itself seemed thinner.

Her mind lingered on the state of the castle, and to the way it had transformed overnight. After the coup, she had expected chaos and ruin: walls blackened with blood, floors sticky with gore, the stench of death clinging to every surface. Instead, the Red Keep gleamed as if untouched. The corridors shone clean, the marble polished to a mirror sheen. The servants whispered that Jon’s shadows had scoured the castle, consuming the stains of death as easily as they slew men.

Sansa had never seen it herself, only the results. The blood of kings and knights alike had vanished without a trace, leaving behind only the faint chill of their passage. It was as if the castle had been reborn. 

She wondered what that meant for the memory of it. If no blood remained, if no smoke or stench bore witness, then only they who lived remembered the slaughter. Perhaps that was Jon’s intention: not to erase history, but to control how it was remembered.

Jon’s voice broke the stillness. “They will wait for me,” he declared. “Not the other way around. When I speak to them again, they will listen.”

Sansa looked at him across the table. His expression was calm, his tone almost gentle, yet she could sense the design behind his words. He was reshaping the realm not through brute violence alone but through inevitability, and through the quiet understanding that resistance had no meaning anymore.

She folded her hands in her lap, the cool gold of her necklace brushing against her skin. “They will learn,” she said softly, though she wasn’t certain whether she meant the nobles or herself.

Jon inclined his head once in silent agreement. His tone softened as he turned the conversation away from nobles and toward her. “And how do you find your new servants?” he asked, resting one hand against his cup. His gaze was steady, patient, the way it often was when he wished to hear something honest rather than flattering.

Sansa hesitated, glancing toward the far wall where the servants stood in their careful silence. “They are dutiful. Respectful. They obey every command without hesitation, but...they are frightened.” She looked down briefly, her fingers brushing the edge of her napkin. “Their stiffness is not because of me, I do not think. It is the shadows. They can hardly breathe under their gaze.”

Jon inclined his head slightly. “That will change, in time. The whole city must learn to live with them. Fear fades once men learn what it cannot move,” His voice carried no reproach, only certainty. “I chose your servants carefully. I watched them before all this, and observed how they worked, how they held their tongues, how they treated those beneath them. They are competent and steady. That is why they remain.”

He paused, his eyes still on her. “If any trouble you, tell me. They will be replaced.”

Sansa met his gaze. There was no threat in his tone, yet the finality of it chilled her. She nodded. “Thank you,” she said softly, and meant it. He inclined his head again, faintly, and though his expression did not change, something in his eyes suggested that her gratitude pleased him.

Silence settled again, gentle but full. The faint clink of dishes and the slow breathing of the servants filled the edges of the room. Sansa lowered her gaze to the cup before her, the steam curling faintly in the cool air, and began to think through the women Jon had gathered into her service.

There were twelve in total, all lowborn but skilled, forming what she realised was her first true household. Melleah, her chief handmaid, was the eldest: grey-haired, deliberate, with the calm, knowing hands of a woman who had managed noble chambers for decades. Senah, Larra, and Elyse were her personal attendants, younger and quicker, their movements graceful even under fear. Alys, Jaeda, Helicent, and Talana tended the rooms themselves: sweeping, mending, arranging, always present but never obtrusive. Rosey and Ashlei oversaw her meals, ensuring that the dishes reached her table unblemished, while Soniya and Coryanne served as her bath attendants, quiet and discreet as shadows themselves.

They ranged in age from early twenties to middle age, though time and toil had hardened most of their faces into masks of care. Ashlei was the youngest, no more than four-and-twenty, with wide brown eyes that darted nervously toward Winter whenever he moved. Sansa had taken care to learn all their names, repeating them aloud in private until she could recall each without hesitation. She had made an effort to speak gently to them, to ask after their comfort, to smile even when the air felt heavy with fear.

They always addressed her as princess, curtseying perfectly, eyes lowered. Their obedience was absolute, but she saw in their posture the tension of people living on the edge of dread. Trust had not yet taken root; it could not, not when they still flinched at every whisper of darkness in the hall.

Her thoughts returned to Jon’s quiet warning from the day before. He had spoken it with the same measured calm he used when describing his plans for armies and kingdoms. Competence is not loyalty, he had said. Loyalty cannot be bought with fear or commanded by shadows. It grows only through fairness and time.

Those words had lodged in her mind, and now, as she watched one of the servants carefully pour more tea, she understood what he meant. These women might serve her now, but they did so because obedience was safer than refusal. That was not loyalty. Loyalty had to be earned.

Sansa resolved then, silently, that she would build something different. Her household would not mirror the rule of queens who ruled through cruelty. She would make hers one of quiet steadiness, of fairness and dignity. These women would come to serve her not from terror, but from trust.

The thought filled her with an odd sense of purpose, small but solid. It was something she could shape with her own hands and that belonged to her in truth, and was not as a gift from Jon or as a remnant of another’s reign.

She lifted her gaze once more to Jon. He was watching her, his expression composed, though his eyes seemed to study her in a way that felt both protective and assessing. She wondered if he knew what she was thinking. Perhaps he did.

Jon set down his cup and spoke once more, this time without preamble, “I leave for the riverlands in three days.”

Sansa froze, her hand halfway to the plate before her. For a moment, she was certain she had misheard him. The quiet in the chamber deepened until she could hear the faint tick of cooling metal as the tea cooled. “Three days?” she repeated, her voice softer than she meant it to be. “You mean to go so soon?”

Jon inclined his head, calm and untroubled. “There is no reason to delay.”

The words struck her with an almost physical jolt. She had imagined that he would remain in King’s Landing for weeks yet. It would be long enough to steady his rule, to make himself known to the people and nobles alike, to give the shattered city time to find itself under his dominion. She had pictured him seated upon the Iron Throne, receiving envoys, sending decrees across the realm, while she learned to manage her new household and the palace adjusted to its living shadows. Instead, he spoke of leaving as if it were nothing more than a short errand.

“I thought…” she began carefully, choosing her words. “I thought you would wish to remain until the city is at peace.”

Jon’s eyes met hers across the table. “It does not need to be peaceful," he told her. "It only needs to be contained.”

His tone was calm, but his words carried the gravity of iron. “Peace will come later, after the riverlands bend and the North is reclaimed. For now, King’s Landing only needs to obey, and it will. Order does not come from comfort; it comes from fear of disorder.”

Sansa held his gaze, studying the certainty in it. There was no hesitation, no flicker of doubt. He spoke as one who had already weighed every possibility and dismissed all that did not serve his design. “And...are you certain the city will hold while you are gone?” she asked.

Jon’s reply was immediate. “I have prepared for that. Three measures ensure stability.”

He leaned back slightly, his hand resting on the arm of his chair. “The first is the garrison I leave behind: six thousand shadows.”

The number startled her. “Six thousand?” she echoed, incredulous. “For the entire city?” The instinctive protest rose before she could stop herself. “There are hundreds of thousands of people here. That cannot be enough.”

His expression did not change, but the faintest hint of amusement touched his eyes. “You think in mortal scales, little sister." 

She blinked, then the memory struck her. She recalled the vision he had shown her days earlier, when she had first been reunited with her brother. She saw again the single shadow soldier standing before an army of ten thousand knights, cutting them down like stalks of wheat. The memory was so vivid that a quiet laugh escaped her before she could help it.

Jon raised an eyebrow. “What do you find amusing?”

“I was foolish,” Sansa shook her head, chiding herself internally. “For a moment, I thought six thousand too few. Then I remembered what I have seen.”

Jon’s mouth curved slightly, not a smile but something close. “They are not soldiers in the way men are. They are my will made flesh. Six thousand is more than enough. I only employ that much for the sake of coverage.”

He spoke with quiet authority, explaining the rest in the measured tones of a commander reviewing strategy. “Five thousand will patrol the city. They will keep order in the streets, prevent riots, and guard the granaries, the storehouses, the docks. The other thousand will remain within the Red Keep and Maegor’s Holdfast, stationed to protect you and the royal household. They do not tire. They do not bargain. They do not harm without command. If a riot brews, they will end it before it begins. If a man raises a knife, he will not live to strike. They cannot be bribed or seduced or deceived. They are perfect sentinels.”

Sansa listened, her earlier disbelief dissolving into a strange and reluctant awe. The image formed in her mind: streets patrolled by silent figures of living darkness, their eyes gleaming faintly blue, their presence enough to keep even the boldest thief from testing his courage. The thought was terrifying, yet the logic was unassailable.

Perhaps it was mercy in its own way. The Goldcloaks had been cruel, corrupt, and drunk with impunity. The shadows would be cold, but fair. They would not steal from beggars or assault women in the dark. They would not demand bribes or slit throats for amusement. Under their gaze, the people of King’s Landing might live without fear of their own guards, so long as they obeyed.

She shivered faintly, unable to decide whether that was comfort or horror.

“And the other two measures?” she asked quietly.

Jon turned his cup slowly between his fingers, the light glinting off the metal rim. “The second is me.”

She frowned, uncertain. “You?”

“My ability to move across distance in an instan,.” His tone was matter-of-fact, but there was a faint pride, or perhaps only the calm of one describing a familiar miracle. “No matter where I am, I can return here in seconds. If danger arises, I will be at your side before a man can draw breath.”

Her curiosity stirred despite herself. “How is that possible?” she asked. “You move faster than ravens, faster than wind. I have seen it, but...but I do not understand it.”

He nodded, seeming unsurprised by the question. “The skill is called Shadow Exchange,” he explained. “Through it, I step through my shadows as one might pass through a door. Any shadow under my command can serve as a gateway. Distance means nothing. I could stand in the Twins and walk here in the same breath.”

Sansa’s eyes widened slightly. Shadow Exchange. She had never heard of such a thing, even in stories or songs. She had felt the disorienting sensation before. She recalled the feeling of the world folding in on itself, the air pressing cold against her skin, the silent weightlessness that followed. But hearing him describe it made the ability sound even more unearthly. “And you can bring others with you?” she asked. "Like you did with me?" 

He inclined his head. “Yes, but only by touch. I cannot send another alone, nor summon them without crossing myself. The bond of shadow runs through me, not apart from me.”

It was a kind of magic she could scarcely comprehend, older and darker than the tales of the Valyrians. It made the Freehold’s sorceries seem crude by comparison.

Jon went on. “I will leave a shadow stationed at every significant place that I pass. Through them, I may return whenever I wish. When I reach the Twins, I will leave one there as well. From that moment, King’s Landing will never be beyond my reach.”

Sansa nodded slowly, still trying to absorb the scale of what he was saying.

He looked at her again, his tone softening. “If ever you need me - if something happens, if danger comes - you have only to say the words.”

“What words?” she asked, her voice quieter now.

He met her gaze directly. “Go to Winter, or to any of my shadows, and say: ‘Jon, I need your help, brother.’ Say it exactly. That will call me back to you, no matter where I am.”

Sansa’s breath caught. “Truly?”

He nodded once again. “Repeat it back to me.”

She hesitated, before saying, “Jon, I need your help, brother.”

Jon nodded, before asking her to repeat it once more. She repeated it. Again, and again, until the words felt etched into her memory. “Jon, I need your help, brother.” The syllables settled into her tongue, simple yet solemn, a charm of protection wrapped in blood and shadow.

Jon’s expression softened faintly as she finished. “Good. That is all you will ever need to say.”

Sansa fell silent, turning his words over in her mind. Three days. It still felt too soon, but she understood now that Jon never acted without calculation. His every move was deliberate, his every measure layered in certainty.

Sansa looked up when Jon’s voice broke the quiet again. “There is a third measure. The final one.”

She tilted her head slightly. Her curiosity sparked at once. He had already spoken of his shadow legion and his ability to return in an instant. She could not imagine what else he could possibly rely on. “What is it?”

At her question, Jon smiled. “You." 

For a moment, she only stared at him. “Me?” The word left her in a whisper. The idea seemed absurd. She could not fathom how she might serve as one of his ‘tools’ of rule.

“Yes, little sister. You are the third.”

Her confusion deepened, but Jon’s tone remained calm, as if explaining something obvious. “In my absence,” he continued, “you will serve as the face of my rule here. The people will look to you. The servants already do. You calmed them when I first took the Keep, soothed panic without threat or command. You did the same with the nobles in the Maidenvault. You speak softly, but they listen. They trust you more than they will ever trust me.”

Sansa lowered her gaze, uncertain what to say. She remembered those moments he spoke of: the trembling servants in the corridors, the nobles pale with terror, their eyes darting toward the shadow sentinels that filled every hall. She had spoken gently, trying to comfort them, to prove that mercy still existed within the castle’s walls. She had not thought of it as power.

“I do not know how to rule a city," Sansa told her brother. "Not even for a few days. I have never even ruled a household. Jon...I am not trained for this.”

Jon shook his head. “I do not need you to rule. I only need to keep the palace functioning. The Red Keep will run as it has these past days, through order and fear, but you will be the bridge between that fear and calm. They need someone to see who is not a shadow. Someone human.”

Her heart beat a little faster. “And if something goes wrong?”

He met her eyes steadily. “Then I will return.”

Sansa nodded, though unease continued to ripple through her. The enormity of what he was entrusting her with settled slowly in her chest. “You truly think I can do this?”

“I know you can,” Jon gave her a reassuring smile. “I’ve already begun selecting a small team to assist you. They are clerks, scribes, and servants with experience in managing the household accounts. I will introduce them to you soon. They will handle the day’s tasks under your guidance. All you need do is oversee them.”

Her throat felt tight as she answered. “Thank you.”

The anxiety did not fade, but beneath it, pride bloomed. 

Jon’s gaze lingered on her for a moment before he continued by saying, “I will not leave until the city is stable. I expect that will be within three days.”

She inclined her head. “And after that?”

“I will begin in the riverlands. But before that, I intend to make myself known.”

Sansa frowned lightly. “Known?”

“At midday tomorrow, I will reveal myself to the people at the Great Sept of Baelor," Jon told her. "They will see their new king with their own eyes. And I want you beside me.”

Her breath caught. “At your side?”

He nodded once. “You are the Princess of the Realm. The people must see that.”

For a moment, she could not speak. Though she had stood beside him every day since his return, this was different. The Great Sept was the heart of the Faith, the seat of judgment and coronation. To stand beside him there would be to stand before the eyes of the realm. She wondered if her presence was necessary, but if Jon wanted her beside him, she would be. 

“If that is what you wish, I shall do whatever you need of me,” Sansa said. "I will do anything for you, Jon." 

Jon smiled faintly again, a brief flicker that reached his eyes. Something warm and unsteady moved through her chest at the sight of his smile, though she could not name it.

He shifted the topic then, his voice growing firmer. “My campaign begins with the riverlands. I have spent nights studying the maps, looking over the roads, rivers and fortresses of the riverlands. Every crossing, every route. I am confident that I know where I must go.”

Sansa listened as he spoke, his calm words painting the shape of war across her mind. “I will first deal with Randyll Tarly’s army near Maidenpool. I will then reclaim Harrenhal and move on to the Twins. The Freys will die. The captives of the Red Wedding - including your uncle Edmure and the other northern lords who were sworn to our brother - will be freed. Riverrun will return to House Tully, and the Trident will be theirs once more. When that is done, I march north to end the Boltons and return Winterfell to House Stark.”

The certainty in his tone was absolute. It stirred both pride and dread in her heart.

When he spoke of the Boltons, she felt a fierce satisfaction, her fingers tightening unconsciously around her cup. But when he mentioned the Freys, the calm detachment in his voice chilled her to the bone.

“You mean to kill all the Freys," When she spoke, it was not phrased as a question. 

“I do,” Jon answered simply. “House Frey will not exist when I am finished. I shall scour the realm for every last one of them. Every man, woman, and child will answer for the Red Wedding and the crimes they committed against House Stark.”

A cold weight settled in her stomach. She thought of Lord Walder and his brood of treacherous sons, of Robb and her mother dying at their hands. Yet pity flickered within her, fragile and unwelcome. Not every Frey had drawn a sword that night. There would be children there, frightened, innocent. She could not stop the image from forming.

“Even the innocent?” she asked quietly. “Even the ones who had no part in it?”

Jon’s gaze did not waver. “All of them. The name must end.”

She looked away, unable to meet his eyes for a moment. Dread coiled in her chest like a living thing. She hated the Freys, but she could not deny the faint ache of sorrow for those doomed to die for crimes they did not commit.

Jon watched her in silence for a moment before speaking again. “Does this trouble you?”

Sansa swallowed. “It does.”

“Why?”

“I do not know,” she answered honestly after a moment of hesistation. “I want justice. I want them to pay for what they did. But the thought of killing children, of killing those who never held a sword, it feels wrong. I am still troubled by Tommen’s death. He was a child too.” She hesitated, guilt washing through her at the admission. “Forgive me. I know you had no choice.”

Jon did not look angered. If anything, his expression softened. “Some of what I have done troubles me too,” he admitted. “But necessity is not kindness. You are not wrong to feel as you do. Your mercy is not weakness.”

Sansa lifted her eyes, uncertain if she believed him.

He continued, his tone quiet but firm. “I respect that part of you. It is something I lack. Hold onto it. Blood must pay for blood, but if the world forgets compassion entirely, there’s nothing left worth saving.”

The words settled between them, heavy and strange.

Sansa said nothing more. She only sat in silence, caught between admiration and unease, her heart torn between loyalty and fear. Across from her, Jon returned to his calm stillness, his face unreadable, his eyes distant and cold as winter sky.

She wondered then whether the realm he would build would be a kingdom of peace, or simply one where no one dared to break the silence again.

Jon’s voice was quiet when he spoke again, though the words themselves landed like the crack of frost against stone. “Until Bran and Rickon are found, you are the ruling Lady of Winterfell. You are the head of House Stark.”

The statement struck her so suddenly that her breath caught. For a moment, she could only stare at him, the meaning sinking slowly through the layers of her mind. A faint frown touched her brow before she could stop it, and she saw his eyes narrow slightly in response.

“Something troubles you?” he asked.

Sansa drew in a slow breath, steadying herself. “I thought…” She hesitated, the weight of the words pressing against her tongue. “I thought you would take the position yourself. You are the king now. The North would follow you as easily as the South.”

Jon’s brows knit together, a trace of confusion in his face. “Why would you think that?”

“Because you can,” she said quietly. “You could legitimise yourself with a word. You are Rhaegar Targaryen’s son, but you are Lyanna Stark's son too. You were raised as a Stark and follow the old gods. Bran and Rickon are children. With Robb...with Robb dead, you are the only adult man of our blood left. I...I assumed you would claim both names - Stark and Targaryen - and rule the North and the realm together.”

For a long moment, Jon said nothing. His gaze shifted to the window, where the pale light struck the marble floor in thin gold lines. “I am a bastard, Sansa. Even if I were trueborn, I would be behind Bran, Rickon, you and Arya in the line of succession  I have no right to Winterfell," he told her. "I will not take it. Winterfell and the North belongs to the trueborn children of Lord Eddard Stark. It always will.”

His tone carried no anger, only quiet conviction.I t was the kind that brooked no argument. “The North is yours, Sansa. Yours, until Bran and Rickon return. I will not usurp what was never mine.”

Sansa sat very still, her thoughts turning over and over, her pulse steady but strange in her throat. Pride warred with disbelief, and both tangled with a faint, hollow fear. If he meant what he said - if he truly meant to leave Winterfell and the Stark name in her hands - then she was the Lady of Winterfell in truth.

The thought felt unreal. In her childhood dreams, her brothers had always filled the roles of ruler and protector. She had always thought Robb would inherit the North and Bran and Rickon would serve him as his vassals. In her mind, she had been the sister who would marry a handsome prince and rule his castle and bear him sons and daughters. She had thought her worth would be measured by her grace and beauty, not by her strength. Yet here she sat, being told that she was the last Stark in the South, and the living guardian of her family’s name.

She thought of her father then. What would he have said to her now? He would have told her that duty was not chosen but borne. That the blood of Winterfell did not yield, even in exile. She straightened slightly, forcing her spine upright, her hands folding neatly in her lap as if preparing for judgment.

“If that is what you wish,” she said softly, though the words trembled. “Then I will do my duty. For our house.”

Jon gave a small nod, as if the decision were already settled in his mind. “You were always meant for this, Sansa. You know how to listen, how to see. That is more than most lords ever learn.”

Her throat tightened. Praise from him was rare, and something about his ton - distant, proud, and almost sorrowful - cut deeper than flattery ever could.

Her gaze drifted to the far side of the room, where the servants stood lined against the wall like carved figures. Their eyes were lowered, their bodies stiff with fear. The air around them seemed brittle with tension, though they made no sound. Until this moment, she had been so focused on her conversation with Jon that Sansa had forgotten they were even there.

“Should we be speaking so openly before them?” she asked, lowering her voice. “About the North, about our family, about your plans for the future?”

Jon turned his head slightly, following her gaze. “It makes no difference,” he shrugged. “They already know I see everything. What could they do with such words? My eyes and ears are everywhere.”

His tone was calm, matter-of-fact, but the implication made her shiver. She looked back at the servants again, and saw the tremor in their hands, the stiffness in their shoulders, the shallow, nervous breaths that broke their stillness.

They were terrified, she realised. Not only of him, but of the world he had remade around them. Terrified to move too quickly, to speak too loudly, to even draw breath under the gaze of shadows that did not blink.

She felt a pang of pity for them, sharp and unexpected. These were not courtiers or schemers, not nobles with armies or alliances. They were simple people, trapped between a kingdom’s fall and a power they could not comprehend. Each one of them trying to survive, to keep to their duty in a castle ruled by deathless sentinels and a king who no longer needed sleep.

Sansa’s eyes lingered on one young servant. It was a girl with a loose curl escaping her bun, her hands clasped tightly before her apron to hide their shaking. She could almost feel the girl’s thoughts as her own: that to stumble, to speak out of turn, to draw the wrong gaze might mean the end.

When Sansa looked back at Jon, she understood something that hadn’t been clear before. To the people of the Red Keep, she was not only the princess beside the shadow-king. She was the only face left that still looked human. And now, by his will, she would bear that role for all the North as well.

“I will do my best,” she said quietly.

Jon’s gaze softened, but only slightly. “I know you will.”

The meal lingered quietly after their heavy talk, their words softening into small exchanges: idle questions, faint smiles, the kind of conversation meant to ease the strain rather than carry purpose. The sound of porcelain against silver filled the room in delicate rhythm, punctuated by the quiet footfalls of servants refilling cups or collecting empty dishes. Sunlight shifted higher through the tall windows, painting their faces in alternating bands of brightness and pale shadow.

Sansa tried to fix her thoughts on the simple motions of the moment - the gentle clink of a spoon, the warmth of the tea against her palms - but she felt her mind drifting, still turning over Jon’s revelations, the enormity of what lay ahead for both of them. The quiet stretched between them like a thread of glass. When she lifted her gaze, Jon was already watching her, his expression unreadable but not unkind.

At last, he rose from his chair. The movement drew every eye in the room. The servants stiffened instinctively; the shadows at the door seemed to stir, their edges rippling like smoke. Jon’s presence alone altered the air, as if the room itself bent slightly toward him.

He extended his hand toward her. “Come, Sansa. I have something for you.”

Sansa blinked, caught off guard. “A gift?”

Jon’s mouth tilted faintly. “Something you once had. Something precious. Something lost.”

She hesitated, uncertain what to make of it. “You’ve already given me too much,” her voice was soft with genuine protest. “You don’t need to-”

“I want to,” Jon interrupted gently. “This one belongs to you, not to me. I found it in the city. I recognised it from our time at Winterfell.”

His words stirred a flicker of confusion that deepened with every passing heartbeat. From Winterfell? What could possibly have survived from that faraway world, hidden here in this poisoned city? Her mind raced through half-formed memories, but nothing seemed possible.

Still, she placed her hand in his. His grasp was steady, his skin cool, almost unnaturally so. “Stand,” he instructed quietly.

She obeyed. As she rose, the air around them changed. The light dimmed, bending as though drawn inward, and the world seemed to fold upon itself. A sensation of cold weightlessness flooded through her body, like plunging into icy water without falling. The room vanished, sound and colour swallowed into black.

When the world reformed, she was standing in another chamber. The air was still and faintly perfumed with lavender oil. Pale light filtered through high windows onto a floor of polished stone. Her balance wavered slightly, her stomach still reeling from the shift, but Jon’s grip steadied her. He had brought her somewhere within Maegor’s Holdfast, though she could not say where.

Her first thought was of the silence. Then she noticed the girl.

She sat by the window, hands folded tightly in her lap, posture stiff with apprehension. She looked to be near Sansa’s own age, slender and pale, her dark hair tied with a green ribbon. A simple gown of white and blue draped over her frame, modest but freshly laundered. Her comely face was nervous, her lips pressed thin, yet her eyes carried a faint, trembling hope.

The girl startled violently when the shadows around Jon stirred at their arrival. For an instant, fear blanched her face. But then her gaze found Sansa, and everything in her expression changed.

Her mouth fell open, trembling. “Sansa?” she breathed, as if afraid to speak the name too loudly. “Sansa, is that you? Gods, Sansa, it is so wonderful to see you.”

Sansa froze. The voice struck her like a memory breaking through stone. It was soft, familiar, and impossible. And it was then she recognised the face. It was a face she had thought vanished, one that she would never see again. 

“Jeyne?” she whispered. "Gods, Jeyne, is that you?" 

Jeyne Poole - her girlhood friend, her most dearest companion - rose to her feet. For a heartbeat they only stared at one another, disbelief holding them still. Then Jeyne moved, stumbling forward through tears already spilling down her cheeks.

Sansa met her halfway. The impact of their embrace nearly drove the breath from her. She clutched Jeyne with trembling arms, her fingers twisting into the fabric of her gown, her tears hot and unbidden. Jeyne sobbed against her shoulder, her voice breaking on half-formed words, the sound both joyful and aching.

The scent of her - soap, lavender, and something faintly earthy - flooded Sansa’s senses, dragging her back through years she thought lost forever. She remembered laughing in Winterfell’s courtyard, holding hands beneath falling snow, whispering secrets about knights and songs, dreams of beauty and safety that had long since turned to ash.

She pulled back just enough to see Jeyne’s face. Her friend’s eyes were red with tears, her cheeks flushed, but her smile was radiant, alive. Sansa tried to speak but found she could not. Words failed her. She only shook her head and drew Jeyne close again, unable to bear distance.

Behind them, Jon stood silent, one of his shadow soldiers looming beside him, tall and still as death. The creature’s faint blue glow shimmered against the walls, throwing the scene into strange contrast: the warmth of human reunion framed by the cold presence of inhuman power. Jon watched without a word, his face calm, his grey eyes soft. 

Neither woman spoke again for a long time. Sansa simply held Jeyne, the tears sliding freely down her cheeks, until the trembling in their bodies quieted.

In that moment, the horrors of King’s Landing, the burdens of crowns and vengeance and ghosts, all seemed to fade.


 

Notes:

Thanks for reading. Next chapter will hopefully be out by next Sunday.

My question is this: do you guys want to see Jon announcing himself to the people of King's Landing? I was originally going to depict it in an upcoming chapter, but then I realised, it's basically gonna be the same shit as Chapter IV and V just on a larger-scale so it'll just be repetitive. I might just have it happen off-screen and instead just go back to Chataya's brothel and have her and her girls learn about it.

I was also wondering if a few people would be willing to serve in a consultant manner. Not really a beta reader, but I have several ideas and I want to run it through others first before committing to them. I have a rough plan for how the story unfolds, but nothing is set in stone and the finer details need to be ironed out. If you're interesting, send me an email at [email protected].

Chapter 7: Prologue Arc: Chapter VII (Snapshots of King's Landing II)

Notes:

Apologies for the wait. This was a huge chapter.

From what I can tell from the comments, people are getting sick of Sansa and Jon interacting haha. LOL, I completely get it. The story's moving very slowly right now, but I promise it's all setup to great things coming in the future. Consider this the prologue of the story. I'll try to keep any future interactions between them as minimal as possible unless the story absolutely requires it.

This chapter is a sequel to the first Snapshots. People seem to like seeing the POVs of the commonfolk so I'll do that sporadically in the future.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text


31ST DAY OF THE FIRST MOON OF 299 AC


DAWN


The sky was only just beginning to pale when Tarryn reached the wall. The city behind him lay hushed and bruised, the narrow streets still clogged with the memory of panic. Smoke lingered in the air, thin and bitter, drifting upward to stain the softening grey of dawn. Somewhere far off, bells had stopped ringing. The silence that followed felt heavier for it.

Tarryn did not look back. The Iron Gate rose ahead of him, flanked by stonework that had stood for centuries. Its adjoining wall loomed like a sheer cliff, rough with age, mortar crumbling in places where hands had worn at it over generations. He had watched it for hours from an alley mouth, counting patrols that never came, waiting for the moment when the shadows thinned. They never truly did, but dawn made him reckless.

He climbed with scraped palms and shaking limbs, fingers digging into cracks barely wide enough to hold his weight. Each breath came sharp and shallow, fogging the stone. His heart hammered so loudly he was certain it would draw attention, certain that something would hear it and come.

Up. Just a little farther.

The top was close enough now that he could imagine the feel of it, the rough stone biting into his forearms as he hauled himself over. Beyond it lay fields, roads, anywhere that was not here. Anywhere that did not belong to the darkness that had taken the city in the night.

A cold pressure settled over him.

It was not sudden. It was not violent. It was as if the air itself thickened, turning viscous around his limbs. His next reach failed. His fingers slipped, not from lack of grip, but because his arm no longer obeyed him.

He looked down. The shadow had risen soundlessly from the base of the wall.

It did not have eyes, yet it watched him. Its form clung to the stone like spilled ink, stretching upward in a shape that suggested shoulders, arms, a head bowed slightly as if in contemplation. Frost spread outward from where it touched the wall, whitening the stone beneath his boots.

Tarryn tried to scream. Nothing came out. The pressure increased. His body was forced downward, inch by inch, peeled from the wall as gently and inexorably as a tide reclaiming shore. He clawed at the stone until his nails tore and blood streaked the mortar, bright and useless.

“No,” he whispered, then louder, “gods, please, have mercy.”

The shadow did not answer. It set him on the ground with deliberate care and then pressed him flat against the earth. He could not move. He could barely breathe. The monster was everywhere at once, pinning his limbs, his chest, his thoughts. The cold sank into his bones, numbing and absolute.

Panic shattered him.

“I won’t run,” he sobbed. “I swear it. I won’t. I’ll stay. I’ll do whatever you want. Please, just let me up. Please.”

His words dissolved into broken begging, into tears that soaked into the dirt beneath his cheek. He waited for pain. He waited for the end.

It never came.

Slowly, the pressure eased. The cold withdrew like receding ice. The shadow pulled back from his body, its form thinning, melting into the stone and then into nothing at all.

Tarryn lay there long after it was gone, gasping, shuddering, unable to lift his head. When he finally rolled onto his side, the wall loomed above him once more, unchanged and utterly unreachable.

The sky had brightened to a soft gold, and from that moment onward, Tarryn did not try to climb again.


Dagred woke where he always did, curled against the lee side of a watch tower where the wind cut less sharply through the stone.

For years he had slept there, wrapped in rags and habit, rising and resting by the rhythms of the City Watch. The clang of mail, the scrape of boots on cobble, the barked orders at shift change. Those sounds had been his clock, his comfort, his warning. He knew which captains kicked beggars awake and which ones pretended not to see them. He knew when to move and when to stay still.

This morning, there were no orders.

The tower above him loomed in silence, its narrow windows dark. No banner stirred. No helmeted head leaned out to scan the street. The air felt wrong without the noise, too open, as though the city were holding its breath.

Dagred pushed himself upright, joints aching, and peered down the street.

The intersection beyond the tower lay bare. Where Gold Cloaks once stood with spears grounded and hands resting on sword hilts, there was nothing. No patrols. No dice games played in doorways. No laughter, cruel or otherwise. No guards harrassing or fondling and grasping at young women who passed by. Only stone, shadow, and the soft murmur of people moving carefully through space that no longer belonged to them.

Farther along, at the next crossing, something stood.

It wore the shape of a man only loosely. A figure of darkness occupied the watch post, tall and still, its outline bleeding into the morning light. Frost glazed the stones at its feet, creeping outward like a warning. It did not shift its weight. It did not turn its head. Even still, Dagred felt its presence settle over the street like a hand held up for silence.

People saw it and veered away.

They crossed early, pressed themselves against walls, took longer routes through alleys that stank of refuse rather than pass beneath the tower’s gaze. No one ran. No one shouted. Mothers drew children close without explanation. Men who had once cursed the watch now kept their eyes down and their mouths shut.

Dagred watched it all with a frown carved deep into his weathered face.

He had lived long enough in King’s Landing to know power when he saw it. The Gold Cloaks had needed noise. Whistles, commands, threats. They had needed numbers and the show of force, needed to remind the city every day that they were there.

This shadow monster did not.

Whatever stood in that tower did not need to speak. It did not need to move. Its authority was not argued with, not tested. It simply was.

Dagred pulled his rags tighter around himself and stayed where he was. He did not feel afraid, not in the way others did. The towers had always ruled the streets. Only the men inside them had changed.

As the light of dawn spread and the city stirred into its careful new life, Dagred understood one simple truth in the quiet way he understood most things.

The city no longer answered to voices, but to shadows.


Morton had always preferred cellars.

Stone and earth muffled sound. Secrets settled easily there. Flea Bottom was riddled with them, forgotten chambers beneath rotting tenements, crawlspaces widened into rooms by hands that knew where not to ask questions. This one had served him well for years.

Even now, with the city changed above them, Morton believed in the safety of depth.

The cellar was low and cramped, its ceiling blackened by old smoke. A single lantern burned on a crate between them, its light catching the faces of the men gathered around it. Familiar faces. Careful men. Survivors. They spoke in low voices, arguing not about whether the trade should continue, but how.

“The streets aren’t safe,” one said. “Not with those things walking about.”

“They don’t come down here,” Morton replied, irritation sharpening his tone. “They stand at gates and towers. They scare smallfolk. That’s all.”

Another man shifted uneasily. “They killed the Watch.”

“They replaced the Watch,” Morton snapped. “There’s a difference. Order always settles eventually. We just have to adapt.”

He leaned forward, fingers steepled, already reshaping routes in his mind. Fewer transfers. Quieter buyers. Older contacts. There were still those in the city who still hungered for what he and his men provided, no matter who ruled it. That type of hunger did not vanish overnight.

The lantern flickered. The light dimmed, then steadied. The air turned cold.

Morton frowned and opened his mouth to speak when the stranger appeared.

He stood by the far wall, tall and sinewy, dressed simply in dark clothes untouched by grime. His hair was dark brown, his eyes a flat, merciless grey. He had not come through the door. He had not made a sound.

Two shadows flanked him. They loomed like executioners made of living night, frost curling across the floor at their feet. The men around Morton surged backward in panic, chairs scraping, breath hitching, mouths opening in screams that never fully formed.

No one ran. The shadows moved.

It was over in moments. One breath. One blink. Limbs fell. Bodies collapsed where they sat or stood. There was no fight, no drawn blade, no chance to plead. The cellar filled with the dull finality of death.

Morton found himself alone.

He lay on his back, pressed into the stone, unable to move. The stranger approached, boots silent against the frost rimed floor, and looked down at him with naked disgust.

“You trafficked children,” the man spoke calmly but his voice was still filled with quiet, cold fury and hatred. “You took them. Bought them from their parents, swept them off the streets. Sold them. Allowed other men to break, defile and degrade them. All to fill your purses with coin. Disgusting.”

Morton tried to speak. His tongue felt thick, useless. Tears slid sideways into his hair.

“There will be no place for this under my rule,” the stranger continued. “Not in this city. Not anywhere in the Seven Kingdoms. No child shall come under harm while the Seven Kingdoms are under my rule.”

He gestured once, sharply.

“The children you stole will be found,” he said. “They will be freed. They will be protected. This city will protect them, because I will.”

The pressure on Morton’s chest intensified, crushing and absolute.

“I will hunt every organisation that preys on the helpless,” the stranger said, his voice hardening even more than it already was. “I will tear them out, root and branch. You are not an exception. You are the beginning.”

Morton sobbed, the sound thin and broken, continuing to beg for mercy. 

The man descended upon Morton, dagger in hand. When he lifted, there was nothing left to beg.

Above them, unseen and untouched, dawn continued to spread its pale light across King’s Landing.


MORNING


Summer kept her head down as she hurried through Pisswater Bend, the loaf tucked tight beneath her arm like something precious. The bread was still warm, its weight reassuring against her ribs, and the smell of it clung to her fingers. Her mother would scold her if she dawdled. The city was quieter now, but that did not mean it was safe to linger.

The bend narrowed into an alley she usually avoided, a slit of stone between leaning buildings where the light thinned and the air smelled old. She slowed despite herself.

A man lay there. He was sprawled awkwardly on the stones, one arm twisted beneath him, his face turned away. His clothes were torn and filthy, darkened in places where blood had dried. Summer recognised the look. She had seen it more than once in the days after the night the city changed. People crushed in doorways, fallen in the streets, trampled by fear when everyone had tried to run at once.

No one had moved him. She knew because the stones around him were clean, undisturbed by carts or boots. People passed the mouth of the alley quickly, eyes fixed ahead, pretending not to see. Summer stood still, her breath shallow, the loaf slipping slightly under her arm.

She felt it before she saw it. The air cooled. The shadows deepened.

A shadowy and dark shape unfolded at the far end of the alley, rising from the stone as though it had always been there. The shadow creature moved without sound, tall and dark, its outline faintly misted, a cold glow deep within its form. It did not rush. It did not hesitate.

It knelt beside the body.

Summer pressed herself against the wall, heart pounding, but she could not look away. The shadow slid its arms beneath the dead man and lifted him with care, adjusting its grip so his head did not strike the stone. There was no violence in the motion. No judgement she could see. Only purpose.

Then it turned and walked back into the darkness, the body held close as if it still mattered.

The alley felt suddenly larger.

Summer did not wait. She ran the rest of the way home, breath burning in her chest, fingers numb around the bread. When she finally dared to look back from the corner near her door, the alley lay empty.

No body. No shadow. There was only clean stone, as though nothing had ever been there at all.


In the Street of Looms, Perryn had learned to beg without lifting his voice.

Shouting scared people now. Anything loud did. So he kept his pleas soft and careful as he sat with his back against the loomhouse wall, Mara tucked close at his side. The stone behind them was cold through his thin shirt, and the smell of damp wool drifted from inside the building.

“Food,” he murmured as people passed. “Please. Just a little.”

Most did not look at him. Those who did flinched and hurried on, hands clutching cloaks or baskets, eyes darting toward the corners of the street as if expecting something to step out of the shadows. Coin had grown scarce since the night the city changed. Kindness, rarer still.

Mara’s stomach growled softly. She pressed her face into his sleeve, embarrassed by the sound.

Perryn felt the ache settle deeper, dull and steady, the way it did when hope thinned. He counted the cracks in the wall to keep from thinking about bread, about water, about how long it had been since they had eaten anything that did not taste of mould.

Footsteps stopped in front of them.

Perryn looked up, ready to be ignored again, and froze.

The young man standing was dressed like a lord. He stood tall and sure, broad shouldered, carrying himself with the still authority Perryn had only ever seen from afar when kings were spoken of in stories. Dark brown hair framed a face marked by hardship, but his grey eyes were steady and clear, seeing Perryn and Mara as though they truly mattered.

For a moment, Perryn could only stare.

The man looked like the fathers Perryn imagined in his dreams. Strong. Unafraid. The kind who came home at the end of the day and made the world feel less sharp. At first glance he seemed intimidating, hardened by things Perryn could not name, but when their eyes met, that edge softened. There was comfort there. Gentleness, carefully held.

For a moment, none of them spoke.

Then the man crouched and set a heavy bag into Perryn’s hands. The weight nearly pulled it from his grip. Coin clinked softly inside. Before Perryn could react, the man placed a wrapped loaf of bread and a skin of water beside Mara.

Perryn and his sister stared. He had not seen the man take them out. They were simply there.

“You’ll be all right,” the stranger spoke quietly, a small smile crossing over his mouth. "You are both so brave. You will never go hungry or cold ever again. I will ensure that you and your sister are looked after. Just be a little more patient."

His voice was calm and certain, as though he were stating a fact rather than offering comfort. 

Perryn tried to thank him. The words tangled in his throat. When he blinked, the man was already standing, already turning away.

By the time Perryn gathered the courage to look again, the street was empty.

He sat there with Mara, the bag of silver pressed against his chest, the bread and water between them. Neither of them moved. They watched the space where the stranger had stood, afraid that if they did, it would all vanish.

After a long moment, Mara reached for the bread with trembling hands.

Perryn did not stop her. He still was not certain the man had been real.


Joswyn had never learned to fear properly.

Pig Alley smelled of offal and damp straw, and the stones were slick beneath small feet, but Joswyn toddled along beside his mother with the careless confidence of someone too young to understand what the city had become. His eyes caught on movement, on shape and contrast, on anything new.

The shadow stood at the mouth of the alley. It loomed where a Gold Cloak might once have lingered, tall and motionless, its dark form bleeding into the light. Frost traced pale lines along the stones at its feet. People gave it space without speaking, skirting wide around its presence.

Joswyn tugged free of his mother’s hand.

“Jos,” His mother hissed, her voice catching as she reached for him too late.

He took three unsteady steps toward the shadow and reached out.

The alley seemed to stop breathing.

His mother froze where she stood. The other adults nearby went still as well, hands hovering uselessly, eyes wide, waiting for something terrible to happen.

It did not. The shadow lowered itself, movements slow and deliberate, until it knelt before the child. Cold mist curled gently from its form. Joswyn’s fingers brushed the darkness, disappearing briefly into its surface.

He laughed. The sound rang bright and startled, cutting through the tension like a blade. Joswyn pulled his hand back, then reached out again, fascinated by the strange chill that made his skin prickle.

After a moment, the shadow rose. It did not look back as it moved away, its form thinning as it slipped down the alley and vanished into deeper darkness. The cold retreated with it, leaving only damp stone behind.

His mother sagged against the wall, breath shaking. No one spoke. No one knew what to say.

Joswyn babbled happily and toddled back to his mother, unaware that he had unsettled every certainty they thought they still possessed.


MIDDAY


By midday, the heat had settled thickly over the crossroads near the Mud Gate.

Jocelyn stood to one side of the road with her basket of damp laundry at her feet, watching the street the way washerwomen learned to do. The crossing was always trouble. Too narrow for the traffic it carried, too close to the gate, too many wagons arriving tired and impatient. Arguments sparked there as easily as flint on stone.

Two wagons had met nose to nose in the centre of it. Their drivers shouted over one another, faces flushed, hands clenched tight around reins and hafts. One swore the right was his by custom. The other claimed priority by weight and urgency. The horses stamped and tossed their heads, sensing the tension. Jocelyn saw the moment coming, the familiar tightening before someone swung a fist.

Then the sound fell away. It had not faded or had it quieted. It simply vanished, as if plucked from the air and thrown away.

The shadow appeared between the wagons, rising from the stones as though the road itself had exhaled it. Tall and still, it stood at the heart of the crossing, frost creeping outward from its feet in pale veins. No voice carried past it. No shout dared finish itself.

The men froze. One by one, their eyes dropped. Hands loosened. Words died in their throats. Without speaking, without even looking at one another, they backed their wagons away. Wheels creaked. Horses were turned. The crossing cleared as though guided by an invisible hand.

The shadow remained only long enough to be obeyed.

When it withdrew, the noise returned slowly. Hooves. Cloth shifting. Breath.

Jocelyn realised her hands were shaking as she gathered her laundry and hoisted the basket against her hip. She did not look back as she walked on.

The city had always known fear. What unsettled her was how little of it was needed now.


Gaeron had learned to watch his stall the way a man watched the sea, always alert for the sudden shift that spelled trouble.

Fishmonger’s Square bustled even now, thick with smell and noise. Salt, brine, rot. Voices haggled and cursed, coins clinked, gulls screamed overhead. Gaeron stood behind his trestle table, thick fingers resting on the edge of it, eyes tracking the flow of bodies that passed too close, lingered too long.

He had chased thieves his whole life. Young men, mostly. Quick hands and quicker feet. Sometimes he caught them. More often he did not. Loss was part of the trade. He had learned to swallow it with his pride.

This time, they did not bother to be subtle.  

Three of them surged in at once, knocking over a basket, hands snatching at wrapped fish and hanging strings of dried eels. These were young men who normally the Gold Cloaks would ignore. Gaeron shouted, his voice rising instinctively, his heart sinking with the familiar certainty of chaos.

Then the air went cold, and the shadows came without warning.

They rose from the stones around the stall, tall and solid, their presence crushing the noise of the square down to something distant and unreal. One of the young men screamed as a shadow seized his arm. There was a sharp, wet sound. His hand fell to the stones, fingers still curled.

Blood splashed dark against pale fish scales. The other two fled at once, terror lending them speed Gaeron had never managed to outrun. No one chased them. No one needed to.

The maimed man collapsed, clutching the stump of his arm, shrieking until his voice broke. The shadows withdrew as suddenly as they had come, leaving only the aftermath behind.

Gaeron stood frozen behind his stall.

He stared at the blood pooling across the square, at the severed hand lying amid crushed ice and scales. His chest felt tight, his breath shallow. He had prayed for protection all his life. He had prayed for thieves to be caught, for justice, for order.

He had never prayed for this. And yet, beneath the horror, beneath the sick feeling in his stomach, he felt it.

Relief.

Gaeron swallowed hard, unsure whether he should offer thanks to the gods or beg them for forgiveness for the feeling he could not quite deny.


The granaries near the River Gate had never been quiet places.

Even at the best of times there was the constant scrape of carts, the groan of doors, the smell of grain and river damp hanging thick in the air. Now, the yards lay tense and watchful, men gathering in small knots, voices low, eyes darting toward the sealed gates and the distant towers.

Kennoth stood among them, his stomach gnawing at itself.

He had not eaten properly in days. None of them had. Rumours had spread faster than sense. The city was sealed. No grain would come in. What was stored would never be enough. Hunger sharpened every word, every glance. Fear made logic brittle.

“They’re hoarding it,” someone muttered. “Letting us starve.”

Kennoth did not argue. He followed when the others moved, because standing still felt worse than doing something foolish. They approached the nearest granary doors together, a dozen men with hollow cheeks and desperate eyes. Hands closed around crowbars and mallets scavenged from docks and worksheds.

The first blow never landed.

The shadows rose as one. They emerged soundlessly from the ground, from the walls, from the spaces between heartbeats, tall and immovable. They positioned themselves before every door, every narrow gap, every possible entrance, their forms knitting together into an unbroken barrier of cold darkness.

The men faltered.

Kennoth felt the fear hit him all at once, thick and paralysing. These were not the wandering shadows of the streets. These were sentinels.

“Back! Retreat!” someone shouted.

Camren did not listen.

He screamed, a thin, panicked sound, and charged, trying to force his way past the nearest shadow as if speed alone could save him. The shadow moved.

It seized him mid stride and wrenched his arm aside. There was a crack like splitting wood. Camren howled and collapsed, clutching at a limb that no longer bent as it should. The shadow released him and stepped back into place.

No further violence followed. That was enough.

Kennoth ran. He ran with the others, boots pounding, breath tearing at his lungs, shame and terror tangled tight in his chest. He did not look back. He did not help Camren. He told himself there was nothing he could have done.

Behind them, Camren’s screams echoed off stone and water until even they began to fade.

The granaries remained untouched. Shadows stood watch day and night, unmoving, patient, guarding the grain as though it were something sacred.


AFTERNOON


The shouting had started suddenly.

Stevyn had been mending a sole by the window when the noise rose in the square, rough voices carried on anger and hunger. He knew the sound. Everyone did now. It was the sound of men looking for something to take.

“Inside,” he said, already moving.

Marra gathered Ellyn at once, clutching her to her chest, while Robert and Lyon were herded back from the door. Stevyn slid the bar into place and felt the thin wood tremble under the first blow.

“Open it,” a voice outside snarled. “We know you’ve got food.”

Stevyn’s hands shook as he reached for the knife from the table. It was meant for cutting leather and trimming soles, its edge kept sharp out of habit rather than need. He weighed it in his palm, knowing what it could and could not do.

He positioned himself between the door and his family.

Another blow landed. The door bowed inward, hinges creaking. Ellyn began to cry, small and thin. Stevyn’s chest tightened until breathing hurt. He pictured the men breaking through, the knife rising and falling, and the certainty that he would not survive it.

He hoped only to slow them.

Then the noise stopped. No more shouting. No more pounding. Just silence so sudden it rang.

Stevyn waited, counting his breaths. When nothing happened, he edged forward and slid the bar back a finger’s width. He opened the door just enough to see.

A shadow monster stood in the square.

It loomed over the men who had been at his door, its dark form rigid and terrible. They lay broken on the stones, limbs twisted, blood seeping into the cracks between cobbles. The shadow did not linger. It dissolved into the light and was gone.

Stevyn closed the door at once and drove the bar home again.

His stomach churned. The knife slipped from his numb fingers and clattered to the floor. He sank down and pulled Marra and their three children into his arms, holding them so tightly Lyon gasped.

Horror sat heavy in his chest, as did gratitude. He did not know which frightened him more.


Hayton stood at the edge of the docks with his hands hooked into his belt, watching the crowd gather the way he had watched tides all his life.

The ships lay moored and patient, their hulls creaking softly as the river shifted beneath them. Sails hung slack. Ropes were coiled and ready. To anyone who did not know better, the way out lay plain as day.

Hayton knew better. He had tried the same thing that morning, slipping down the piers with his head low and his pack light. He had made it halfway to a gangplank before the shadows had risen. They had not struck him. They had not even touched him. They had simply stood in his way, cold and absolute, until he turned back.

Now others tried in greater numbers.

Men and women surged forward, voices rising as desperation overcame caution. Some pleaded with the captains. Others shouted at shadows that did not answer. Hands reached for ropes. Feet hammered on planks worn smooth by generations of work.

The shadows moved. They emerged along the length of the docks, stepping into place with silent precision. They blocked every gangplank, every narrow bridge of wood that led from shore to ship. They stood shoulder to shoulder, an unbroken wall of darkness between the crowd and the river.

No threats were spoken and no commands were given. The message needed none.

One by one, the crowd faltered. Shouts died away. People backed off, eyes averted, fear settling into something duller and heavier. The captains stayed aboard their vessels, faces pale, hands clenched tight on rails.

Hayton watched the tide turn.

The river flowed on, indifferent, carrying nothing with it. The ships remained where they were, bound to the docks as firmly as if they had been nailed in place.

No one left King’s Landing that day.


EVENING


Silvy knew the sound of a fight before it started.

She had heard it a hundred times in a hundred taverns. The scrape of a chair, the pitch of a voice tipping from jest into insult, the way laughter thinned and eyes sharpened. Broken furniture and blood on the floor were part of the work. She had learned where to stand when it happened and how to keep moving until it was over.

Tonight felt no different. The argument flared between two men near the back, both drunk enough to believe themselves invincible. Words were traded, then spat. A chair scraped hard against the floor. Silvy felt her shoulders tense as she lifted a tray, already bracing for the crash that would follow.

Hands drifted toward knives, and then suddenly, the air changed.

Cold seeped into the room, stealing breath and sound alike. A shadow unfolded beside the hearth, its dark form swallowing the firelight. Frost crept across the floorboards, thin and pale.

Silvy froze where she stood. As did everyone else.

No one screamed. No one moved. Patrons, guards, and staff alike were caught in the same grip of dread, eyes wide, mouths half open, bodies locked in place. The shadow did not advance. It did not need to.

Time stretched. Silvy’s arms began to ache from holding the tray. Her heart hammered in her chest. She waited for violence and found only the suffocating weight of being watched.

At last, one of the men swallowed and pulled his hand away from his knife. The other followed. Chairs were righted. Eyes dropped. Without a word, they sat back down and drank, hands shaking.

The shadow faded as quietly as it had come.

No one spoke for a long while after. The tavern closed early that night, its doors barred against the dark. Not a single punch had been thrown. Not a single blade drawn.


The inner chambers of the Great Sept of Baelor were meant to be a place of stillness.

Thick stone walls shut out the noise of the city, and high, narrow windows admitted only softened light, filtered through crystal and coloured glass. Incense lingered in the air, sweet and heavy, clinging to cloth and beard alike. Septon Oswyn had walked these chambers for decades, had debated doctrine and discipline here until the words blurred together with age.

He had never felt the room tremble with fear as it did now.

The High Septon sat at the centre of the gathering, robed in white and gold, hands folded atop his staff. Oswyn could see the tremor in those hands despite the effort to still them. The crystal at the staff’s head quivered faintly. Around him stood the Most Devout, men robed in cloth of silver, crystal crowns catching candlelight that suddenly felt too thin to warm anything. These were the shepherds of the Faith, voices that had guided kings and calmed riots, men who had buried doubt beneath ritual and prayer.

That certainty had cracked.

“They are not demons,” one septon insisted, though his voice wavered. “They do not behave as such.”

“And yet they inspire terror,” another countered. “They kill without trial. They rule without sanction.”

“Terror can be holy,” a third replied, forcing steadiness into his tone. “The Stranger is feared, yet no less sacred.”

Oswyn listened, fingers worrying the edge of his sleeve. He had spoken little. Words felt dangerous in a room where no one understood what now ruled the streets. Shadows that enforced order. Darkness that punished crime and spared the innocent. It unsettled every teaching he had ever learned.

“Are they tools,” someone asked, “or judgement?”

No one answered.

The candles flickered.

Cold seeped into the chamber, sharp and undeniable, stealing warmth from skin and breath alike. Oswyn felt it first in his knees, then along his spine. The doors at the far end of the chamber opened without a sound.

The shadows entered.

They flowed in like a tide of night, tall and silent, frost blooming across the marble beneath their feet. The Most Devout fell silent as one. Prayer beads stilled. Hands tightened on staffs. No one rose. No one dared to move.

Between them walked a man.

He was tall and broad shouldered, dark brown hair falling loose around a face marked by hardship rather than age. His grey eyes were calm, assessing, utterly unafraid. He wore no crown, no sigil of office, yet his presence carried the unmistakable weight of rule and authority. Oswyn felt his heart stutter as the man crossed the chamber with measured steps.

“My name is Jon Snow,” the man said, his voice steady in the hush. “The bastard son of Prince Rhaegar Targaryen and Lyanna Stark.”

Shock rippled through the room. Oswyn felt it like a blow to the chest. Bastard. Targaryen. Stark. Words heavy enough to break kingdoms.

Impossible, his mind whispered. Prince Rhaegar would never have fathered a bastard. He had no known child with Lyanna Stark. Such a child would never have been allowed to live. Robert Baratheon and the Lannisters would have seen to that.

Jon Snow did not pause.

“I command the shadows,” he continued. “King’s Landing is mine. The lions and the false stags within the city have been deposed and eradicated. I have claimed the Iron Throne.”

The High Septon’s breath hitched. Oswyn saw his shoulders shake as he tightened his grip on the staff, knuckles whitening beneath thin skin. The words landed like stones dropped into deep water. There was no triumph in them. No relish. Only certainty.

“I have not come to profane this place,” Jon said, his gaze settling briefly on the High Septon before sweeping the chamber. “Nor to silence the Faith. I wish to speak with you. To cooperate with you.”

A murmur stirred, then died.

“The realm has bled,” Jon continued. “It has known chaos, cruelty, and neglect. That will end. Peace, order, and stability will be restored, not only in this city, but throughout the Seven Kingdoms. The innocent will be protected. The faithful will be protected. That is my intent.”

He inclined his head, not in submission, but in acknowledgement.

“Together,” he said quietly, “the Crown and the Faith can ensure that the people of this realm are not abandoned again.”

The shadows behind him remained still, silent sentinels of living night.

Oswyn realised he was trembling.

Not from cold alone. From what stood before them. The High Septon shook openly now, his composure failing despite years of discipline. Fear was etched into his face, raw and unmistakable, and Oswyn knew it mirrored his own.

The Faith had prepared itself for kings and usurpers, for heresies and wars of words.

It had not prepared for a ruler who commanded darkness and spoke of cooperation rather than conquest.

As Jon Snow waited, patient and absolute, Oswyn understood with sudden clarity that the world beyond the sept had already changed. The Faith would have to decide, and soon, whether it would walk beside this new power, stand against it, or be left behind by it entirely.


NIGHT


Night settled uneasily over The Muddy Way.

The alley was narrow and foul, slick with refuse and shadow, its walls leaning close enough that Lysa could feel them pressing in as she backed away. Annet clutched her hand, fingers numb and shaking, her breath coming in short, panicked gasps.

“There’s nowhere to go,” Annet whispered.

Lysa knew. She had known the moment the men stepped into the mouth of the alley, blocking the way out with careless certainty. There were four of them. Filthy, wide eyed, reeking of ale and fear. Their voices overlapped as they laughed and argued with one another, words tumbling out half formed and wild.

“The world’s ending anyway,” one said. “Might as well take what’s left.”

Hands reached out. Fingers caught in hair and cloth. Fabric tore. Annet cried out as someone yanked her sideways, and Lysa lunged without thinking, striking at a face she barely saw. Panic drowned thought. The men pressed closer, breath hot and sour, convinced of their own righteousness by terror and drink.

Then the cold came. It swept through the alley like a held breath released, sharp and absolute. The men faltered mid motion, confusion flickering across their faces.

The shadow rose behind them. It did not announce itself. It did not threaten. It simply was.

Darkness surged, swift and final. The men fell where they stood, bodies crumpling to the stones without time for screams. Blood spread in thin rivulets, steaming faintly in the cold.

Silence followed.

Lysa collapsed against the wall, legs giving way beneath her. Annet slid down beside her, sobbing, clutching at torn cloth with shaking hands.

A shadow knelt before them.

Its form shifted, softened, and gentle hands lifted them both upright, steadying them as though they weighed nothing at all. Another shadow approached, smaller than the rest, hooded, its presence quieter. It raised one dark hand, and something unseen passed through Lysa’s chest.

The panic loosened its grip. Her heart slowed. The ringing in her ears faded. The world sharpened, colours and edges returning as though she had surfaced from deep water. Annet’s sobs eased into shaky breaths, her body no longer locked with terror.

Lysa did not understand what had been done to them. She only knew that the fear had receded enough for her to think.

She grabbed Annet’s hand and pulled her close.

“Run,” she whispered.

They fled the alley without looking back, bare feet slipping on stone, breath tearing free in ragged bursts. They did not stop until the street opened wide and light spilled out to meet them.

Behind them, the shadows remained.

They stood unmoving amid the bodies, keeping their silent watch as the night deepened around them.


The tavern on the Street of Flies was fuller than it had any right to be.

Its door stood barred halfway closed despite the heat, shutters drawn tight enough to leave the room dim and close. Smoke from the hearth and the press of bodies thickened the air, carrying the smell of sour ale, sweat, and old fear. People crowded shoulder to shoulder around low tables, sharing cups and whispers in equal measure. Rumours moved faster than drink.

“I tell you, they’re the dead,” a cooper muttered, leaning close so his words would not carry. “Those trampled in the streets. Those butchered in the Keep. They’ve come back wrong.”

“They don’t rot,” someone else replied. “They don’t moan. They stand guard like soldiers. Dead men don’t do that.”

“Demons, then,” a woman hissed, fingers tight around her cup. “Abominations loosed at the end of days. That’s what my gran said would happen. Shadows in the streets and the gods turning their faces away.”

A laugh followed, thin and brittle. No one joined it.

Whenever footsteps passed outside, voices dropped at once. Heads turned. Breath held. Only when the sound faded did the murmur return, cautious and subdued.

People spoke in fragments. A shadow at a crossroads. A man struck down for drawing steel. A child touched and unharmed. Each story contradicted the next, yet all carried the same unease. No one knew what the shadows wanted. Worse, no one knew what might happen if they ever stopped wanting it.

A washerwoman sat hunched at the end of one table, her hands wrapped so tightly around her cup that her knuckles shone white. She had not spoken until now.

“They saved us,” she said suddenly.

The table quieted. Even the nearby ones leaned closer.

“Me and my girl,” she continued, voice shaking despite her effort to steady it. “In an alley near Cobbler’s Square. Men cornered us. Thought the city had gone mad enough they could do whatever they liked. They were gonna rape us. Maybe even kill us.”

She swallowed hard.

“The shadows came,” she said. “Killed them before they touched us. Didn’t hurt us. One of them… helped us stand.”

Someone crossed themselves. Another whispered a prayer.

“They’re guardians,” the washerwoman said, eyes bright with tears. “They have to be. Sent by the Seven to protect the innocent when men failed.”

The words hung in the air, heavy and unsettling. No one rushed to agree. No one dared dismiss it outright either.

A silence settled, broken only by the crackle of the hearth and the faint creak of timber. People shifted in their seats, staring into cups as if answers might be found at the bottom.

At last, someone spoke, voice low and certain.

“Whatever they are,” he said, “thieves aren’t stealing. No one’s been knifed in the streets. No child or woman’s gone missing in days.”

Others nodded. Reluctantly. Uneasily. The city had grown quieter. Safer, in ways it had not been for years. Yet fear still clung to every wall and doorway, heavier than before.

No one knew what the shadows were. No one agreed why they had come. But veryone knew one thing only. King’s Landing was being watched, and the watching had not ended.


CHATAYA


The Street of Silk lay muffled beneath the blanket of the late night sky, its usual din reduced to something quieter and more watchful. Lanterns still burned behind painted glass, casting warm colour onto the stones, but the shadows between them felt deeper than they once had. Chataya felt it even here, within the walls of her own house.

From her place on the common floor, she watched everything.

Alayaya crossed the room with the ease of long practice, her steps light, her posture open, a smile shaped carefully for the man at her side. It was not the smile of laughter or warmth. It was the smile of reassurance, of invitation, of control. Chataya knew it well. She had taught it.

The Lyseni merchant followed willingly, his belly straining against silk dyed a shade too bright for the hour. He wore rings on every finger and smelled faintly of spiced wine. His eyes flicked about the room, lingering on skin and movement, but he kept close to Alayaya’s side as she guided him toward the stairs. Her hand rested lightly on his sleeve, not gripping, not pulling, just enough contact to suggest safety.

She spoke softly to him, words lost beneath the murmur of the room. Whatever she said eased him. His shoulders loosened. He laughed once, quietly.

Chataya allowed herself a measured breath. Alayaya had changed since that night. They all had. But her beautiful daughter had not broken. She had learned to put the mask back on, to harden herself just enough to move forward without losing herself entirely. Pride stirred in Chataya’s chest, tempered by the familiar ache that came with it. No mother wished this life for her child, yet here they were, surviving it together.

Alayaya was not alone in that. Jayde drifted between tables with a tray balanced on her hip, her movements fluid but cautious. Marei leaned close to a patron, listening more than speaking, her smile small and controlled as she took his hand and began leading him upstairs. Dancy and Tansy stayed near the hearth, where the light was strongest, laughter coming softer now, as though they were afraid to tempt fate by enjoying themselves too openly. Rosey and Daisy worked in tandem near the back, never straying far from one another.

None of them were careless. None of them forgot where they were.

Tamara stood near the wine table, arms folded loosely, her gaze sharp as ever. She watched hands and faces, the subtle shifts of mood that could turn a pleasant evening sour if left unattended. Nyella and Corenna moved less but noticed more, their quiet words enough to redirect a man or send a girl elsewhere before trouble could take root. Chataya trusted them without question. Order did not need noise. It needed presence.

The younger men helped where they could.

Joseth and Mellen carried trays and poured wine, their movements steady, eyes always flicking toward the stairwell and the darker corners of the room. Lewyn lingered near the door, pretending ease while weighing every new arrival. When voices rose too sharply, he drifted closer. When tempers cooled, he faded back again.

They did not wear steel. They did not posture.

They knew their place, and that knowledge kept the room balanced.

Still, Chataya saw the strain.

In the tightness around Marei’s eyes. In the way Jayde flinched at sudden movement. In the way Tansy counted the steps to the stairs when she thought no one was looking. They had all seen too much, too quickly. Shadows moving without sound. Men dying without struggle. Guards who had once swaggered through this very room falling like cut grain.

Others could not yet face it.

Yanelle, Sharra, Delerra, and Daephne remained upstairs, doors barred, lamps burning even in daylight. Chataya checked on them herself each morning and night, bringing food, speaking gently, never pressing. Fear was not something to be dragged out by force. It had its own pace.

She understood them all too well. Even now, the memory crept in when her guard slipped. The cold. The silence. The absolute certainty with which the shadows had moved. They had not rampaged. They had enforced. That distinction mattered.

Chataya had lived through riots, sackings, and purges. She had known chaos, known what it looked like when men believed themselves untouchable. This was different. This was order imposed by something that did not bargain or boast.

That knowledge unsettled her more than any drunken mob ever had.

In the days since the night that shadows had swept over the city, the shape of the city itself had changed. Chataya felt it even when she did not leave the Street of Silk. King’s Landing had altered, its familiar pulse slowed and constrained, like a heart beating under a tightening hand. The city no longer exhaled.

No one was able to leave. Not by gate, not by postern, not through smugglers’ tunnels whispered of in back rooms and bought with gold and silence. Every hidden way out, every narrow crack between stones, every forgotten sewer mouth and goat path beyond the walls had been sealed. Shadow stood where opportunity once lived. People had tried regardless. Desperate men always did. Word spread quickly when they did not return, or when those who followed heard screams cut short, or saw shadows waiting patiently where hope once had been.

The gates remained shut.

They were no longer watched by men with spears and weary eyes, but by something far worse. Something that did not tire, did not accept bribes, did not look away. The Iron Gate, the Mud Gate, the River Gate all stood closed beneath silent sentinels that did not shift or speak. Even from a distance, the sight of them emptied streets.

Merchant ships were still permitted into the harbour, at least for now. Chataya imagined the moment of arrival clearly. Captains standing on deck, hands shading their eyes as they looked toward a city that no longer resembled the one they had left days or weeks earlier. Shadows lined the quays where dockhands once lounged and shouted. Dark shapes slipped along the water’s edge, their reflections breaking the surface of the Blackwater like ink spilled across glass.

The ships were inspected beneath that silent gaze. Cargo was unloaded. Tallies were taken. And then the sailors were taken as well.

Captains and crew alike were marched ashore. Protests were ignored. Coin meant nothing. No sailor was permitted back onto his ship, no matter how loudly he swore or how urgently he pleaded. The shadow monsters did not listen to anyone's pleas. The vessels remained, bobbing gently at their moorings, intact and useless. The harbour became a trap as surely as the streets. The Blackwater was a cage now, its waters open but its exits sealed.

Sailors crowded the taverns and alleys, stranded and furious. They counted their coin again and again, as if it might transform into passage if tallied often enough. Days blurred together. Tempers shortened. They knew what it meant to be cut off from tide and wind. They knew they had nowhere to go.

Stranger still was what had not appeared. There had been no sight of the royal fleet. No black hulls on the horizon. No banners snapping above approaching sails. Chataya knew better than to read too much into that alone. It had been only days since the city fell, and she doubted word had escaped at all.

Nothing left King’s Landing now.  Not by road. Not by river. Not even by wing.

Ravens released from the Red Keep and the city’s towers never made it far. Some were struck down almost at once, dark shapes cutting through the air with lethal precision. Their bodies were found broken in the streets below or floating bloated and still in the Blackwater. Others simply vanished, lost somewhere above the rooftops, never seen again.

If no message escaped, then no banners would yet appear on the horizon. No war galleys would come racing upriver to restore order or challenge what had taken hold. The silence was deliberate. That was what chilled Chataya most.

The city had been wrapped tight and set aside, allowed to exist only within its own walls.

The sea felt watched now, just as the streets did. Even the water seemed constrained, as though the tide itself waited for permission. King’s Landing sat sealed in on itself, a living thing held perfectly still, waiting to see what shape the outside world would take once it finally learned what had happened here.

Chataya listened, as she always did. Wine loosened tongues, and fear sharpened them. Patrons spoke in fragments, voices pitched low, eyes flicking to doors and stairwells whenever a shadow shifted or a footstep passed too close. Information passed through servants and messengers, through women who kept shops and men who kept books, through people who survived by noticing what others missed.

From these whispers, patterns emerged. The Red Keep itself had been taken. Shadow monsters had been seen climbing its walls like living night, pouring into courtyards and towers in impossible numbers. Since then, nothing. No bells. No proclamations. No royal decrees carried into the streets by heralds or guards.

No one knew whether King Joffrey and his younger brother still lived or had perished. Whether Queen Cersei and her Lannister kin still breathed. Whether the lions had been caged or slaughtered outright. The silence from the Red Keep weighed heavier than any scream ever could. It left room for every rumour to rot and multiply.

From the same careful web of talk, Chataya learned other truths.

The shadows did not strike without cause. They answered violence with certainty and restraint. Thieves vanished mid step. Drunken brutes were stopped before fists landed. A man who drew steel and thought better of it lived. A man who persisted did not.

No bodies were displayed as warnings. No heads mounted. No proclamations carved into stone. The lesson spread anyway.

She learned, too, what the shadows ignored. They did not harass honest work. They did not interfere with kitchens and bakeries, with taverns and inns, with counting houses and docks that kept order. They did not trouble brothels that policed their own and turned away cruelty. They did not answer shouted prayers or screamed curses. They did not bargain.

They simply acted. With precision, consistency and intent.

That frightened Chataya more than madness ever could. Madness burned itself out. This did not. This was something else entirely. 

As she continued to watch the common room, Chataya reflected on how the brothel no longer operated as it once had.

The change was subtle in some ways, obvious in others. The doors opened later now and closed earlier, the hours trimmed down to what felt safe rather than what was profitable. Lanterns were kept lower, their light softened so shadows pooled gently instead of leaping along the walls. The music never rose above a murmur. Fewer rooms were in use, their doors chosen carefully, while several of the upper levels remained closed entirely. Their corridors lay undisturbed, still faintly scented with incense and harsh soap, the air stale with abandonment rather than neglect.

Her guards still stood at their posts. Familiar men, faces she had known for years, swords resting at their hips as they always had. Yet their presence felt almost ceremonial now, a gesture carried forward out of habit rather than necessity. None of them had drawn steel since the shadows came. No one had tested the walls of her house. Violence had become unthinkable inside them.

It had become unthinkable everywhere.

King’s Landing had learned that lesson quickly. Whatever stalked the streets did not miss much, and it did not forgive persistence. A raised hand, a shouted threat, a knife drawn too boldly all carried consequences no one wished to discover firsthand.

Chataya had laid down new rules within a day of reopening. She had spoken them once, calmly, and they had been obeyed without protest. No weapons beyond the door. No shouting. No brawling. No drunken cruelty dressed up as sport. Any raised voice ended the night, no debate, no second chances.

Clients complied not because they respected her authority, but because fear had made them careful.

The brothel had become a place of hushed voices and watchful eyes, a neutral ground where pleasure was sought quietly and without excess. Laughter existed, but it was restrained. Touch lingered, but it did not stray. Men drank, but they drank slowly now, counting their cups.

She had considered keeping the house closed for several more days. Many establishments had shuttered their doors entirely, waiting to see how this new, nameless order settled into the city’s bones. In the end, Chataya had decided it was better to open.

Men still came. They were drawn by confinement, by fear, by the gnawing need to feel something human in a city that felt perpetually watched. They came seeking warmth, reassurance, distraction. No Gold Cloaks arrived. It seemed all the Gold Cloaks in the city had been purged. No nobles swept in with entourages and silk-clad arrogance. The highborn had vanished as thoroughly as the watch, and with them went the most lucrative portion of her trade. She did not know whether the nobleborn had been captured or killed. She did not know which was worse. 

Her clients now were merchants, craftsmen, ship captains, and well-fed men of the lower wealthy classes. Respectable enough. Solvent enough. Fewer in number, and far less extravagant with their coin.

Chataya measured the loss with a practiced eye. Business had suffered, but not disastrously. The rooms did not fill as they once had. The purses were lighter. Still, the doors remained open, and that mattered more than profit for now. Open doors meant relevance. Presence. Survival.

Those who entered came alone or in pairs, subdued and grateful, careful not to draw attention. They thanked the girls more often than before. They left quietly. Some pressed extra coin into waiting hands, as though generosity itself might serve as protection.

Chataya watched it all from the common floor, weighing each movement, each sound, each face. She adjusted where needed, intervened when necessary, and said little otherwise. The city had changed, and she was changing with it.

Survival had always depended on understanding power, even when that power had no name.

Before Chataya could think any further, she head the doors to the brothel open once more.

For a moment, the sound cut cleanly through the low murmur of voices and the softened strains of music. Conversation dipped without anyone quite intending it to, the way it always did when something unfamiliar entered the room. Her gaze lifted at once.

Her breath stilled. The man standing in the doorway was the same stranger from a few nights ago.

He was dressed in black once more, unadorned and perfectly fitted, the cloth tailored to a body that carried itself with quiet assurance. There was nothing hurried about him, nothing wary. He stepped inside as though the room already belonged to him, posture easy, movements measured. He looked just as refined and nobleborn as he had before, dignified and quietly regal, untouched by the unease that clung to the rest of the city.

And still so very handsome. 

A sharp flutter passed through her chest before she could stop it, followed at once by a flicker of irritation at herself. Foolish, she thought. Foolish to notice such a thing after everything that had happened in the past few days. Kings dead, shadows stalking the city, the balance of the realm upended, and here she was, letting herself register the cut of his jaw and the calm certainty in his bearing.

Chataya steadied herself at once, fingers tightening briefly against the edge of the table beside her. She chided the reaction even as it lingered. She was not a girl to lose her composure over a handsome patron, no matter how memorable their last encounter had been. Desire was familiar ground to her, something she shaped and sold, not something that caught her unaware.

And yet memory rose unbidden.

The certainty of his touch. The restraint he had shown, and the quiet confidence beneath it. The way his attention had settled on her alone, in a deliberate and unwavering way, as though he had chosen her rather than stumbled into her bed by chance.

And the pleasure he had given her when he fucked her.

She remembered the blunt pressure of his cock nudging against her slick entrance, the slow push as he spread her open, inch by thick inch, until she was gasping and clutching at the sheets. The delicious stretch of him filling her completely, so deep she felt him in her belly. The obscene wet sounds of her cunt gripping him each time he pulled back, desperate to keep him inside.

He had taken his time with her. Long, measured strokes that dragged the full length of his shaft against her walls, the swollen head catching at her entrance before he drove back in. His heavy balls swung with each thrust, slapping against her sensitive flesh, and against the slick mess of her arousal when he bent her double, against her chin when he fed his cock down her throat and made her taste herself on him.

She remembered the ache of being so full. The way her thighs had trembled. The shameless, needy sounds she had made for him, begging without words for more, harder, deeper.

For the space of a single breath, she wondered if he had come for her again. The thought sent a spark of desire and arousal through her before discipline smothered it.

The guards stepped forward. They moved smoothly, practiced and polite, stopping him just inside the threshold. Hands rested lightly on sword hilts, not threatening, but ready. Joseth and Lewyn slowed nearby, trays balanced in their hands, their bodies reacting before their minds caught up. Mellen shifted his weight against the wall, eyes narrowing a fraction, as though bracing for trouble that stubbornly refused to appear.

“Begging your pardon, good ser,” one of the guards said evenly. “House rules. We’ll need to check you before we let you into the establishment.”

The stranger’s brows lifted a touch, not in offence, but mild amusement.

“Of course,” he replied. His voice was calm, smooth, unruffled. He spread his hands slightly and stepped closer without being asked.

Chataya felt the tension ease a fraction. A man unused to being stopped would have bristled. He did not.

The guards searched him thoroughly. Sleeves, belt, boots. He stood patiently through it all, expression unchanged. When they found nothing, they stepped aside at once.

“Thank you,” the man said mildly, inclining his head.

Joseth exhaled only after the stranger passed him, unaware until then that he had been holding his breath.

As the man entered the common room, attention bent toward him like grass before a breeze. Patrons glanced up, some curious, some wary. A few of Chataya’s guards tracked his movement longer than they meant to. Near the wine table, Tamara’s gaze sharpened with open interest, thoughtful rather than appraising. Nyella tilted her head slightly, eyes following him with quiet calculation, while Corenna’s lips curved faintly, as though she sensed opportunity before it announced itself.

Dancy and Jayde, attending clients nearby, let their eyes linger a moment longer than propriety allowed.

Chataya moved at once. She crossed the room with measured confidence, a warm smile already in place, though this one carried genuine relief beneath the polish.

“You have returned,” she stopped before before him. “I was not certain I would see you again so soon.”

She let her hand rest lightly against his forearm as she spoke, familiar rather than formal, an intimacy she would not have offered lightly. His attention turned fully to her at once.

“I am glad to see you well, my lady,” he replied. His gaze met hers, steady and intent. “I wondered if your doors would remain closed.”

“They nearly did,” Chataya said honestly. “The city has not been kind to certainty these past days.”

“So I have noticed," the man looked around before continuing to speak. "Still, I thought if any place endured, it would be yours.”

Her smile deepened, pleased despite herself.

“Men still seek comfort,” she told him. “Fear has a way of sharpening that need rather than dulling it. And I prefer to keep my house open while I can. Closed doors invite questions.”

“And danger,” he added quietly.

“Yes,” she agreed. “That as well.”

She studied him as she spoke, noting again how little the mention of fear or disorder seemed to trouble him. Where others stiffened or glanced toward the doors, he remained composed, as though the city’s new realities were no surprise at all.

“And you?” she asked lightly. “What brings you back tonight?”

“A desire to see what remains unchanged,” he said after a brief pause. “And perhaps what has adapted.”

Her fingers shifted slightly against his sleeve, a subtle reminder of what she offered and what he had once chosen.

“Adaptation is how we survive,” she said. “I imagine you understand that.”

“I do,” he replied, his voice carrying an undercurrent that made her pulse quicken. “More than most.”

The space between them seemed to narrow without her quite noticing when it happened. His presence filled it easily, comfortably, and she found herself aware of him in a way that was both professional and dangerously personal.

From across the room, Tamara watched them with renewed interest, exchanging a brief look with Nyella that said more than words ever could.

Chataya held his gaze, her smile slow and knowing. Whatever this man was, he was not here by accident, and once again, he had chosen her house deliberately.

The Summer Islander shifted the conversation toward business with the ease of long habit. The change was smooth and unhurried, a natural turn rather than an abrupt one. She let the warmth remain in her smile even as her tone settled into something more professional, more measured.

“So,” Chataya said lightly, her fingers easing away from his sleeve at last, “have you come tonight seeking one of my girls?”

Her eyes searched his face as she asked it, practiced enough to appear casual while missing nothing.

He did not hesitate.

“You,” he said simply. Then, after the briefest pause, “Your daughter. And Marei. As before.”

The words landed with a small, sharp thrill she did not bother to hide from herself.

Pride followed close behind it. Of all the women in her house, he had chosen her again. And not tentatively, not with the uncertainty of a man hoping his request might be granted, but with an assurance that suggested expectation. As though the matter were already settled in his mind.

Chataya inclined her head, considering him. “Alayaya and Marei are both occupied at the moment,” she informed him, her voice calm and regret touched just enough to sound sincere. “They may be some time yet. I could show you others, if you wish.”

As she spoke, she watched him closely. There was no flicker of annoyance. No disappointment. No glance toward the room to reassess his options. He did not even look past her shoulder.

“That will not be necessary,” he said. “I am content with you.”

The simplicity of it pleased her more than she cared to admit.

Something warm settled low in her belly, familiar and welcome, and she felt the quiet resolve form just as quickly. If he had chosen her alone, then she would ensure he left satisfied in every sense of the word.

“For how long?” she asked.

“Three hours, if possible,” he replied without pause.

She named the price for such a possibility. He produced the coin at once, counting it out with unhurried precision and placing it into her hand as though the exchange were a courtesy rather than a transaction. She closed her fingers around the payment, letting them brush his hand briefly before she withdrew.

The contact was fleeting, but it was not accidental.

She turned and caught Tamara’s eye across the room, lifting her chin slightly and gesturing for her. Tamara came at once.

“Keep the house steady while I am attending to our guest, Tamara,” Chataya said quietly, giving Tamara the coin the stranger had provided. “No excess. No noise.”

Tamara inclined her head as she took the coin in her hand, her gaze flicking once more to the stranger with unmistakable curiosity before returning to the room. “Of course, my lady.”

With business settled, Chataya slipped her arm through the stranger’s, locking it comfortably with her own. The gesture was familiar, practiced, but no less intimate for it. He adjusted easily to her pace as they moved toward the stairs, his presence warm and solid at her side.

As they passed, she felt eyes on them.

Nyella watched with quiet calculation, her expression unreadable. Corenna’s lips curved faintly, already drawing conclusions she would share later. Chataya did not slow. She leaned in just slightly as she guided him upward, close enough to feel the heat of him through the dark fabric of his clothes.

He remained calm and assured as they climbed, his pace unhurried, as though nothing in the city could intrude upon this moment.

Behind them, the common room resumed its careful murmur, filled with watchful eyes and unspoken questions.

Chataya led him up the stairs, guiding him away from the common room and into the quieter reaches of the house.

The sounds below softened with each step, music fading into a distant hum as they climbed past the second floor and continued to the third. This level was reserved for her finest rooms, places meant for men who expected discretion, comfort, and luxury in equal measure. The air was warmer here, the lanternlight gentler, the carpets thick enough to muffle footfalls.

They exchanged light remarks as they walked, nothing of consequence, nothing that needed to be remembered. Easy smiles passed between them, familiar and suggestive. His attention never lingered far from her, returning to her face again and again, and she felt it like a hand laid lightly along her spine. It pleased her more than she was willing to examine too closely.

They passed two guards stationed along the corridor. Both men straightened at once, hands drifting instinctively closer to their sword belts. Their eyes lingered on the stranger with faint unease, brows knitting as though something about him troubled them without reason. Chataya felt it, the brief tightening of the air, but she did not slow. Her arm remained linked with his, her posture relaxed, her confidence intact.

The man in black gave no sign he noticed the guards at all.

Muted sounds drifted through the corridor as they passed closed doors. Soft laughter. Low moans. The familiar rhythms of pleasure that had filled her life for years. The sounds steadied her, anchored her in routine. Tonight, she thought, she would enjoy herself as well. Her thoughts strayed briefly to the last time she had shared a bed with this man, the memory stirring a quiet anticipation.

She resolved, idly, that this time she would learn his name. It seemed absurd that she did not already know it.

She stopped before one of the finest rooms and opened the door, ushering him inside.

The chamber was resplendent. A broad bed dominated the space, draped in fine linens and heavy pillows arranged just so. A polished couch sat near the hearth, its cushions embroidered with intricate patterns. A table nearby held a pitcher of wine, another of water, glass cups, and a small spread of fruit, honeyed nuts, and sweet breads. Tapestries rich with colour and myth adorned the walls, and thick rugs softened the stone beneath her feet. Everything spoke of indulgence, privacy, and careful excess.

Chataya stepped inside and turned to close the door. When she turned back, the stranger was no longer alone.

Two shadow monsters stood beside him, tall and indistinct, darkness given shape. The temperature in the room seemed to drop at once, a sharp chill creeping along her skin. For an instant, time fractured, and she was back on the common floor nights ago, watching armed men fall, feeling that same unnatural cold coil through her bones.

She gasped, but the sound never left her throat.

The stranger vanished from where he stood, and in the same second, something solid slammed into her from behind. A hand clamped over her mouth, cutting off any sound, while an arm banded tight around her stomach and dragged her back hard against a body that felt unyielding as iron. Her feet skidded on the rugs as she was hauled upright and locked in place.

Panic tore through her. Chataya thrashed, twisting her shoulders, trying to wrench free. She clawed at the arm around her, tried to bite, to scream, to turn her head enough to see him, but the grip was precise and absolute. Every movement only tightened his control, calculated and effortless.

Then she heard his voice, low and close to her ear. Recognition cut through her terror like a blade.

“It is all right,” he said quietly. “My lady, I am not here to hurt you.”

His breath brushed her cheek as he spoke, calm and controlled, utterly at odds with the violence of the hold. “I only want to speak. In private.”

Her heart hammered. She could not answer. His hand muffled every sound she tried to make, her thoughts scattering under the weight of fear.

“I have a proposition,” he continued, unhurried. “One that concerns you, your house, and the women under your protection. I believe you can be useful to me and my regime. To what comes next, in helping establishing order and stability.”

Regime. Usefulness. Order. The words tumbled past her without meaning. All she could feel was the hardness of him pressed against her back, the unnatural strength holding her immobile, the steady certainty in his presence.

Her eyes darted forward. The shadow monsters still stood where they were, silent and waiting.

Her breath came shallow through her nose as terror surged anew. For the first time since she had reopened her doors, since she had convinced herself she understood the shape of this new world, doubt cracked her certainty wide open.

She wondered, with a cold, sinking clarity, if she had finally misjudged power, and she wondered, with growing dread, if she was about to die.

As if reading her thoughts, the man restraining her spoke again, his tone steady and deliberate, close enough that the vibration of his voice travelled through her cheek and into her bones.

“I am not going to hurt you,” he said. “Not you. Not your daughter. Not any woman who works under your roof.”

His hand remained firm over her mouth, cutting off any sound she might have made, but his grip was controlled rather than crushing. The arm locked around her middle did not tighten. It simply held her exactly where he wanted her, immovable and contained.

“I needed privacy,” he continued. “Nothing more. If I had spoken openly downstairs, this room would already be full of shouting, guards, and blood. I did not want that.”

Her breath rasped through her nose, shallow and uneven. Panic still roared through her, but his words forced their way in regardless, settling somewhere beneath the terror.

“My name is Jon Snow,” he said. “And the shadows that have taken King’s Landing answer to me.”

The words struck her harder than the iron band of his arm.

Jon Snow.

The name slid through her mind and found no purchase. It was ordinary. Almost disappointing. A northern bastard’s name, plain as dirt, carried south on the wind of war and chance. She had heard dozens like it over the years, spoken by soldiers and sellswords who passed through her doors and vanished again.

For a moment, she almost dismissed it. Then her eyes shifted past him.

The two shadow monsters moved. They stepped forward together, perfectly aligned, their movements smooth and soundless. Each lowered itself with deliberate precision, one knee bending, heads bowing. Their tall, indistinct forms stilled completely once they reached the floor.

They knelt. They were kneeling in servitude to him.

Her breath caught painfully, a sharp, involuntary hitch that burned in her chest. The truth crystallised in that instant, cold and absolute. These were not roaming forces. Not spirits unleashed by chaos or madness. Not horrors that wandered beyond control.

The man was not lying. These shadows belonged to him. They were bound to him and commanded by him, and waiting for his will.

A tremor ran through her despite every effort to remain still.

Jon Snow spoke again, unhurried, as though her realisation had been inevitable.

“I and my shadows do not harm the innocent,” he said. “That includes you. Your daughter. Every woman who sleeps or works beneath this roof.”

Her eyes burned as she stared ahead, the weight of his words pressing down on her.

“The violence you witnessed was deliberate,” he continued. “Limited. Directed only at those who preyed upon the helpless.”

His voice did not change when he spoke of death. There was no relish in it. No apology either.

“The Lannisters were my targets,” he said. “And the Gold Cloaks who served them.”

Her pupils widened, her thoughts skidding wildly.

“The city was taken for that purpose,” Jon went on. “The Red Keep as well. King Joffrey is dead. His mother is dead. Tywin Lannister is dead. Those sworn fully to House Lannister died with them.”

Dead.

The word echoed through her mind without sound. The king. The queen dowager. The lion’s den torn out by the roots.

Jon did not pause to let her recover. He pressed on, his voice steady, relentless.

“They were wicked,” he said. “Their punishment was earned through cruelty, corruption, and crimes against the realm. Against my family.”

Her thoughts fractured, then began to reform, dragging memory with them like debris pulled to the surface. The Sack of King’s Landing, ordered by Tywin Lannister. The screams. The rapes. The slaughter that followed. The riverlands burned and bled under Lannister banners. Cersei’s quiet purge after Robert’s death, men hunting children through the streets.

Barra.

Mhaegen’s baby girl.

The image struck her with the same sick clarity it always did, the small broken body wrapped in bloodied cloth. She thought of Mhaegen, who had gone mad with grief and had taken her own life as a result of the death of her babe. Though she knew it was Cersei who had ordered the purge of King Robert's bastards in the city, Chataya remembered patrons calling Joffrey the Mad King reborn, laughing nervously as they said it, glancing over their shoulders even then.

She felt no grief for the dead lions. Only shock. Doubt flickered next, unbidden. Her thoughts leapt ahead to the names he had not spoken. Tyrion Lannister. Tommen Baratheon. She wondered if the Imp had fallen as well, and whether the younger boy Prince Tommen yet lived. Pity stirred unexpectedly for Prince Tommen, gentle and blameless as far as she knew.

She could not tell whether to hope or to fear the answer.

Her breath remained shallow, her body locked fast in his hold, while the shadows knelt in perfect, patient silence.

Jon spoke again, his voice steady against her ear.

“All other nobles in the city have been captured,” he told her. “They are confined within the Maidenvault. Alive. Contained.”

The words slid over her skin like ice.

“The city answers to me now,” he continued. “And to my sister.”

He paused, just long enough for the name to land, “Sansa Stark.”

Something inside Chataya stilled.

The name tugged at memory, slow and disorienting. Sansa Stark. The northern girl with auburn hair and wide eyes. Once betrothed to Joffrey, paraded through the city like a pretty promise. Later married to the Imp in order for the Lannister to claim Winterfell and the North. A girl who had learned, too young, what King’s Landing did to gentle things.

If Jon Snow called her sister, it meant that he was her bastard brother. He was the Bastard of Winterfell. Lord Eddard Stark's bastard son. 

Her thoughts spiralled backward through years of gossip and half remembered stories. Lord Eddard Stark, rigid with honour. The quiet shock that such a man had fathered a bastard at all. A boy raised in the North, acknowledged but never spoken of with any warmth in southern halls. A name rarely used, easily dismissed. What reason did anyone have to think of Ned Stark's bastard son? 

Until now, of course.

Jon did not give her time to linger on it.

“I did not come here only to explain myself,” he said. “I came to speak about what comes next.”

His arm remained firm around her middle. His hand still covered her mouth, warm and unyielding.

“You understand this city,” he went on. “You understand people. What they want. What they hide. You’ve built a place where men speak freely because they think they’re unseen.”

Her breath shuddered.

“I believe you and the women under your protection can be useful,” he said. “Not as tools. As participants. I’m building an order meant to shield the commonfolk from the excesses of the nobility. From men who think birth excuses cruelty.”

The word order sent a chill through her.

“I am going to remove my hand,” Jon said calmly. “When I do, you will be able to speak. If you scream, or call for help, your guards will rush in.”

He did not raise his voice. “And if that happens my shadows will act, and this room will drown in blood. We do not wish for that, do we?”

The statement was not a threat. It was a boundary.

She believed him. Her eyes flicked once more to the kneeling shadows. They had not moved. Had not shifted. Their obedience was complete, unquestioning. Whatever Jon Snow was, he was not merely a man. She felt it clearly now, a pressure that radiated from him without effort, power held in check rather than strained against.

He could tear through every guard in her brothel and keep walking.

The certainty of it settled deep in her bones. Cooperation, she realised, was not surrender. It was survival.

And more than that, some instinct she trusted told her he was being honest. He had restrained himself when he did not need to. He had spoken when silence would have served him just as well. The sincerity of that restraint frightened her almost as much as his strength.

“Will you remain silent when I release you?” Jon asked quietly. 

She gave a small, careful shake of her head.

His hand withdrew.

The sudden freedom sent her stumbling forward a step before she caught herself, one hand bracing against the edge of the table. She dragged in a deep breath, lungs burning as though she had been held underwater. Her heart hammered, too fast, too loud.

Slowly, she straightened.

She turned to face him, acutely aware of the shadows behind him, of the space they occupied without sound. Her hands trembled, and she could not entirely still them, but she lifted her chin and drew her shoulders back, reclaiming what dignity she could.

Fear coiled tight in her chest.

But she was standing. She was breathing and she was alive.

He crossed the room with slow, deliberate movements, unhurried and entirely at ease, as though nothing about this moment was uncertain to him.

Chataya watched him go, her gaze tracking every measured step. He did not look over his shoulder. He did not hurry. He moved like a man who knew precisely where he stood and exactly how much time he possessed. The shadows did not follow him. They remained where they were, tall and still, their presence pressing at her back like a held breath.

He stopped at the table and reached for the pitcher. Wine poured into the cups in a smooth, unbroken stream, dark and glossy in the lamplight. The sound was small, domestic, intimate. It should have been comforting. Instead, it unsettled her more than the violence had. Men who meant harm did not usually take the time to pour wine. Men who feared resistance did not behave as though the room already belonged to them.

She did not move. Her body felt locked in place, caught between instinct and calculation. Part of her wanted to scream, to bolt for the door, to throw herself past him and down the stairs without looking back. She knew better. Any sound would bring her guards crashing through the door, swords drawn, loyalty unquestioned.

She saw the end of that path with brutal clarity. Blood soaking into her finest rugs. Steel ringing once, twice, and then falling silent. Screams echoing through the house. Her girls paying the price for her fear.

She forced herself to breathe, slowly and evenly.  Survival came first. It always had.

Some distant, disciplined part of her mind flickered to life, already assessing possibilities. This man might offer more than mercy. Power, perhaps. Protection. An opportunity to strengthen herself and her establishment beneath this new and terrible order. The thought sparked and then dimmed. That was for later. If later existed.

For now, she needed to live through the night. And so did the women who depended on her.

Jon turned back toward her, a cup in each hand. He stopped before her and held one out.

Chataya hesitated only for a moment before accepting it. Her fingers trembled as they closed around the cup, the warmth of the wine seeping into her palms. She hated that he could see the shake. Hated that her body betrayed what her face tried to conceal. She lifted her chin, drew her shoulders back, and smoothed her expression into something composed.

Fear would not serve her now.

“Sit." 

His voice was calm, unhurried, as though the word carried no more weight than a polite suggestion. She knew better.

She obeyed. As she lowered herself onto the edge of the seat, wine still in hand, he spoke again, his tone measured and precise.

“There is much we need to discuss,” he told her, before a small smirk crossed over his mouth. “And I have a little under three hours to do it.”

The implication was clear enough. Time was limited. This conversation would move forward. Indecision and delay would not be indulged.

Chataya understood at once. Authority sat on him easily, wrapped in civility and restraint rather than force. It did not need to raise its voice. It did not need to justify itself.

The shadows remained behind her, silent and patient.

Jon stood before her, composed, watchful, utterly at ease, as though the outcome of this meeting had already been accounted for. As though her choices, whatever they might be, existed within boundaries he had already set.

She took a careful breath, steadying herself, every sense sharpened as she finally spoke, "What do you wish to discuss, Jon Snow?" 

Whatever this conversation would bring, she knew one thing with absolute certainty. This night would change her life, or it would end it.


1ST DAY OF THE FIRST MOON OF 300 AC


HOBB 


Hobb had lived his whole life in King’s Landing, and in his mid-thirties he knew the city the way a man knew his own hands. He had been born to the clang of hammer on anvil, raised on the Street of Steel where the air always smelled of smoke, sweat, and hot iron. His father’s forge had stood there long before he could walk, and after his father’s death it had become Hobb’s burden and pride both. Every morning he lifted the shutters, every night he barred them again, and in between he shaped metal for men who rarely thanked him and often cheated him.

He had a wife waiting for him at home, a woman with tired eyes and steady hands, and two young children who still believed their father could fix anything. In the days since the shadows had come, his thoughts circled them constantly. He counted the hours until he could return home. He listened for every sound in the street. He watched the darkness more closely than the flames of his forge.

The city felt wrong, but not in the way it usually did. King’s Landing was always loud, cruel, and alive with disorder. Yet now there were no Gold Cloaks shaking down shopkeepers, no drunken brawls spilling into the gutters, no sudden screams echoing down alleyways. Violence had not vanished, but it had been caged. The streets felt watched. Not guarded, not protected, but observed, as though some vast presence kept its gaze fixed upon the city. Order had been forced upon King’s Landing, and the city did not know how to breathe under it.

It struck Hobb then that today should have been a day of noise and drink and forced cheer. The last day of the old year and the first of the new had always bled together in King’s Landing, marked by cracked bells, cheap wine, and men pretending the turning of the year meant something would truly change. The taverns should have been full. The streets should have been crowded with laughter that rang too loud and too thin.

Instead, there was none of it.

No one was in the mood to celebrate. Doors stayed shut. Voices stayed low. The city held itself tight, waiting.

There had been another reason for celebration too. A greater one. Today was meant to be the day of the royal wedding. King Joffrey and Lady Margaery Tyrell were meant to be wed beneath the eyes of the gods and the realm alike. Hobb had heard the talk for weeks. Of feasts and processions. Of gold and flowers and music spilling through the streets.

He doubted that wedding was happening now.

The thought unsettled him more than he liked. He wondered, not for the first time, whether Lady Margaery and the other nobleborn in the Red Keep were even alive. Rumours said they were being held. Rumours said many things. In the absence of certainty, the city had learned to imagine the worst.

King’s Landing stood on the threshold of a new year in silence, its old king dead, its promised celebrations undone, its future unclear. And Hobb, who had lived his life measuring days by the rhythm of work and sleep, felt as though time itself had slipped, leaving the city suspended between what had been and what was yet to come.

Hobb was making his way past the Great Sept of Baelor when the calm shattered.

It came without warning. One moment the plaza was busy with foot traffic, the next the shadows were there. They slid into existence at the edges of the square and along the surrounding streets, tall and soundless, their forms dark and misted, their faint inner glow like cold embers beneath black glass. They did not rush. They did not threaten. They simply moved, and where they moved, people followed.

A hand of cold fear clenched around Hobb’s heart. His first instinct was to turn back, to duck into an alley, to run. Then memory stopped him. He had seen what happened to those who resisted. He had heard the stories, whispered in taverns and behind closed doors. No one who fought the shadows came back. No one who ran was ever seen again.

So he let himself be guided.

The shadows pressed the crowd with unyielding intent, herding men and women toward the open space before the Sept. Their movements were precise, almost gentle, but impossible to deny. Hobb felt the press of bodies around him, smelled fear-sweat and old wool, heard children crying and adults muttering prayers under their breath. The gathering was not chaos. It was deliberate. Shaped. As though unseen hands were arranging pieces on a board.

Exits were sealed without walls or chains. The shadows simply stood, and no one dared test them. The plaza filled with hundreds of common folk, bakers, smiths, fishmongers, washerwomen, sailors. People like Hobb. People with nowhere else to be.

He lifted his eyes to the steps of the Great Sept and felt unease settle deep in his gut.

Figures were already waiting.

At the centre stood a young man dressed entirely in black. He did not pace. He did not fidget. He stood utterly still, hands loose at his sides, dark brown hair unmoving despite the breeze that stirred cloaks and skirts in the square. His grey eyes looked out over the crowd, calm and assessing, as though he were measuring them rather than addressing them.

Beside him stood a beautiful young woman with red hair, her gown blue and white, her posture unmistakably noble. There was nothing soft in the way she held herself. She stood straight-backed and composed, her expression grave but steady. Hobb did not recognise her at first, though something about her bearing made him lower his gaze instinctively, the way one did around those born to rule.

The High Septon stood with them, robed in pale cloth, looking small and fragile between such presences. He was a wizened man with a bent frame and a wispy grey beard, his hands folded tightly as though in constant prayer. Several shadows flanked the steps like silent sentinels, while others encircled the plaza below, their presence pressing against the crowd like an invisible wall.

This was no sudden proclamation. No chance gathering. Hobb understood that with a chill. This had been planned, prepared, arranged down to the smallest detail.

The murmuring of the crowd swelled, then ebbed. No one rioted. No one charged the steps. Fear, recent memory, and the shadows themselves kept the city’s worst instincts leashed.

Hobb’s eyes returned again and again to the man in black.

Unbidden, his thoughts drifted back to his childhood, to the days of Robert’s Rebellion. He had been a boy then, small enough to slip through legs and stand at the edge of the Street of Steel when Prince Rhaegar Targaryen rode past, with Ser Arthur Dayne and other guards riding with him. He remembered the way the crowd had gone quiet, and how the way sunlight had caught in silver-blonde hair and polished black armour. Rhaegar had looked like something out of a song, distant and unreal, purple eyes gazing past the people as though they were smoke.

Hobb had never forgotten that moment. He had looked so beautiful, so ethereal, so unreal. Like a king out of the old stories, not the prince that he was. 

The man on the Sept steps bore no silver hair. He was very handsome, but he had no Valyrian beauty. Yet as Hobb studied him, he felt the same strange pull. The same hush seemed to settle over the space around him. It was in the stillness of his posture, in the way even the shadows seemed to defer to him, in the sense that the plaza itself waited for his next breath.

Against his will, a single thought formed, heavy and undeniable.

This man looked like a king.

He stepped forward.  It was a simple movement, one foot placed ahead of the other, yet the effect rippled across the plaza like a stone dropped into still water. The murmuring of the crowd faltered, then died altogether. Hobb felt the change as a pressure in the air, a tightening that made his shoulders stiffen and his breath catch halfway in his chest.

When the man spoke, his voice rolled out over the square, impossibly loud and impossibly clear. It was not a shout, yet it struck Hobb’s ears hard enough to make them ache, as though the sound itself carried weight. Every word reached him perfectly, even though he stood dozens of paces from the steps.

“Good men and women of the city, hear me. My name is Jon Snow,” the man announced, his voice loud and filled with conviction and authoritative. The name carried across the plaza, leaving silence behind it. “I am the commander of the shadows.”

Hobb swallowed. Around him, men and women shifted uneasily, eyes darting to the dark figures encircling them. The shadows did not react. They stood unmoving, patient, as though the declaration merely confirmed what they already were.

This man calling himself Jon Snow continued, his voice steady, measured, utterly devoid of hesitation. “King Joffrey Baratheon is dead. Queen Cersei Lannister is dead. Lord Tywin Lannister is dead.”

For a moment, no one reacted at all. Then the shock hit.

Gasps tore from the crowd. Someone cried out. Others clapped hands over their mouths. Hobb felt the words strike him like blows to the chest, each name landing heavier than the last. Joffrey. Cersei. Tywin. Names that had ruled King’s Landing through fear and blood and coin. Names that had always seemed untouchable.

By all rights, the plaza should have exploded. There should have been screaming, shouting, a surge toward the steps or a rush for the exits. None of it happened.

The people remained where they stood, stunned into stillness.

Hobb felt no grief at the news. Not for Joffrey, with his cruelty. Not for Cersei, whose rule had bled the city dry. Not even for Tywin, whose shadow had loomed over the realm for decades. What he felt instead was disbelief so vast it hollowed him out, followed by a strange, numbing awe. It was as though someone had announced that the Red Keep itself had fallen into the sea.

Jon Snow paused, letting the weight of it settle.

Then he spoke again. “I am the son of Prince Rhaegar Targaryen and Lady Lyanna Stark.”

The name Rhaegar struck Hobb like a hammer to hot iron.

For a moment, the plaza vanished.

He was a boy again, standing on the Street of Steel with soot on his hands and wonder in his eyes, watching Prince Rhaegar ride past. He remembered the hush that had fallen then, the way even hardened men had gone quiet. He remembered silver hair shining in the sun, armour polished to a mirror gleam, Kingsguard following like figures from legend. Rhaegar had looked unreal, like a story come to life.

The memory slammed back into him with startling clarity.

Hobb’s gaze snapped to Jon Snow. There was no silver-blonde hair, no purple eyes, no Valyrian beauty. Yet the connection felt undeniable, a line drawn straight from that childhood memory to the man standing before the Great Sept now.

This time, Hobb did not doubt what he was hearing.

Around him, the crowd murmured again, louder now, voices overlapping. He caught fragments of disbelief and outrage, questions hurled into the air with no one to answer them. Bastard. Targaryen. Stark. Some laughed weakly. Others muttered prayers. A few spat on the stones.

And still, no one moved.

Hobb became acutely aware of how controlled the gathering remained. The shadows had not shifted an inch. Jon Snow did not raise his voice or issue threats. He simply stood there, meeting the crowd with an unwavering gaze.

Authority radiated from him without effort.

Hobb felt it settle over the plaza like a weight, pressing everyone into place. This man did not need to cow them. He did not need to frighten them further. His presence alone held them fast.

“I have claimed the Iron Throne,” Jon Snow's voice carried just as clearly as before. “I take back the throne of my ancestors. I am your new king.”

The words echoed off the marble of the Sept, off the surrounding buildings, off the stunned silence of the crowd.

“I will bring order to this realm,” Jon continued. “Stability, as well as balance. King’s Landing has known chaos for too long.”

Hobb listened, barely breathing.

“I know you are afraid,” Jon told them, placing a hand on his chest. “Frightened. Confused. I know that what you have seen in recent days has filled you with dread. For the anguish caused, I am sorry.”

There was no weakness in the apology. It sounded like a statement of fact.

“But you should not fear me,” Jon gestured towards the shadow monsters around him. “Nor my shadows. We do not intend to harm the innocent. We are here to protect them.”

The murmuring swelled again, rolling through the plaza in waves. Hobb caught scraps of it as it passed him by. Skepticism, sharp and angry. Confusion, raw and disoriented. Fear, still very much alive. But beneath it all, he heard something he had not expected.

Relief.

A woman near him whispered that at least the Gold Cloaks were gone. A man muttered that maybe the streets would finally be safe at night. Someone else scoffed, calling it lies, calling it madness. Another voice answered back, asking if madness could really look so controlled.

Hobb did not know what to think.

His hands trembled slightly at his sides. He stared at Jon Snow on the steps of the Great Sept and felt as though the world had slipped sideways. Kings were not supposed to appear like this. Dynasties did not end in quiet announcements. Gods did not walk among men and speak of protection.

And yet, Hobb wondered, distantly, if he was dreaming. If he had collapsed at his forge and this was some fevered vision born of smoke and fear. The stone beneath his boots felt solid. The air burned in his lungs when he breathed. The ache in his ears from Jon Snow’s voice had not faded. 

Jon Snow turned slightly, the motion subtle, and lifted one hand toward the red-haired woman at his side.

“This is Sansa Stark,” he said, his voice carrying as before, filling the plaza with effortless authority. "She is my cousin by blood, but my sister in everything else the matters." 

The name struck Hobb soon after it was uttered by Jon Snow. 

Sansa Stark. The daughter of Lord Eddard Stark, the Hand who King Joffrey had executed for supposed treason, for trying to steal the Iron Throne for Stannis Baratheon. 

Memory stirred, slow at first, then sharp. He remembered a girl once paraded beside King Joffrey. He had not thought of her in a long time. 

She stepped forward into the light, and Hobb felt his breath catch. She was young, but there was nothing girlish about her. She carried herself with dignity and composure, shoulders straight, chin lifted, her expression calm and open. There was compassion in her eyes, yes, but also resolve. Strength. Responsibility. She did not shrink beneath the weight of the crowd’s gaze. She met it.

For a disorienting moment, Hobb thought that he was looking at a queen. 

Lady Sansa Stark spoke, and her voice was not loud, but it carried nonetheless, steady and clear, cutting through the murmurs like a blade through cloth.

“Please, men and women of the city, I ask you to not panic, to not be distressed” she spoke loudly, but gently, “I ask that you not be afraid.”

The words were simple, but there was something in the way she said them that eased the tightness in Hobb’s chest. 

“The man who stands before you is my cousin by blood, but I have only known him as my brother. And my brother is not a conqueror,” she continued. “He is a protector. He has not come to claim this city through cruelty or fear, but to end the corruption and violence that have plagued it for so long.”

As she spoke, she looked out over the crowd, not above them, not past them, but at them. Hobb felt it keenly. It was as though she truly saw the people gathered there. Smiths and bakers. Mothers and children. Men with worn hands and women with tired eyes. She looked at the crowd as if she saw the individuals faces and not just the faceless mass. 

“I know what this city has endured,” Sansa said. “I have lived within its walls. I have seen the cruelty of the Lannisters. I have known what it is to feel powerless here.”

A murmur amongst stirred at that, low and uncertain.

“For the past few years since the death of King Robert, you have been ruled by fear and uncertainty,” she continued, “You have taught to expect nothing better. I promise you this. That will not continue.”

“Jon Snow is the true king,” she said. “Not Joffrey, who wore a false crown and ruled as a false stag, who executed my father on charges of treason that my father was not guilty of. Under Jon’s rule, you will be safe. You will be protected. The innocent will not be preyed upon, and the cruel will not be indulged. The city and its people are what matters most to my brother, to your king.”

A murmur rippled through the plaza again, softer this time. Hobb felt something loosen inside him, a knot he had carried for years without realising it was there.

When Sansa finished speaking, she stepped back, and Jon Snow moved forward once more, “There is something more."

The crowd leaned in without knowing they were doing it.

“Sansa Stark is my cousin by blood,” Jon told them, “but she is my sister by choice.”

Hobb listened, scarcely daring to breathe.

“Lord Eddard Stark raised me as his bastard son,” Jon continued. “He sacrificed the image of his honour to protect me from King Robert Baratheon and the Lannisters. He taught me what family means. Sansa is my sister, as she considers me her brother.”

The words carried a weight that settled deep into the stones of the plaza.

“I name her Princess of the Realm,” Jon declared. “She will stand as one of the authorities of this city. When I am absent, bringing order and stability to the realm, she will rule King’s Landing in my name. She will be obeyed. She will be respected. If anyone seeks to undermine her authority, they shall be punished. Severely”

The title and proclaimation rang out, heavy and final, as did the threat attached to it. 

Silence followed, profound and absolute.

Hobb felt the word settle over them all, pressing into his bones. Princess. Not an empty courtesy. Not a pretty lie. This was power being given, openly and without apology.

The blacksmith looked again at Sansa Stark, at the calm strength in her posture, at the compassion she did not hide, and the resolve she did not soften.

The High Septon stepped forward.

Hobb felt a jolt run through him at the sight. He had half-expected the old man to remain where he was, silent and ceremonial, a figure there for appearance rather than action. Instead, the High Septon moved to the front of the steps, his frail body wrapped in pale robes that fluttered faintly in the breeze. He seemed very small beside Jon Snow, almost fragile, and yet when he spoke, the plaza listened.

Hobb was a pious man by habit. He lit candles when his children were sick. He bowed his head when passing a sept. He knew the prayers well enough, though he could not have argued theology with a learned septon. Faith was something he carried the way he carried a hammer, not with finesse, but with regular use.

That was why the High Septon’s words struck him so hard.

“By the will of the Seven,” the High Septon proclaimed, his thin voice carrying farther than it had any right to, “I name Jon Snow the rightful King of the Seven Kingdoms.”

A ripple of sound tore through the plaza, sharper than before, edged with disbelief. Gasps rose. Someone laughed once, harsh and startled, before falling silent again.

“I proclaim him Defender and Champion of the Faith,” the High Septon continued, lifting his hands as though in the midst of blessing and prayer. “The Faith of the Seven will stand with him. We shall support his rule, for he seeks to protect those who adhere to the Faith and ensure our safety and peace.”

He did not pause. His words gathered force.

“King Joffrey Baratheon,” the High Septon declared, “and his siblings were no true heirs.”

The plaza seemed to draw in a collective breath.

“They were bastards born of incest,” he said plainly, “conceived through the incestutous sin of Queen Cersei Lannister and her twin brother, Ser Jaime Lannister. Their rule was founded on lies and corruption. Joffrey wore a crown he had no right to bear. He was no true king.”

The words struck like hammer blows. Hobb felt his pulse race. He had heard whispers over the past year or so, rumours passed in wine-soaked murmurs and careful silences, but hearing it spoken aloud by the High Septon himself felt like the ground shifting beneath his feet.

“Jon Snow,” the High Septon went on, “bears a bastard’s name, yes, yet his blood is true. He is the son of the valiant and just Prince Rhaegar Targaryen, and the kind and compassionate Lady Lyanna Stark. Bastard though he may be, his claim is just. His rule is valid.”

The old man lifted his gaze upward towards the cloudy sky.

“He has been sent by the Seven themselves,” the High Septon proclaimed, “to restore order, to bring peace and prosperity, and to ensure stability in a realm broken by sin, treachery, and war. He rules in the name of the Father, the Mother, the Maiden, the Warrior, the Smith, the Stranger, and the Crone.”

A murmur swept through the crowd, louder now, confused but charged.

Hobb felt the weight of the declaration settle in his chest, heavy and immovable. It had come too quickly. Far too quickly. Kings had knelt for days, for weeks, before the Faith offered such open blessing. Yet here it was, given without hesitation, as though the matter had already been decided somewhere beyond mortal sight.

And is not the Starks worshippers of the old gods? Hobb wondered why the High Septon and the Faith would support Jon Snow, who no doubt was a worshipper of the old gods. Or had he converted to the Faith? 

Are these shadows truly sent by the gods? 

The High Septon turned his gaze toward the shadows encircling the plaza.

“The shadows that you see before you are not monsters. They are not instruments of terror,” he declared. “They are instruments of divine justice, sent to protect the innocent and destroy wickedness and corruption.”

Hobb swallowed hard. He looked at the shadows again, at their towering forms and cold, silent presence. The idea that they were holy, or sanctioned by the gods, made his skin prickle. Awe tangled with unease in his gut. He wondered, not for the first time, whether the High Septon had received some omen, some vision granted by the Seven themselves. It was the only explanation that made sense to him. The old man would not speak so boldly without certainty. Not here. Not now.

As the High Septon continued, praising Jon Snow’s purpose and his role in cleansing the city, Hobb’s thoughts drifted inward.

He thought of his wife, of the way she watched the street through the shutters at night. He thought of his children, of their small hands clutching his apron when the city grew loud and dangerous. He thought of bread and meat and the price of iron, of whether this new king would leave smiths and labourers in peace to work and live.

With reluctant clarity, he realised that the city already felt safer than it had under Joffrey.

The streets were quieter. The nights, though watched, were not violent. Fear still existed, but it was contained, directed, no longer random and cruel. Hobb did not know if Jon Snow would be a good king. He doubted any man could rule King’s Landing without blood on his hands.

But he knew what the last king had been.

Cruel. Capricious. Dangerous. He had heard the rumours, like everyone else, that Joffrey was shaping into the Mad King reborn, and that thought had haunted him more than he cared to admit.

Hobb stood there, the High Septon’s words washing over him, and found himself thinking something that surprised him with its simplicity.

This new king might be terrible, but he could not be worse than Joffrey. At least he hoped he would not be. 

And for a man with a family to protect, that was no small comfort.

A murmur rippled through the crowd, uneasy but no longer purely afraid. Hobb heard voices around him rise and fall.

“Did you hear that?” someone whispered. 

“Divine justice?” another muttered, doubtful. 

“Maybe the gods finally answered us,” came a quieter voice, almost hopeful.

The murmuring around Hobb shifted. He could hear people arguing in low voices, some clinging to suspicion, others wavering.

“If the Faith stands with him…”

“We cannot ignore that.”

“Does that mean the gods approve?”

“Or is this just another lie dressed in prayer?”

Yet even the skeptics sounded less certain than before. The weight of the High Septon’s endorsement pressed on them all. He was the highest mortal authority of the Faith. If he declared Jon Snow king, it meant something. It had to.

Then the High Septon lifted his voice once more.

“Jon Snow shall be crowned here,” he proclaimed, gesturing toward the vast doors of the Great Sept of Baelor. “In a grand coronation, before the Seven, and before the realm. When he has gone forth and vanquished the wicked and the vile. When the Freys, the Boltons, and the Greyjoys and all other evildoers have been brought to justice for their crimes against the realm and his family. When the realm has been cleansed of corruption, wickedness and evil.”

The names fell like hammer blows, each one drawing another wave of sound from the crowd.

“And I, leader of the Holy Faith, I shall anoint him with the holy oils,” the High Septon's voice was unwavering, “I shall crown him King.”

That, more than anything else, seemed to break something open.

Hobb heard it in the crowd around him. Skepticism did not vanish, but it cracked. He heard voices soften, doubts turning into cautious belief.

“The High Septon himself…”

“He would not risk the Faith for a lie.”

“Maybe...this supposed bastard of Prince Rhaegar is truly is different.”

Some still shook their heads. Some crossed their arms and scowled. But others nodded slowly, as though a burden had been set down at last.

When the High Septon fell silent and stepped back, the plaza remained hushed. The echoes of his proclamations seemed to cling to the air, heavy and lingering. Jon Snow moved forward once more, and though his posture did not change, something in his manner did.

He did not soften. There was no smile, no attempt at warmth. Yet there was reassurance in the way he spoke now, a deliberate calm layered beneath the authority. His presence remained regal and commanding, but his voice settled rather than struck, measured and controlled, as though each word had been weighed before it was given voice.

“I will say this plainly once more, just to serve as a reminder to you, the people of this city, the people of this realm I seek to rule,” Jon Snow paused, before speaking once more. “I have no desire to harm the people of King’s Landing.”

The words carried across the plaza, steady and unyielding.

“Neither I nor my shadows will act against the innocent,” he continued. “Those who live their lives in peace have nothing to fear from me.”

Hobb felt the tension in the crowd ease by a small degree. He could sense it in the way people shifted, in the way shoulders lowered just a fraction.

“Only those who commit the vilest crimes,” Jon told them. “Murder. Rape. Pillaging. Devastation. Atrocities of that scale. Only such men and women have cause to fear my judgment.”

The shadows did not move as he spoke of them, but Hobb felt their presence more keenly all the same.

“My shadows are not monsters. They are my trusted soldiers. They exist to keep the peace,” Jon went on. “To enforce order. To ensure that this city does not descend again into chaos and cruelty.”

No one spoke. No one even seemed to breathe. Hobb listened, hardly blinking, and he knew he was not alone. The plaza was transfixed, caught in the gravity of the man standing before them.

“There are those among the nobility who yet live,” Jon continued, his gaze sweeping the crowd. “Those not tied to House Lannister live. They have not harmed them.”

A murmur rose at once, low and urgent.

“They are held in the Maidenvault,” Jon continued saying. “Secure. Treated with dignity. Kept in comfort.”

Hobb heard the shift immediately. Names were whispered. Questions passed from mouth to mouth.

“What of Lady Margaery?” a woman near him asked.

“The Tyrell girl!” someone else exclaimed.

“She fed the city,” another voice said. “She cared for the poor.”

Jon Snow’s voice cut cleanly through the noise. “Lady Margaery Tyrell and her family are unharmed,” he told them in a reassuring voice. “They remain in my custody, but they have not been mistreated. They shall be freed once the realm is no longer fractured and has been restored whole.”

Relief rippled through the crowd like a tide, though there was some skepticism and doubts still peppered throughout. Hobb felt it himself, unexpected and genuine. Lady Margaery was well liked. The Tyrells had brought food when the city starved. She had walked among the people, visited orphanages and hovels, spoken kindly to those who had nothing. Hobb had never met her, but he had seen her once from afar, smiling as if she truly cared.

Hearing that she lived mattered.

Jon let the murmurs settle before he continued. “I am not here to conquer the city or the realm, but to stabilise it. Not to rule through terror, but to impose order where corruption once thrived.”

“My purpose does not end here,” Jon continued. “King’s Landing is only the beginning.”

A ripple of sound moved through the crowd, anticipation and unease tangled together.

“I intend to bring stability to the entire realm. And I intend to do so soon.”

He gave no dates. No marching orders. Yet the conviction behind the words made them feel inevitable. This was not ambition spoken aloud for effect. It sounded like a course already set, a road already chosen.

“I am not a conqueror," Jon declared. "I am a uniter. The realm has been torn apart by war, treachery, and suffering. I will bind it together again.”

Hobb felt the weight of that promise settle over the plaza. Binding the realm. Ending the endless breaking and bleeding that had marked his entire adult life.

Then Jon Snow spoke of justice beyond the city’s walls.

“I will reclaim the North for my maternal kinsmen, for my family, for House Stark."

A murmur rippled outward, low and startled.

“I will reclaim the riverlands for House Tully.”

More murmurs followed, sharper now.

“The Freys,” Jon said. “The Boltons. The Greyjoys. And what remains of House Lannister.”

Each name landed like a blow, deliberate and unhurried.

“They will answer for their crimes,” Jon declared. “Against my family. Against the realm.”

No one interrupted. No one dared. Hobb felt a chill pass through him, not of fear, but of certainty. These were not threats flung out to stir the crowd. They sounded like judgments already passed, sentences waiting only to be carried out.

At the name of the Freys, Hobb felt a hard, bitter knot tighten in his chest.

Even in King’s Landing, far from the rivers and castles of the Trident, the Red Wedding had been spoken of in hushed tones. Men butchered under their host’s roof. Blood spilled where bread and salt had been shared. Guest right broken. The gods’ own laws spat upon. Hobb was no scholar, but even he knew that some customs were older than kings, older than crowns. To violate them was to invite damnation.

The Freys deserved what was coming. He did not think anyone would mourn them. 

“Under my rule, things will be better," Jon told them, cutting through Hobb's thoughts. "I shall make no distinction between highborn and lowborn. The law and the protection I offer will apply to all alike.”

For the first time since the speech began, something stirred in Hobb’s chest that was not fear or awe. He felt hope, It was fragile and uncertain, but unmistakable. 

He did not fully trust it. The feeling sat uneasily in him, like a blade not yet tested. He did not know whether Jon Snow spoke from truth or ambition. The idea of a bastard claiming the Iron Throne unsettled him, even one who claimed royal blood and carried himself like a king out of the old songs. Hobb had lived long enough to know that fine words could hide sharp edges.

Yet he could not deny the pull of the man standing on the steps.

Jon Snow was intimidating without cruelty, authoritative without shouting. He did not bluster or beg for belief. He simply was, and the space around him seemed to bend to that fact. Hobb found his gaze drawn again and again to Jon despite himself. It felt impossible to look away. Impossible not to listen.

He did not know if Jon Snow could keep every promise he had spoken. He did not know what wars would be fought, or how much blood would yet be spilled in the name of justice. But standing there in the shadow of the Great Sept, listening to a man who spoke of justice as something owed rather than granted, Hobb found himself daring to believe that the city might finally belong to its people again.

And that thought, more than any threat or proclamation, left him shaken to his core.

When Jon Snow spoke again, his voice carried the same calm authority as before, but now there was a sense of closure to it, as though the shape of the day had finally been set. A line was being drawn beneath everything that had been said.

“For now,” Jon said, “the city will remain in isolation.”

A ripple of unease moved through the crowd at once.

“No one will be permitted to leave King’s Landing,” he continued evenly. “And only a select few will be allowed to enter.”

Hobb felt his stomach tighten. He was not alone. He heard it in the low murmurs that broke out around him, in the sharp intake of breath from a woman nearby, in the way bodies shifted restlessly. Isolation was a dangerous word in a city that lived on trade and movement.

Jon did not raise his voice, nor did he hurry to soften the blow.

“These measures are temporary,” he said. “They will remain in place while I restore order beyond the city’s walls and mend what has been broken across the realm. When that work is done, the restrictions will be eased.”

The crowd listened, uneasy but attentive.

“And hear this,” Jon added. “King’s Landing will not starve.”

The words cut through the murmurs at once.

“Food and supplies will be brought into the city,” he said. “Regularly. Sufficiently. No one will be left to go hungry because of this isolation.”

Hobb felt a breath leave him that he had not realised he was holding. Hunger was a familiar terror in King’s Landing, more feared than blades or soldiers. Promises of order meant little if bellies were empty, and he had seen enough winters and sieges to know how quickly civility collapsed once food ran short.

The city still had supplies, he knew that much. Granaries not yet bare. Storehouses with enough grain and salt fish to last a month or two if carefully rationed. But time had a way of slipping away, and isolation had a way of turning plenty into desperation.

The knowledge that supply wagons would still come, that food and necessities would be brought in deliberately and under protection, eased something tight and aching in his chest. It was not joy. It was not trust. But it was relief, solid and practical, the kind a man could build his thoughts around.

He hoped Jon Snow was being genuine.

When Jon Snow finally spoke again, his voice carried the same calm authority as before, but now there was a sense of conclusion to it, a line being drawn beneath everything that had been said.

“Return to your streets,” he told them. “Return to your homes. Speak of what you have witnessed here today.”

The words were not a suggestion. They were an instruction.

“By nightfall,” Jon continued, “the city will know.”

There was no bravado in his tone. No threat. Only certainty, absolute and unshakable, as though the outcome he described already existed and the rest of the day was merely catching up to it.

Hobb felt the weight of that certainty settle over the plaza. By nightfall. He imagined the words spreading through taverns and workshops, through markets and alleyways, carried on hurried whispers and wide-eyed retellings. King’s Landing would not sleep tonight.

Jon Snow stepped back.

The movement was so sudden it took Hobb a moment to register it. Jon turned toward Sansa Stark and the High Septon, and before anyone could draw breath or speak, shadow surged upward like a living tide. It swallowed them whole, black mist folding in on itself, and then they were gone.

Gone.

A collective gasp tore through the plaza, raw and uncontrolled. Shock rippled outward, voices rising all at once, fear clawing its way back to the surface. Hobb felt bodies press closer, felt the instinctive urge to shout, to move, to flee, though there was nowhere to run.

Before panic could bloom into chaos, the shadows were there.

They appeared among the people, closer now than before, tall and silent, hemming the crowd in with effortless authority. Their presence pressed down like an invisible weight. Those who cried out faltered mid-breath. Those who shoved or pushed were stilled at once, frozen by the towering forms surrounding them. No blows were struck. None were needed.

Order reasserted itself as swiftly as it had faltered.

The fear did not vanish, but it was contained, held in check by something far stronger than shouting or steel. The plaza quieted again, the noise breaking into hushed murmurs and quickened breaths.

Then, just as suddenly, the shadows shifted.

Paths opened through the crowd, clean and deliberate, guiding rather than forcing. The meaning was clear. They were being dismissed.

The people began to move.

Slowly at first, then with more confidence, the crowd dispersed from the plaza. Men and women glanced back over their shoulders, whispering urgently to one another, already shaping the story they would tell. Names were repeated. Declarations argued over. Promises weighed and measured. Jon Snow’s words spread outward like sparks carried on the wind, racing ahead of the people themselves into every corner of the city.

Hobb turned away from the Great Sept at last and made his way back toward the Street of Steel.

The sounds of the city crept back in as he walked. Footsteps on stone. Low voices. The distant clang of a hammer. Everything felt the same, and yet nothing did. His thoughts churned, refusing to settle. He did not know whether Jon Snow would be a good king. He did not know whether the realm would truly find peace, or whether this was simply another turning of the wheel, another name added to a long list of disappointments.

He thought of his wife waiting at home. Of his children. Of the forge and the work that awaited him tomorrow. Of a city that, for the first time in years, felt watched not by predators, but by something else entirely.


 

Notes:

Thanks for reading. Hope you enjoyed the chapter.

And Merry Christmas!